Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout000-000-004PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California GMA X46990 RM DI DUCA CONSTRUCTION ANAN I N C O R P O R A Y E C) May 23, 1994 Mr. Mike Pyaett General Services Director County of Bette 25 County Center Drive Oroville, Ca 95965 Regarding: Butte County Juvenile Hall Addition Contract Closeout Meeting Gentlemen: Di Duca Construction, Inc. has made several attempts to resolve the outstanding issues associated with the completion of the above referenced project. it is apparent that the issues will not go away by themselves, and that, ' i f any resolution is to be achieved, we will have to meet with those people capable of making decisions and commitments on behalf of all parties. Di Duca construction, Inc. is requesting a meeting for the afternoon of May 26, 1994 (Thursday) in a final effort to resolve 'the outstanding issues pro -actively. We believe that it is important to discuss the pending legal issues with those individuals most capable of determining a course of action. To that end, Di Duca Construction, Inc. has invited its attorney, John Schwarz, Christensen and Schwarz, to attend and requests that Butte County do likewise with its legal counsel. Diana Walker will be in touch with everyone to coordinate a meeting place and time. ''hank you in advance for your assistance. Sincerely, DI 4UCA CONSTRUCTION, INC. Benedict C. Di Duca President/CLO BCD/dw cc: John Schwarz, Christensen and Schwarz 1020 Marauder Chico, CA 95926 • Lic. No. 584926 • (916) 342-4774 • FAX (916) 342-4927. ASSOCIATED GENERAL CONTRACTORS OF CALIFORNIA jjr GENE MCFARREN ARCHITECT 1063 WOODLAND AVENUE CHICO, CA 95928 (916) 894-3105 ENCLOSED FOR YOUR USE ARE THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR: MULTI-PURPOSE CLASSROOM ADDITION BUTTE COUNTY JUVENILE HALL 51 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE OROVILLE, CALIFORNIA GMA #46990 PLEASE MAKE CAREFUL NOTE OF THE CHANGE OF ADDRESS: GENE MCFARREN%ARCHITECT 1063 WOODLAND AVENUE CHICO, CA 959228 (916) 894-3105 0 4 F=P I i ? : 44 H I GV4ELL _. H I GNELL F _ FT_y 1 May 27, 1994 DiDuca Construction 1020 Marauder St. Chico, CA. hignell & hignell, i 1c. Attn.: Ben DiDuca ';FAI f'$"AT( DEVELOPMENT. fJU ES MAINTENANCE ANO NIANAGEMENA SERVICES Dear Ben, As per your request on 5/27/94, 1 am enclosing the most up to date information I have as pertains to the Butte Juvenile Hall Addition. As I mentioned to your assistant, Diana Walker, I was recently able to gather a group of experts in the fields of floor coverings, and masonry treatments. On May 19, 1 met with Jerry Jeffers of the local Kelly Moore Company, his superior from the home office, Rod O'Neal, Jim Patmont, District Manager for the Rust-Oleum Company, and Charlie Moon, of FSC Inc., and company which specializes in Masonry coatings. In my attempts to seek out a viable solution to the persistent high moisture problem with the concrete floor, l was able to get little optimism from Mr. O'Neal and Mr. Patmont. The only path they deemed feasible, was to leave the body of the floor unfinished, thus promoting an ongoing release for any moisture, and applying the half court striping only, thus providing a usable facility for your customer. Mr. Patmont's letter addressing the situation is enclosed. With regards to the Masonry Pilasters, I have been promised an evaluation in writing from Mr. O'Neal / Mr. Moon, sometime next week. I will forward that to your office as soon as I receive it. As 1 related to Diana earlier, Mr. Patmont requested that I conduct a current moisture test on the floor, to ascertain it's present status. In closing, l wanted to share with you the results of that test, which I conducted on 5/24/94 -- 5/27/94. The test indicated a transmission level of 5.05 pounds of water. As you indicated that the last test you had performed measured 4.75 pounds, there has clearly been a small increase in moisture since the rain we experienced last week. This would seem to confirm the fears that Mr. Patmont expressed in his evaluation. If I can be of any further assistance please let me know. 4inere , Lynn Jackson Hignell & Hignell Inc. PHONE NU. '%10 894.040.1 1..kx) NUMTiVI U P0/0. SUITF 1 6AX W4 894 d9flQ ('AI WCONIA "(¢;?14•/i?Ar FR I 1 z C 4:� H I Gt•JELL H I Gt•4ELL F' - 0S If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at (5 10) 606-4256. Sincerely, i /Jim Patmont cc Wes Emerson-Rust-Oleum Rod Otneal-Kelly Moore r1►�'i' i 4 F R I 1 L : 4�5 H I GhJELL _� H I GI-AELL Z: RUSToOLEUM WEST' May 23, 1994 Lynn Jackson Hignell & Hignell 1500 Humboldt Road, Suite 1 Chico, CA 95928 Re: Butte County Juvenile Hall Dear Lynn, F• _ 171 35 RiCkenbaeker Circe 0 Livermore, CA 94550 • Tei. (510) 606.4256 JAMES.S. PATMONT District .Msvu ger . After inspection of the above referenced building on Thursday, May 19th; I have concluded that this floor cannot be coated or topped due to excessive hydrostatic pressure. The source of this excessive moisture remains undetermined, however there are many possible explanations; 1) the lack of a functional moisture barrier, 2) vertical moisture transmission from the porous block wall, 3) an- unusually high water table, or 4) "puddling" run-off from down spouts on. the north and east sides of the building. Even though periodic moisture tests reflect a decreasing volume, it remains .far too high an acceptable level for the application of any Rust-Oleum products, (and almost every floor coating product that I am familiar with). In fact, I would not be surprised to see the moisture levels increase next fall and winter rain season. It is not possible that these existing volumes of moisture are a result of a standard acid wash floor preparation. My only recommendation at this point is to leave the floor uncoated. However, you may be able to stripe the floor with lines and not experience a failure. This would result in leaving most of the surface uncoated, allowing moisture to escape through the majority of uncoated areas, and not allowing enough pressure to build up under the coated lines. I have seen this work in the past with good results, however it is not something I can guarantee. This may be a viable option in this case, as another total application of floor coating will only result in another failure. BULLETIN NO.1 MARCH 2:3, 1'.=".9 MULTI-PURPOSE CLASSROOM ADDITION BUTTE COUNTY JUVENILE HALL BUTTE COUNTY CENTER 51 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE OROVI LLE, CALIFORNIA ITEM NO. 1: MODIFICATIONS TO FORM OF AGREEMENT Refer to Article 4, line one, , insert fol l of-Ol nq Architect "and..."or General Sery i ce'= D i r'ec for of Owner" . _ ITEM'Nii. 2_': MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIiiNS PART A: Refer to General Conditions, Ar't i 1 e 22' (a), paragraph five, delete as writ ten -and i n=_•er't, the tol 1 ovj i ncl: ` "Contractor shall furnish Count;' UJI th Cert I t i ca.te'=• int i n=•ur'a.nCe And I:.ii t or i epi na.I endorsement.s effect i nq coverac4e required b:- th i =_ Article. The certificates And endorsements +or each insur- ance pol i c;.' are to be signed !� b;.• person .au thor' i Zed by that i nsurer. to bind cover'ar4e curl its behalf. . The cert i f i ca.te'=_• and endor sements are to be on forms provided provided by the County. All cert i f i - ca.te=. and endorsemen-t=. Are to e received i'r the Count;,, ► ti re _ r _ t_ r- _ i � t: h_ __�rl - t._f.r vi irk: commences. County reserves the right tG require -p=omp l e to , certified cop i e=. of All r'equir'ed pal i r i es, a.t a.rl;:• time .. "If c•overage is ;pr_o'•)'I ded udder a Commercial Li a.bi l i ty Ins•urnce farm, the carrier -'shall provide the Count -v In=ura:nce Manager viith A quarterly report of the amoutn of a-74,74rer4ate 1 imi t• expended to that date. If over fifty percent_ (50':) of the aggregate limits- have imit_have been paid or reserved, the CGun t.y may require Additional. coverage to bepurchased by the Contractor- to restore the required limits." PART 6: Refer to General Conditions, .Article 27 �. C) , paragr.a.ph one , I i rip- eight, e eight, delete $500,000 and insert_ "$1,000,00.0". PA RT C ; Refer to General Condi t i Girls, rir't i c1 e " (C , paragraph two, 1 i ne tU,IG, delete $100,000 and insert "1.1 ,II01I,000" , PART D: Refer to General Condi tions, Article :37, paragraph one, 1 i ne Gide , in=.er't fo Iot,jin, _t � The Architect ter arld:•''or Gerier'al r•'.;' i ce'=. Director". PART E: Refer, tri General Candi tions, Article =?, para -,graph one , 1 i ne one , insert fol 1 cil:tli ng The Architect i tect �' - n r'-_ I = r i _ _ r a n i ;' G r d i e e ;. �-� e l;� r e •� 1j. Dir'ector". END BULLET IN NO* . 1 INDEX TO PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS MULTI—PURPOSE CLASSROOM ADDITION BUTTE COUNTY JUVENILE HALL BUTTE COUNTY CENTER 51 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE ORS !ILLE. CALIFORNIA DESCRIPTION PAGES PROJECT INFORMATION INDEX NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID FORM 4 BIDDERS BOND I PERFORMANCE BOND 2 LABOR/MATERIALS BOND 2 AGREEMENT . 4 CERTIFICATE OF COUNSEL ! NOTICE TO PROCEED I GUARANTEE FORM I GENERAL CONDITIONS 48 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 7 DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS . . .. .' Section 1.100 Special Conditions ? Section 1B Scope -o+ Bids 1� DIVISION 2: SITE WORK, Section 2A Excavation/Grading 4 DIVISION 8: CONCRETE Sect[on SA Concrete 14 Section SC Rejn+orcipg Steel 2 Section SD Cast—In—Place Concrete 4 DIVISION 4: MASONRY Section 4A Concrete Masonry Units 4 DIVISION S: METALS Section 5A Structural Metal S Section 5D Architectural Sheetmetal 2 DIVISION 6: WOOD/PLASTICS . Section 6D Rough Carpenter 4 Section 6E Truss Joists 8 DIVISION 7: THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 7A Built—up Roofing S Section 7C Caulking/Sealants S Section 7E Roof Accessories 2 Section 7F Building insulation 2 DIVISION =: DiiiiF„3/WINDOI:,IS/GLH:=S Secti n.8A Hollow MetalFrames Section B Hollow Metal Doors ecti on =;C Glass t._ Glazing DIVISION 'T: FINISHES Section 9A R..e• i 1 i en t Floor Covering Section :TE Painting/Finishing Section ='F Gypsum Drywall DIVISIiiN 10: SPECIALTIES IES Section 1 i A Finish Harwar e Section 108 Building Accessories DIVISION 11: EQUIPMENT Refer to Division 10 DIVI ION.1' : FURNISHINGS None on this Job DIVISION 13: '3PECIAL CONSTRUCTION None on th i =_ Job DIVISION 14: CCih''VEYING SYSTEM None on this Job DIVISION 15: MEC ANICAL Section 1. C 0 1 0 Mechanical W1 Irk. Section 40400 Plumbing/Ut i 1 i t_ i es Section 15_,00 H'. AC Systems Section 1 800 Fire Protection DIVI =,ION 16: ELECTRIt-AL Section 16000 Electrical Specifications 4 4 PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS MULTl-PURPOSE CLASSROOM ADDITION BUTTE COUNTY JUVENILE HALL 51 COUNTY CENTER. DRIVE OROVlLLE` CALIFORNIA GMA #46990 PROJECT OWNER: BOARD OF SUPERVISORS COUNTY OF BUTTE ADMlNlSTRATlON CENTER 25 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE OROVILLE, CA 95965 OWNER REPRESENTATIVES: CONTRACT ADMlNlSRTATlON/COORDlNATlON MIKE PYEATT/GENERAL SERVICES DIRECTOR 25 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE OROV[LLE, CA 95965 PROJECT DEVELOPMENT: THOMAS MC DONALD/DEPUTY PROBATION OFFICER JUVENILE HALL 51 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE OROVlLLE, CA 95-7'65 ARCHITECT - GENE MC FARREN/ARCHlTECT \�63 WOODLAND AVENUE ' CHlCO, CA 95928 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: JOHN SHAFFER MARR/SHAFFER 3039 EL CAMlNO AVENUE SACRAMENTO, CA 95821 MECHANICAL ENGINEER:. BRIAN PROVENCAL TURLEY/PROVENCAL 2245 PARK T CIRCLE SACRAMENTO, CA 95825 ELECTRICL ENGINEER: BILL NOR8ERG NORBERG ENGINEERING ~- 7O7 COMMENS DRIVE, SUITE 200 ' tl� t, r NORTH °�UTTFo Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition ° Butte County Juvenile Hall ° ° ° Butte County Center _ ° ° 51 County Center Drive .0jj Oroville, California GMA *46990 J NOTICE TCI CONTRACTORS Subject to condi I t ions �n pre scr j bed by the undersigned, sea ed bids are invited for the following !pork: MULTI-PURPOSE CLASSROOM ADDITION BUTTE COUNTY _TU'•:r'EN I LE HALL BUTTE COUNTY CENTER 1 COUNTY CENTER DRI'•:•!E C RO'•.:!ILLE, CALIFORNIA Bid.. wi 1 1 be received by: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT COUNTY OF BUTTE 25 COUNTY iUNT•Y CENTER DRIVE CIF='C IV I LLE , Ci i 15965 538-7261 - FAX 16) 538-7120 Bid= wi 1 1 be received up to: 2:00 PM, April 21, 199 SCOPE OF WORK: The !,:irrk includes. the furri i sh i ng of all labor, materials, equipment, services, appliances, tra.n'=por'ta.t ion err a.nd ey.per- ti se Aqu i red _ and/or necessary to perform and compl ete al 1 !,:i,_ir'i. i ndi ca.te.d on the drawings and specified. CONSTRUCTION ACTION DOCSIMENT : Each bid shall be in accordance with the plans a.nd _.pec i f i - cat ions together with ether documents which are available to intending bi deer'=. upon deposit of '100.00 per _.et a•t the office of Gene h'1cFarren/Arch i tec t , 1063 Woodland Avenue, Chico, [:a. 95228. �ipict l � d l 1 1 be r�tUnjPj upon return if all documents, in good condition, wi thin ten (1) calendar days of bid opening. . SWAGE RATES.:. Bids shall be made in accordance w I th the preva i l l nib he sur l :y rate of per them wages in the 1 oca.l i t in which the work i •= to be perpormed as determined by the Director of Industrial Re l nt i on= pursua.n t to Labor Cade 1770 e t . seq. for each cra+t . classification or type of workman employed to execute the Contract. A cop:: of the pr'eva. i l i ng wage rate de term i na.- tions b:.: the Director of Industr i al Rel at i ons i s on f i le wi th the Count--,-- ount-:-- Purchasing Pur'chasing Agent i n accordance wi th the prov i si inns of the Labor. Code Section 1773.2 .2 a.nd is hereby made a part of the Notice b::. •reference as though full;. set forth herein. i r BIDDER OUALIFICHTIO NS': Bidder must be cur'r'ec tl':. .a.nd properly. 1 i censed in the State of i_ .a. l i f 1 r' n i a f r, r' t r, : 1: •:. I r H; t tie FI In r' t I r' m e d .a. n d h .a i.! e success— fully c I m FI 1 e t Y I jG1 r 1 _j e c i s of simi 1 •_1. r si i e •a. n 1 j s 1_ w i p e , i_ o t and complexity j th i n the 1 as t+ i I:!e xe.a.r=_. and sh3.1 1ubm i t , =•imul tainii u ly 1,:.)i th the bid FIr•CIpli•=..a,1 , .a, qu.a,1 i+lca.ti11n __.t.a,te(Tient i n i 1_.a.t i n 1_clnmtr•.a,c tors t.echn i cal ab i 1 i t-.,, and ei::per't i ':.e r'equ i red to I_ 1_im p 1 e t e t h e i_ QhITRACT FORMS : Each b d sha.l 1 be submitted i n the form cclnt.a.i ned i n the spec l f i cat j ons A cash l er - _ check or B i drier -' s Bond i n the a.mGun t of ten percent 1of the a.mclunt bid, a.'-• evidenl_e of Food t.a.i th and that the Bi cider , if success -Fu 1 , t-%ji 11 en ter into :-k cclnt_r.a.ct _.a.t l _.f •a. l.;:;tGr';:' to the Oviner. . The successful b dder, i n add t i an thereto, vji 1 1 furnish surety bonds cover.i ng one hundred percent r 10 0 ? Ma.ter i al a Bland an c,ne hundred percent Fa. i thtu 1 Per'+orrrl3.nce Bond on the +or'rns pr•Cly i ded i n the CC In tr.a,1_ s Documen t Ht,ARD.11 REJECT 101-1 The Ot-%iner re=.er'ves the r qht to reject a.n;., c1 r' •?.11 bid lar �. ternative bids deemed �. r _�_ _ the Oi..kjner a.nd - 1 �_ d- rrl �' rliit al 1.!.a, ,t.y,i Iri11 til i'i: vi.a, i ve a.nX informal i t:Y in any- bids rete i 1•:1ed. SUNB'-TITUTION OF SECURITIE' FOR.P'10t-4IE'=; t0ITHHELD: The contractor-., at his r.eque'=t and e-,,,Gen=•e, m•y.;r• elect to rr—rr j1•:'e 1 ne hundred . 11 0'-') of .p.a'rTTlen t'_. due undEer' the 1_i 1n t r a c t , U:i.i thi_1u t. \� retentlnn o+ 3.n t. pciricin at the p:a.; INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. 2. QUALIFICATION Or .BIDDERS °e,0TTF° Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall ° Y �" `"� Butte County Center ve 51 County Center Drive couN��° Oroville, California GMA *46990 (a) The Bidder may be required to furnish evidence satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect that he has sufficient means and has had sufficient experience in the class of work called for to enable him to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. (b) A corporation which is awarded the Contract shall be required to furnish a certificate of its corporate existence and evidence that the officer signing the Contract is duly authorized to do so. PROPOSALS Bids: to be entitled to consideration, must be made in accordance with the following instructions: (a) Bids must be submitted on the Bid Form provided by the Architect, which must be properly and fully filled out. The signature of all persons signing shall be in longhand. The completed form shall be without intcrlineations, alterations or erasures. If the bid is made by an individual, his name and post office address must be shown. If made=. by a firm or partnership, the name and post. office address of each member of the firm or partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the proposal must show the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the names, titles and business addresses of the president, secretary, treasurer, and manager. (b) Bids shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless called for. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. (c) Bids shall be delivered to the person, to the address stated, on or before the day and hour set for the opening of Proposals, all as set forth in the Notice to Contractors, as published, which Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope accompanied with a list of subcontrac- tors to show the Contractor intends to award subcontracts, in the event he is awarded the Contract, and bearing the title of the work and the name of the Bidder. It is solely the responsibility of the Bidder to see that his bid is received in proper time. Any bid received after the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids shall be returned to the Bidder unopened. (d) Before submitting a bid, bidders shall: carefully examine the draw- ings, read the specificatlons and the forms of the other Contract Documents; visit the site of the work; fully inform themselves as to all existing conditions and limitations, and include. in the bid a sum to cover the cost of all items included in the Contract. PAGE 1 OF 3 PW7/83 3. WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL Any Bidder may withdraw his Bid either personally or by telegraphic or written request, at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. 4. AGREEMENT AND BONDS The form of agreement which the successful Bidder, as Contractor, will be required to execute, are included in the Contract Documents and shall be carefully examined by the Bidder. 5. INTERPRETATIONS OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS Should a Bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from the drawings or documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Architect, who will send a written instruction to all bidders. Neither Owner or Architect will be responsible for oral in- structions. 6. BULLETINS Any bulletin issued during the time bidding or forming a part of the documents loaned to the Bidder for the preparation of his bid, shall be covered in the bid and shall be made a part of the Contract. Receipts of all bulletins shall he acknowledged on the Bid Form in the spaces provid- ed. 7. AWARD OR REJECTION OF BIDS The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality in bids received. The award, if made, will be made within forty-five (45) days after the opening of bids. 8. LEGAL ADDRESS OF BIDDERS Bidders shall furnish the ' Architect their legal business address and any communication directed to the address given and deposited in the Post Office shall constitute a legal service thereof upon the Bidder. 9. PERMITS The Contractor shall obtain and pay for the Building Permit necessary for the completion . of the work. All other permits shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall be included in the Contractor's Bid price. 10. ITEMS NOT INCLUDED IN CONTRACT The Contractor shall carefully note those items of work or equipment marked N.I.C. (not included in Contract) on drawings; in the case of PAGE 2 OF 3 PW7/83 11. 12. equipment marked N.I.C. , required rough -in for utilities, footing, etc., or other necessary preparation for such items shall be included in the Contract unless specifically described otherwise. The Contractor shall install and connect all items of equipment marked N.I.C. made available during construction unless specifically described otherwise. DETAILED ESTIMATE AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Simultaneously with execution of Agreement, the Contractor shall be required to furnish a detailed estimate (contract breakdown) and a con- struction schedule (chart of contemplated progress) . BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE PROPOSAL No person, firm or business association or corporation shall be allowed to make or file, or be interested in more than one bid for the work, unless alternate proposals are called for. A person, firm, business association or corporation who has submitted a sub -bid to a bidder, or who has quoted prices on materials to a bidder, is not hereby disqualified from submitting a sub -bid or quoting prices to other bidders. PAGE 3 OF 3 PW7/83 f BID FORM TO: PURCHASING DEPARTHEPIT COUNTY OF BUTTE 25 COUNTY CEIITER DRIVE OROVILLE, CA 95955 Gentlemen: The undersigned, as Bidder,'._ declares that the only persons or parties inter- ested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that this proposal is made without collusion with any other persons, firm or corporation, that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work, and the Plans and Specifications for: Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall \� Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California . °$uTTF° Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall this proposal is accepted, Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive _ cOUN�-1 Oroville, California tions, to provide all necessary GMA 046990 Gentlemen: The undersigned, as Bidder,'._ declares that the only persons or parties inter- ested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that this proposal is made without collusion with any other persons, firm or corporation, that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work, and the Plans and Specifications for: Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall \� Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California . t A. BASE. BID NO. 1: All work on the Drawings and described in the Specifications for con- struction of the project. All for the sum of Dollars ($ ) COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING ALTERNATE PROPOSALS ONLY IF SPEC1.- FIED IN DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. ALTERNATE NO. 1: (add/deduct) All for the sum of Dollars ($ ) 2. ALTERNATE NO. 2: (add/deduct) rill for the sum of Dollars ($ ) PAGE 1 OF 4 PW?/83 and he proposes and agrees, if this proposal is accepted, that he will contract with the Owner, in the . form of Contract which is included in the Specifica- tions, to provide all necessary labor, materials, equipment, appliances, tools, fur- apparatus, and other means of performance, and todo all the work. and nish all the materials specified in the Contract in the manner and time therein described, and according to the requirements. of the Specifications as . therein set forth as follows: t A. BASE. BID NO. 1: All work on the Drawings and described in the Specifications for con- struction of the project. All for the sum of Dollars ($ ) COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING ALTERNATE PROPOSALS ONLY IF SPEC1.- FIED IN DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. ALTERNATE NO. 1: (add/deduct) All for the sum of Dollars ($ ) 2. ALTERNATE NO. 2: (add/deduct) rill for the sum of Dollars ($ ) PAGE 1 OF 4 PW?/83 3. ALTERNATE NO. 3: (add/deduct) All for the sum of Dollars ($ ) 4. ALTERNATE NO. 4: (add/deduct) All for the sum of Dollars ($ ) 5. ALTERNATE NO. 5: (add/deduct) All for the sum of Dollars ($ ) 6. ALTERNATE NO. 6: (add/deduct) All for the sum of Dollars ($ ) . If this proposal shall be accepted and the undersigned shall fail to contract as aforesaid within ten (10) calendar days from the date of the mailing of a notice from the Owner to him, according to the address herewith given, that the Contract is- ready for signature, the Owner may, at his option, determine that the Bidder has abandoned the Contract, and thereupon this proposal and the acceptance. thereof shall be null and void. . THE UNDERSIGNED BIDDER hereby certifies that he has a State Contractor's License for the current year, the number of which appears below 'and oil the outside of the envelope in which this Bid is sealed. LIST Or SUBCONTRACTORS Listed are various portions of work and the names and business location of subcontractors proposed to perform the work or render service in or about the work in excess of one percent of the Bid. Work for which a subcontractor is not listed is presumed to be performed by the Bidder. There shall be no substitution of subcontractors, nor shall Bidder assign, sublet or transfer any subcontract work without the consent of the Owner and the Architect. PAGE 2 Or 4 PW7/83 PLEASE TYPE OR . PRI?IT ALL INFORIIATION CLEARLY PORTION Or WORT{ SUBCONTRACTOR ADDRESS PACE 3 Or 4 PW7/83 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF BULLETINS: BULLETIN NUMBER BULLETIN DATED BULLETIN RECEIVED RECD BY The proposed Surety Company on the bonds to be given is as follows: Name: Address of Home Office: California Address: SIGNATURE OF BIDDER: Business Address: Place of Residence: DATED: , State Contractor's License No.: (If an individual, so state. If a firm .or co -partnership, state the firm name and give names and Post Office addresses of all individual co-partners compos- ing the firm. If a corporation, state legal name of corporation,. the State under the laws of which the corporation was chartered, also names of presi- dent, secretary, treasurer and. manager thereof.) DATED: CONTRACTOR Business Address Phone PAGE 4 OF 4 . PW7/83 1 i o�uTTF° Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive °cOUN�y° Oroville, California BIDDERS BOND GMA46s90 To Accompany Bid Form (Not necessary if cash or certified clieck is with Bid) KNOW ALL PERSONS BY TIIESE PRESENTS: That we, as principal, and as surety, are held and firmly bound unto: COUNTY OF BUTTE, A POLITICAL SUBDIVISION OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA in the sum of Dollars ($ ) to be paid to said Owner, for which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH: That if the certain pro-. posal, hereunto annexed, to construct certain work and improvements entitled:. Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Half Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California and as referred to in the Notice to Contractors is accepted by the Owner and if the above bounden principal, heirs, executors,. administrators, successors and assigns shall duly enter into and execute and, deliver the two bonds required by law, within ten calendar days from the date of the mailing of a notice from the Architect to the above bounden principal, according. to the address given in said proposal, that said Contract is ready for execution, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this day of ATTACH CERTIFICATE OF NOTARIZATION. (Seal) (Seal) (Seal) (Seal) 1' PAGE 1 OF 1 PW7/83 °�UTTF0 Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center , 51 County Center Drive °coUN�y° Oroville, California PERFORMANCE BOND GMA *46990 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT hereinafter called CONTRACTOR, and as Surety, hereinafter called SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto COUNTY OF BUTTE, A POLITICAL SUBDIVISION OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA hereinafter called OWNER, in tine amount of (100% of Contract amount) Dollars ($ ) , for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Whereas, Contractor has by written. agreement dated entered .into a Contract with the Owner for the Construction of: Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California In accordance with the Drawings and Specifications prepared by GENE McFARREN, ARCHITECT, 270 L. Fourth Street, Chico, California 05928, which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW' THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Contract, then this obli- gation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to be, in default under the Contract, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, take over and assume completion of said Contract and become entitled to the payment of the balance of the Con- tract price. That it is agreed that no charge, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be Performed thereunder, or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise, affect the obligations of Surety on this bond, and the Surety hereby waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the Specifications. PACE 1 OF 2 PW7/83 Any suit under this bond must be initiated before .the expiration of two (2) years from the date on which final payment under the Contract- falls due. No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner herein or' the heirs, executors, administra- tors or successors of the Owner. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, five (5) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which for all purposes shall be deemed an original thereof, have been duly executed by the Principal and Surety named above on the day of f ATTEST PRINCIPAL BY ADDRESS SURETY BY ADDRESS ATTACI-J CERTIFICATE OF NOTARIZATION FOR BOTH PRINCIPAL AND SURETY, ON ALL COUNTERPARTS. DATE OF BONDS MUST BE EXACTLY THE SAME AS THE AGREF.MFNT. PAGE 2 OF 2 PW7/83 I LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND °�VTTFo Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte Count Center °oot/N� 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California GMA *46990 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, hereinafter called CONTRACTOR, and as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto COUNTY OF BUTTE, A POLITICAL SUBDIVISION OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA hereinafter called OBLIGEE, in the amount of (100 percent of contract amount) Dollars ($ ) , for the payment whereof said Contractor and Surety bine] themselves, their heirs, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly.by these presents. THE CONDITION OF TME FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH; that whereas the above bounded Contractor has entered into a contract, dated , , with the Obligee to do and perform the following work, to wit: Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California NOW, THEREFORE, if the above -bounded Contractor or his subcontractors fail to pay any of the persons named in Section 3151 of the Civil Code of the State of California, or amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed by any such claimant, or any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Franchise Tax Board from the wages of employees of the Contractor or his subcontractors, pursuant to Section 1330G of the Revenue and Taxation Code, with respccl to such work and labor, Surety will pay for the same, in an aniount not exceeding the amount specified in this bond, and also, in case suit is brought upon this bond, and reasonable attorney's fee, to be fixed by the Court. That it is agreed that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be Performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise, affect the obligations of Surety on this bond, and the Surety waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the Specifications. PAGE 1 OF 2 PW7/83 e This bond shall insure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies or corporations entitled to file claims under Section 3181 of the Civil Code of the State of California, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon -this bond. Signed, sealed and dated this day of CONTRACTOR: BY SURETY: ATTACH CERTIFICATE OR NOTARIZATION FOR BOTH PRINCIPAL AND SURETY, ON ALL COUNTERPARTS.. DATE OF BONDS MUST BE EXACTLY THE SAME AS THE AGREEMENT. PAGE 2 OF 2 PW7/8.3 TF° Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive cOU14 Oroville, California AGREEMENT GMA X46990 THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this day of by and between COUNTY OF BUTTE, A POLITICAL SUBDIVISION OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA hereinafter called the Owner, and I 1 hereinafter called the Contractor. WITNESSETH In consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, both parties, in relation to certain improvements, designated and -.described in certain flans and Specifications, prepared by GENE .McFARREN, ARCIIITECT, 270 E. Fourth Street, Chico, California .95928, and approved by the Owner on the day of and entitled: Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California on behalf of themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, do hereby covenant and agree as follows: ARTICLE 1: The Contractor agrees, at his own cost and expense, to do all the work, as hereinbefore described and under the conditions expressed in any material and labor or .faithful performance bond executed thereof, and to furnish all the materials (except such as arc mentioned in the Specifications to be furnished by the Owner) necessary to construct and complete such work in a good and substantial manner to the satisfaction of the Architect. ARTICLE 2: The Contractor agrees, as full compensation for doing all the said work and for furnishing all materials and all necessary tools, machinery, implements, apparatus and other means of construction and completion of said work, and PAGE 1 OF 4 PW7/83 ARTICLE 3: The Plans and Specifications, Bulletins, Notice to Contractors for Bids, Certif- icate of Insurance, Bid Proposals, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, and Supplementary General Conditions, Bidder's Bond, Performance Bond, and Labor and Material Bond are all to be considered a part hereof, and should there be. any conflict between the terms of this instrument and any of said documents, including the Bid or Proposal of the Contractor, this instrument shall control, and nothing herein shall be considered as an acceptance of any terms contained in said Proposal conflicting herewith. ARTICLE 4: The Architect shall observe the work in progress on behalf of the Owner during the construction .period and shall have the right to accept or reject any .materials or workmanship, to determine the amount due at each payment peri- od, and to determine when the. Contractor has complied with the conditions of the Contract. ARTICLE 5: The Owner does employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do said work for the compensation aforesaid, and agrees to pay him in the following �■ manner: ' The Architect, once in each month during the progress of the work and imme- . diately after completion of the Contract, shall make an estimate in writing of the value. of all work done to the date of said estimate, basing said estimate on the total cost, as noted above. The Owner shall retain ten percent (100 of said estimated value, and from the balance shall be deducted the amount of all previous payments to the Contractor, and any other amount which the Owner i may be lawfully entitled to retain, and thereupon the amount remaining after said deductions will be paid to the Contractor in the manner provided by law for the allowance of claims against the Owner. - The said progress estimate shall not be conclusive upon the Owner that the work covered has been done according to the Contract, but the final acceptance of said work, shall be by the Owner. After expiration of thirty-five (35) days after the final acceptance of said work, the Contractor shall be paid the balance due under the Contract after deducting any amount which the Owner may be lawfully entitled to retain which have not previously been deducted. 'Recording of "Notice of Completion" by the Owner shall constitute final acceptance of this work. rPAGE 2 Or 4 PW7/83 also as compensation for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work, and from action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the progress of said work, and before the acceptance thereof by the Owner, or from his own negligence or carelessness, and also as compensation for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of the work, to receive and accept, and the Owner agrees to pay therefore, the following compensation, to wit: Dollars ($ ) . ARTICLE 3: The Plans and Specifications, Bulletins, Notice to Contractors for Bids, Certif- icate of Insurance, Bid Proposals, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, and Supplementary General Conditions, Bidder's Bond, Performance Bond, and Labor and Material Bond are all to be considered a part hereof, and should there be. any conflict between the terms of this instrument and any of said documents, including the Bid or Proposal of the Contractor, this instrument shall control, and nothing herein shall be considered as an acceptance of any terms contained in said Proposal conflicting herewith. ARTICLE 4: The Architect shall observe the work in progress on behalf of the Owner during the construction .period and shall have the right to accept or reject any .materials or workmanship, to determine the amount due at each payment peri- od, and to determine when the. Contractor has complied with the conditions of the Contract. ARTICLE 5: The Owner does employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do said work for the compensation aforesaid, and agrees to pay him in the following �■ manner: ' The Architect, once in each month during the progress of the work and imme- . diately after completion of the Contract, shall make an estimate in writing of the value. of all work done to the date of said estimate, basing said estimate on the total cost, as noted above. The Owner shall retain ten percent (100 of said estimated value, and from the balance shall be deducted the amount of all previous payments to the Contractor, and any other amount which the Owner i may be lawfully entitled to retain, and thereupon the amount remaining after said deductions will be paid to the Contractor in the manner provided by law for the allowance of claims against the Owner. - The said progress estimate shall not be conclusive upon the Owner that the work covered has been done according to the Contract, but the final acceptance of said work, shall be by the Owner. After expiration of thirty-five (35) days after the final acceptance of said work, the Contractor shall be paid the balance due under the Contract after deducting any amount which the Owner may be lawfully entitled to retain which have not previously been deducted. 'Recording of "Notice of Completion" by the Owner shall constitute final acceptance of this work. rPAGE 2 Or 4 PW7/83 n ARTICLE G: The Contractor shall construct and execute all the work described in the said Contract Documents, in accordance with and subject to all of the requirements, covenants, stipulations and restrictions therein contained on or before It is agreed by the parties to the Contract that in case all the work called for under the Contract is not completed before or upon the expiration of the time limit as set forth in these Specifications, damage will be sustained by Owner, and it is and will be impracticable determine the actual damage which the Owner will sustain in the event of and by reason of such details; and it is 'to therefore agreed that the Contractor will pay the Owner the sum of Two Hun- -pre- dred Dollars per day for each and every day's delay beyond the time re- scrr ed to complete the work; and the Contractor agrees to pay such liquidat- scribed ed damages as herein provided, and in case the same are not paid, agrees that the Owner may deduct the amount thereof from any money due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract. It is further agreed that in case the work called for under the Contract is not finished and completed in all parts and requirements within the time specified, Owner shall have the right to extend the time for completion or not, as may seem best to serve the interest of the Owner; and if it is decided to extend the time limit for the completion of the Contract, he shall have the right to charge to the Contractor, his heirs, assigns or sureties, and to deduct from the final payment for the work, all or any part, as he may deem proper, of the actual cost of engineering, inspection superintendents, and other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the Contract, and which accrue during the period of such extension, except that the cost of final surveys and preparation of final estimate. shall not be included in such charges. The Contractor shall not be assessed with liquidated damages .or the cost of engineering and inspection during and delay in the completion of the work caused by acts of Cod or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, fire, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and unusually severe weather or delays of subcontractors due to such causes, provided that the Contractor shall, within ten (10) days from the beginning of any such delay, notify the Architect in writing of the cause of delay, who shall aster- ' tain the facts and the extent of delay, and his findings of the facts thereon shall be final and conclusive. ARTICLE 7: Pursuant to Chapter 1 of Part .7 of Division 2 of the Labor Code of the State of California, the Contractor agrees that in the performance of said work, whether by himself or through any subcontractor under him, eight (8) hours labor shall be a day's work, and there will be kept an accurate record showing , the name, actual hours worked, and the citizenship of all workmen employed in said work, which records shall be open at all times for inspection as provided in Articles 3 and 4 of said Chaptcr, and that not less than prevailing wage rate hereinbefore provided will be paid any said workmen, and the Contractor , will forfeit, as a penalty to the Owner, Twenty-five Dollars ($25.00) per workman for each calendar day or portions thereof during which (a) said workman is paid less than said prevailing rate of wages for his craft, (b) said I PACE 3 OF 4 PW7 /83 workman is required to work more than eight (8) hours in violation. of Article 3 of said Chapter. The prevailing rate of wages for each craft and type of. workmen needed to do the work are set forth in the Notice to Contractors, which said notice is incorporated herein by reference. ARTICLE 8: Substitution of Securities for Monies Withheld: The Contractor, at his request and expense, may elect to receive 100% of payments due under the Contract, without retention of any portion of the payment by the public agency, by depositing securities of equivalent value with the public agency in accordance with the provision of Section 9590 of the Government Code. Such securities, if deposited by the Contractor, shall be valued by the public agency's Finance Director (Treasurer) , whose decision on the valuation of the securities shall be final. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this instrument have executed it in the year and date first herein written. ATTEST APPROVED AS TO FUNDS: OWIHR : Board of .supervisors County of Butte, State of California 1ary Anne lioux, Chairperson CONTRACTOR: SIGNED: APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY: ATTACH CERTIFICATE OF NOTARIZATION FOR BOTH PRINCIPAL AND SURETY, ON ALL COUNTERPARTS. DATE OF BONDS MUST BE EXAC'T'LY THE SAME AS THE ACRE EMENT. PAGE 4 OF 4 PW7/83 ;6,UT TC ° 0 Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall °°✓"_�" Butte County Center ° 51 County Center Drive 00614 Oroville, California GMA 4146990 CERTIFICATE OF COUNSEL OWNER: COUNTY OF BUTTE, A POLITICAL SUBDIVISION OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA CONTRACTOR: PROJECT: Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California I, the -undersigned, the duly authorized and acting legal representative of do hereby certify as -follows: I have examined the attached contract(s) and surety bonds and the manner of �. execution thereof, and I am of the opinion that each of the aforesaid agree- ments . has been duly executed by the proper parties thereto acting through their duly authorized representatives; that said representatives have full power 'and authority to execute said agreements on behalf of the respective parties named thereon; and that the foregoing agreements constitute valid and legally binding obligations upon the. parties executing the same in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof. Signed: Date s PAGE 1 OF 1 PW7/83 Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition ° Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center °° ° Y "� ° 51 County Center Drive 00614 Oroville, California GMA ,46990 • NOTICE TO PROCEED DATED PROJECT Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California OWNER COUNTY OF BUTTE, A POLITICAL SUBDIVISION OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA CONTRACTOR AMOUNT OF CONTRACT DOLLARS You are hereby notified to commence work on the referenced . contract on or before and are to fully complete the work on or before Your contract completion date is therefore: The contract provides for assessment of the sum of $200.00 (Two hundred dollars) as liquidated damages for each consecutive calendar day after the above -established contract completion date that .the work remains incomplete. GENE MCFARREN, ARCHITECT 270 E. Fourth Street Chico, California 95928 Signed: Signed: MIKE PYEATT/General. Services Director PAGE 1' OF 1 'PW7/83 UTT F° Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition ° Butte County Juvenile Hall C.° Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive c0UN�� Oroville, California GUARANTEE GMA 046990 ' OWNER COUNTY OF BUTTE, A PLOITICAL SUBDIVISION OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA , PROJECT Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California CONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR OFFICIAL DATE OF ACCEPTANCE , GUARANTEE FOR i . We hereby guarantee that all workmanship and materials which we provided and installed on the subject project has been in accordance. with the Drawings, Construction Documents and Specifications, and that the work as installed will fulfill the requirements of the guarantee included in the Specifications. We further agree to repair or replace any or all work, together with any other adjacent work which we may displace in so doing, that may prove to be defec- tive in its workmanship or material within a period of ( ) years from the date of official acceptance by the Owner of the a ovenamed project without any expense whatsoever to said Owner, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted. In the event of our failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within 15 days after being notified in writing by the Owner, we, collectively or separately, do hereby authorize said Owner to proceed to leave said defects repaired and made good at our expense and we will honor and pay the costs and charges therefor upon demand. 'L .Et L CONTRACTOR Signature SUBCONTRACTOR Signature Date Phone ate Phone Except for signatures, all information must be typewritten. PAGE 1 OF 1 PW7/83 I r'M it = r M= s M M M it M M i r M= ism GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. G. 7. 8. 0. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 10. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35: 36. 37. 38. 30. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 0urrf° Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center °COp 51 County Center Drive Nty Oroville, Calilornia GMA #46990 DEFINITIONS EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT OF DOCUMENTS DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS COPIES FURNISHED SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ON THE WORK OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS SAMPLES MATERIALS, APPLIANCES AND EMPLOYEES ROYALTIES AND PATENTS SURVEYS, PERMITS, LAWS, TAXES AND REGULATIONS PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY ACCESS TO WORK SUPERINTENDENCE; SUPERVISION CHANGE'S IN TIME WORK CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COSTS DEDUCTIONS FOR UNCORRECTED WORK DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORT( 61VNER'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP OR T rl4lINATE CONTRACT APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENTS CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENTS PAYMENTS WITHHELD CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE GUARANTY BONDS DAMAGES LIENS ASSIGNMENT MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS SEPARATE CONTRACTS SUBCONTRACTS RELATIONS OF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR ARCHITECT'S STATUS E'NGINEER'S STATUS ARCHITECT'S DECISION CASH ALLOWANCES USE OF PREMISES CUTTING, PATCHING CLEANING UP TAXES INDEMNITY PAGE 1 OF 18 PW7/83 ARTICLE 1: DEFINITIONS (a) The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement, the General Conditions of the Contract, the Supplementary General Conditions, the Drawings and Specifications, including all modifications thereof incorporated in the documents before their execution. These form the Contract. (b) The Owner, the Contractor and the Architect are those mentioned as such in the Agreement: They are treated throughout the Contract Documents as if each were of the singular number and masculine gender. (c) The term "Subcontractor," as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor, and it includes one who furnishes materials worked to a special design according to the plans or specifica- tions of this work. -but does not include one who merely furnishes mate- rials not so worked. (d) Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by regis- tered mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. (e) The term "work" of the Contractor or Subcontractors includes labor or materials or both. (f) All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. (g) The law of the place of building shall govern the construction of this Contract. ARTICLE 2: EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT OF DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents shall be signed in duplicate by the Owner and the Contractor. In case either the Owner or Contractor or both fail to sign the General Conditions, Drawings or Specifications, the Architect shall identify them. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The intention of the documents is to include all labor and materials, equipment and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the work. Materials or work described in words which so applied have a well-known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. It is not intended that work not covered under any heading, section, branch, class or trade of the specification shall be supplied unless it is shown on the drawings, or is reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce the intended results. PAGE 2 OF 18 PW7/83 ARTICLE 3: DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS The Architect shall furnish with reasonable promptness,' additional instructions by means of drawings, or otherwise, necessary for the proper execution of the work. All such drawings and instructions shall be consistent with the Con- tract Documents, true developments thereof, and reasonably inferable there- from. The work shall be executed in conformity therewith and the Contractor shall do no work without proper drawings and instructions. Immediately after being awarded the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare an estimated Progress Schedule and submit same for Architect's approval. It shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various states of construction. ARTICLE 4: COPIES FURNI Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, all copies of drawings and specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the work. ARTICLE 5: SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures and other data which are prepared by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, and which Illustrates some portion of the work. Samples are physical examples by the Contractor to illustrate materials, equip- ment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged. The Contractor shall review, stamp with his approval, and submit, with rea- sonable promptness and in an orderly sequence so as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other contractor, all Shop Drawings and Samples required by the Contract Documents or subsequently by the Architect as covered by Modifications. Shop Drawings and Samples shall be properly identified as specified, or as the Architect may require. At the time of sub- mission, the Contractor shall inform the Architect in writing of any deviation in the Shop Drawings or Samples from the requirements of the Contract Docu- ments. By approving and submitting Shop Drawings and Samples, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data, or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated each Shop Drawing and Sam- ple with the requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. The Architect will review Shop Drawings and Samples with reasonable prompt- ness so as to cause no delay, but only for conformance with the design con- cept of the Project, and with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. PAGE 3 OF 18 PW7/83 The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Architect and shall resubmit the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings or new Samples until accepted. The Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings to revisions other than the cor- rections requested by the Architect on previous submissions. The Architect's review of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has informed the Architect in writ- ing of such deviation at the time of submission, and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation, nor shall the Architect's review relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings or Samples. No portion of the work requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample submission shall be commenced until the submission has been reviewed by the Architect. All such portions of the work shall be in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and Samples. ARTICLE 6: DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ON THE WORK The Contractor shall keep one copy of all drawings and specifications on the work, in good order, available to the Architect and to his representatives. ARTICLE 7: OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS All drawings, specifications and copies thereof, furnished by the Architect are his property. They are not to be used on other work, and, with the excep- tion of the signed Contract set, are to be returned to him on request, at the completion of the work. ARTICLE 8: SAMPLES The Contractor shall furnish for approval, with reasonable promptness, all Samples as directed by the Architect. The Architect shall check and approve such Samples, with reasonable promptness, only for conformance with the design concept of the Project, and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The work shall be In accordance with approved Samples. ARTICLE 9: MATERIALS, APPLIANCES, EMPLOYEES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, water, tools, equipment, light, power, transportation, and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among' his employees, and shall not employ on the work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the work assigned to him. PAGE 4 OF 18 PW7/83 M. Ire M M M M M M M i M M� m m r m m MM M M s� r M= M M s MM, i ARTICLE 10: ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss or account thereof, except that the Owner shall be respon- sible for all such loss when a particular process of the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified, but if the Contractor has informa- tion that the process or article specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss, unless he promptly gives such information to the Architect or Owner. ARTICLE 11: SURVEYS, PERMITS, LAWS, TAXES AND REGULATIONS The Owner shall furnish all surveys unless otherwise specified. Permits and licenses necessary for the prosecution of the work shall be se- cured and paid for by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn and specified, therewith, he shall promptly notify the Architect in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the Contract for' changes in the work. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Archi- tect, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. Wherever the law of the place of building requires a sales, consumer use, or other similar tax, the Contractor shall pay such tax. ARTICLE 12: PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all his work from damage and shall protect the owners of property from injury or loss arising in connection with this Contract. He shall make good any damage, injury or loss, except such as may be directly due to errors in the Contract Documents or caused by agents or employees of the Owner. He shall ade- quately protect adjacent property as provided by law and the Contract Docu- ments. The Contractor will be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including the safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. The Contractor, therefore, shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work, and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent acci- dents or injury to persons on, about or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. He shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workmen and public and shall post danger signs warning against the hazards created by such features of construction as protruding r r M pis nails, hoists, well holes, elevator hatchways, scaffolding, window openings, stairways and falling material; and he shall designate a responsible member of his organization on the work, whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. The name and position of that person so designated shall be reported to the Architect by the Contractor. The duty of the Architect to observe the work in process on behalf of the Owner and on his behalf to stop work whenever such stoppage may be necessary as herein provided does not include the right to observe, stop work because of, or in any other manner review the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures, in or near the construction site. ARTICLE 13: ACCESS TO WORK The Architect and his representatives shall at all times have access to the work wherever it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access, and so that the Architect may per- form his functions under the Contract Documents. If the specifications, the Architect's instructions, laws, ordinances or any public authority require any work to be specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of its readiness for obser- vation by the Architect or inspection by another authority, and if the inspec- tion is by another authority other than the Architect, of the date fixed for such inspection, required certificates of inspection being secured by the Contractor. Observations by the Architect shall be promptly made, and where practicable at the source of supply. If any work should be covered up with- out approval or consent of the Architect, it must, if required by the Archi- tect, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. Re-examination of questioned work may be ordered by the Architect, and if so ordered, the work be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be found in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the cost of such re-examination and replacement. If such work be found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such cost, unless it be found that the defect in the work was caused by a Contractor employed as provided in Article 34, and in that event the Owner shall pay the cost. ARTICLE 14: SUPERINTENDENCE; SUPERVISION The Contractor shall keep on his work, during its progress, a competent Superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Architect. The Superintendent shall not be changed except with the consent of the Archi- tect, unless the Superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ. The Superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be as binding as if given in writing to the Contractor. Other directions shall be so con- firmed on written request in each case. The Architect shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Superintendent or his assistants. The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the work, using his best skill and attention. He shall carefully study and compare all drawings, speci- fications and other instructions and shall at once report to the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission which he may discover, but he shall not be liable to the Owner for any damage resulting from any errors or deficiencies in the Contract Documents or other instructions by the Architect. PAGE 5 OF 18 PW7/83 PAGE 6 OF 18 PW7/83 ARTICLE 15: CHANCES IN THE WORK The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order extra work or make changes by altering', adding to or deducting from the work, the Contract Sum being adjusted accordingly. All such work shall be executed under the condi- tions on the original Contract, except that any claim for extension of time caused thereby shall be adjusted at the time or ordering such change. In giving Instructions, the Architect shall have authority to make minor changes in the work, not involving extra cost, and not inconsistent with the purpose of the building, but otherwise, except in an emergency endangering life or property, no extra work or change shall be made unless in pursuance of a written order from the Owner, signed or countersigned by the Architect, or a written order from the Architect stating that the Owner has authorized the extra work or change, and no claim for an addition to the Contract Sum shall be valid unless so ordered. The value of any such extra work or change shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: (a) by estimate and acceptance in lump sum; (b) by unit process named in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; and (c) by cost and percentage or by cost and a fixed fee. If none of the above methods is agreed upon, the Contractor, provided -he receives an order as above, shall proceed with the work. In such case, and under case (c), he shall keep and prevent in such form as the Architect may direct, a correct amount of the cost, together with vouch- ers. In any case, the Architect shall certify to the amount, including reason- able allowance for overhead and profit, due to the Contractor. Pending final determination of value, payment on account of changes shall be made on the Architect's certificate. Should conditions encountered below the surface of the ground be at variance with the conditions indicated on the drawings and specifications, the Contract Sum 'shall be equitably adjusted upon claim by either party made within a reasonable time after the first observance of the conditions. ARTICLE 16: CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST If the Contractor claims that any instructions by drawings or otherwise involve extra cost under this Contract, lie shall give the Architect written notice thereof within a reasonable time after the receipt of such instructions, and in any event before proceeding to execute the work,. except in emergency condi- tions endangering life or property, and the procedure shall then be as pro- vided for changes in the work. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. PAGE 7 OF 18 PW7/83 ARTICLE 17: DEDUCTIONS FOR UNCORRECTED WORK If the Architect and Owner deem it inexpedient to correct work injured or done, not in accordance with the Contract, an equitable deduction from the Contract price shall be made therefor. ARTICLE 18: DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME If the Contractor be delayed at any time in the progress of the work by any act or neglect of the Owner or the Architect, or of any employee of either, or by any separate Contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Architect, or by any cause which the Architect shall decide to justify the delay, then the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Architect may decide. No such extension shall be made for delay occurring more than seven days before claim therefor is made in writing to the Architect. In the case of a continuing cause of delay, only one claim is necessary. If no schedule or agreement stating the dates upon which drawings shall be furnished is made, then no claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish drawings until two weeks after demand for such drawings and not then unless such claim be reasonable. This article does not include the recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 10: CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all work condemned by the Architect as failing to conform to the Contract, whether incorporated or not, and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re -execute his own work in accordance with the Contract and without expense to the Owner, and shall bear the expense of making good all work of other contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. If the Contractor does not remove such condemned work within a reasonable time, fixed by final notice, the Owner may remove it and may store the mate- rial at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the expenses of such removal within ten days' time thereafter, the Owner may, upon ten days2 written notice, sell such materials at auction or at a private sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs and expenses that should have been borne by the Contractor. ARTICLE 20: CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT The Contractor shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workman- ship and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of the Owner's substantial usage or occupancy of the Project, whichever is earlier, and in accordance with the terms of any special guarantees provided in the Contract. The PAGE 8 OF 18 PW7/83 Owner shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. All Architect, then the Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to the questions arising under this Article shall be decided by the Architect, subject Owner and the Architect, stop the work or terminate this Contract as set out to arbitration, notwithstanding final payment. in the preceding paragraph. ARTICLE 21: THE OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK . If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the work properly or fail to perform any provision of this Contract, the Owner, after three days written notice to the Contractor, may, without prejudice to any other remedy he me)' have, make good any deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor; provided, however, that the Architect shall approve both such action and the amount charged to the Con- tractor. ARTICLE 22: OWNER'S .RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE CONTRACT If the Contractor should be adjudged or bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeat- edly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he should fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors or for material or labor, or persistently disregard laws, ordinances or the instructions of the Architect, or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the Contract, then the Owner, upon the certificate of the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other right to remedy and after giving the Contractor, and his surety, if any, seven days' written. notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor, and take possession of the premises and all materials, tools and appliances thereon and finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract price shall exceed the expense of finishing the work including compensation for additional archi- tectural, managerial and administrative services, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Con- tractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The expense incurred by the Owner as herein provided, and the damage incurred through the Contractor's default, shall be certified by the Architect. ARTICLE 23: THE CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT If the work should be stopped under an order from the court, or other public authority, for a period of thirty days, through no act or fault of the Contrac- tor or of anyone employed by him, then the Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate this Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all work executed and any proven loss sustained upon any plant or materials and reasonably profit and damages. Should the Architect fail to issue any Certificate for Payment, through not fault of the Contractor, within seven days after the Contractor's formal re- quest for payment, or if the Owner should fail to pay the Contractor within seven days of its maturity and presentation, any sum certified by the ARTICLE 24: APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT At least ten days before each payment falls due, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized application for payment, supported to the extent required by the Architect by receipts or other vouchers, showing payments for materials and labor, payments to subcontractors and such other evidence of the Contractor's right to payment as the Architect may direct. If payments are made on valuation of work done, the Contractor shall, before the first application, submit to the Architect, a schedule of values of the various parts of the work, including quantities, aggregating the total sum of the Contract, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors in accor- dance with Article 30(e), made out in such form as the Architect and the Contractor may agree upon and, if required, supported by such evidence as to its correctness as the Architect may direct. This schedule, when approved by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for Certificates for Payment, unless it be found to be in error. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this schedule. If payments are made on account of materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at some other location agreed upon in writing, such payments shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedure as will establish the Owner's title to such material or otherwise adequately protect the Owner's interest, including applicable insurance. ARTICLE 25: CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENTS If the Contractor has made application for payment as above, the Architect shall, not later than the date when each payment falls due, issue a Certificate for Payment to the Contractor for such amount as he decides to be properly due, or state in writing his reasons for withholding a certificate. No certificate issued nor payment made to the Contractor, nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the work by the Owner, shall be an acceptance of any work or materials not in accordance with this Contract. The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner, other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty work appear- ing after final payment, or from failure to comply with drawings and specifica- tions and the terms of any special guarantees specified in the Contract and of all claims by the Contractor, except those previously made and still unsettled. Should the Owner fail to pay the sum named in any Certificate for Payment Issued by the Architect, upon demand when due, the Contractor shall receive in addition to the sum named in the certificate, interest thereon at the legal rate in force at the place of building. PAGE 9 OF 18 PW7/83 PAGE 10 OF 18 PW7/83 ARTICLE 26: PAYMENTS WITHHELD The Architect may withhold, or, on account of subsequently discovered evi- dence, nullify the whole or a part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary in his reasonably opinion to protect the Owner from loss on account of: (a) defective work not remedied, (b) claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probably filing of claims; (c) ' failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to subcontractors or for materials or labor; (d) a reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance then unpaid, and (e) damage to another Contractor. When the above grounds are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. ARTICLE 27: CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS (a) The Contractor will not commence any work until he obtains, at his own expense, all required insurance. Such insurance must have the approval of the Owner as to limit, form and amount. The Contractor will not permit any subcontractor to commence work on this Project until the same insurance requirements have been complied with by such subcontractors. The types of insurance the Contractor is required to obtain and maintain for the full period of the Contract will be Workmen's Compensation Insur- ance, Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, and Builder's Risk "All Risk" Insurance, as detailed in the following portions of this specifica- tion. Any insurance bearing on adequacy of performance will be maintained after completion of the Project for the full guarantee period. Nothing in these insurance requirements is to be construed as limiting the extent of the Contractor's responsibility for payment of damages resulting from its operations under this Contract. As evidence of specific insurance coverage, the Owner may, in lieu of actual policies, accept certificates issued by the insurance carrier showing such policies in force for the specified period. Each policy or certificate will bear an endorsement or statement waiving right of cancellation or re- duction in coverage without thirty days' written notice to be delivered by registered mail to the Owner. (b) Before the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor is entered into, the Contractor will submit written evidence that he and all his subcontractors have obtained, for the period of the Contract, full Work- men's Compensation Insurance coverage for all persons whom they employ or may employ in carrying out the work under this Contract. This PAGE 11 OF 18 PW7/83 insurance will be instrict accordance with the requirement of the laws of the State of California. (c) Before commencement of the work, the Contractor shall submit written evidence that he and all of his subcontractors have obtained for the period of the Contract full Comprehensive General Liability Insurance coverage. This coverage will provide for both bodily injury and property damage. The bodily injury portion will include coverage for injury, sick- ness or disease, and death, arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with the performance of the work under this Contract, and will provide for a limit of not less than $500,000.00 for all damages arising out of bodily injury, sickness or disease to or death of one person, and a total limit of $1,000,000.00 for damages arising out of bodily injury, sick- ness or disease and death of two or more ,persons in any one occurrence. The property damage portion will provide for a limit of not less than $100,000.00 for all damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property of others arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with the performance of work under this Contract, and in any one occur- rence including explosion, collapse and underground exposure. Included in such insurance will be a provision providing coverage for all liabilities contractually assumed by Contractor unless this Agreement, and such insurance shall specifically name Owner and Architect, and each of their officers, employees and agents, and any other persons with an insurable interest designated by the Owner as additional named insured. (d) Before commencement of the work, the Contractor will submit written evidence that he has obtained for the period of the Contract Fire Insur- ance coverage containing a completed value builder's risk endorsement, extended coverage endorsement, earthquake endorsement (otherwise referred to as "Builder's Risk "All Risk" Insurance) upon the entire Project which Is the subject of this Contract and including completed work and work in progress. Such insurance shall include as additional named insured: The Owner, the Architect, and each of their officers, em- ployees and agents, and any other persons with an insurable interest designated by the Owner as an additional named insured. ARTICLE 28: OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Owner may, at his option, obtain at his expense, such insurance as he desires for his own protection. The obtaining of any such insurance (even though duplicating other insurance required of Contractor or subcontractors hereunder), shall not relieve Contractor or any subcontractor of its duty to obtain the insurance herein required. ARTICLE 29: GUARANTY PONDS The Contractor shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the contract and labor and materials, and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder in such form as the Owner may prescribe, and with such sureties as he may approve. PAGE 12 OF 18 PW7/83 M = M = M M.00 M = = m m � = M = 'M ARTICLE 30: DAMAGES Should either party of this Contract suffer damages because of any wrongful act or neglect of the other party or of anyone employed by him, claim shall be made in writing to the party liable within a reasonable time of the first obser- vance of such damage and not later than the final payment, except as express- ly stipulated otherwise in case of faulty work or materials, and shall be ad- justed by agreement. This paragraph shall be subordinate to the insurance and indemnity provisions of this Contract to the extent that they may be in conflict therewith. RTICLE 31: LIEN Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor, if required, shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of this Contract, or receipts in full in lieu thereof, and if required in either case, as affidavit that as far as he has knowledge or information, the releases and receipts include all the labor and material for which a lien could be filed; but the Contractor may, if any sub- contractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner, to indemnify him against any lien. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all moneys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such a lien, including all costs and a reasonable attorney's fee. ARTICLE 32: ASSIGNMENT. Neither party of the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner. ARTICLE 33: MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS Should the Contractor cause damage to any separate contractor on the work, the Contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such contractor by agreement, if he will so settle. If such separate contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, 'the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such proceedings at the Owner's expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and pay all costs incurred by the Owner. ARTICLE 34: SEPARATE CONTRACTS The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this work under similar General Conditions. The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with others. If any part of the Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Architect any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. His failure to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper for the reception of his work, except as to defects which may develop in the other contractor's work after execution of his work. To insure proper execution of his subsequent work, the Contractor shall measure work already in place and shall at once report to the Architect any discrepancy between the executed work and the drawings. ARTICLE 35: SUBCONTRACTS As soon as practicable and before awarding any subcontracts, the Contractor shall notify the Architect in writing of the names of the subcontractors pro- posed for the principle parts of the work, and for such other parts as the Architect may direct, and shall not employ any to whom the Architect may have a reasonable objection. If before or after the execution of the Contract, the Contractor has submitted a list of subcontractors which has been approved by the Architect, and the change of any subcontractor on such list is required by the Owner after such approval, the Contract price shall be increased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change. The Contractor shall not be required to employ any subcontractor against whom he has a reasonable objection. The Architect shall, on request, furnish to any subcontractor, wherever practicable, evidence of the amounts certified on his account. The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as lie is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractural relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. ARTICLE 36: RELATIONS CF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR The Contractor agrees to bind every subcontractor and every subcontractor agrees to be bound by the terms of the Agreement, the General Conditions of the Contract, the Supplementary General Conditions, the Drawings and Specifi- cations as .far as applicable to his work, including the following provisions of this article, unless specifically noted to the contrary in a subcontract ap- proved in writing as adequate by the Owner or Architect. PAGE 13 OF 18 PW7/83 PAGE 14 OF 18 PW7/83 The Subcontractor agrees: (a) To be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Agreement, General Conditions of the Contract, the Supplementary General Conditions, the Drawings and Specifications, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. (b) To submit to the Contractor applications for payment in such reasonable time as to enable the Contractor to apply for payment under Article 24 of the General Conditions. (c) To make all claims for extras, for extensions of time and for damages for delays or otherwise, to the Contractor in the manner provided in the General Conditions of the Contract, and the Supplementary General Con- ditions for like claims by the Contractor upon the Owner, except that the time for making claims for extra costs is ten (10) calendar days. The Contractor agrees: (d) To be bound to the Subcontractor by all the obligations that the Owner assumes to the Contractor under the Agreement, the General Conditions of the Contract, the Supplementary General Conditions, the Drawings and Specifications, and by all the provisions thereof affording remedies and redress to the Contractor from the Owner. (e) To pay the Subcontractor, upon the payment of certificates, if issued under the schedule of values described in Article 24 of the General Conditions, the amount allowed to the Contractor on account of the sub- contractor's work to the extent of the subcontractor's interest therein. (f) To pay the Subcontractor, upon the payment of certificates, if Issued otherwise than as in (e), so that at all times his total payments shall be as large in proportion to the value of the work done by him as the total amount certified to the Contractor is to the value of the work done by him. (g) To pay the Subcontractor to such extent as may be provided by the Contract Documents or the subcontract, If either of these provides for earlier or larger payments than the above. (h) To pay the Subcontractor on demand for his work or materials as far as executed and fixed in place, less the retained percentage, at the time the certificate should issue, even though the Architect fails to issue it for any cause not the fault of the Subcontractor. (i) To pay the Subcontractor a just share of any fire insurance money re- ceived by him, the Contractor. (j) To make no demand for liquidated damages or penalty for delay in any sum in excess of such amount as may be specifically named in the subcon- tract. (k) To give the Subcontractor an opportunity to be present and to submit evidence in any arbitration involving his rights. PAGE 15 OF 18 PW7/83 (1) That no claim for services rendered or materials furnished by the Con- tractor to the Subcontractor shall be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the Contractor to the Subcontractor during the first ten days of the calendar month following that in which the claim originated. Nothing in this article shall create any obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of any sums to any subcontractor. RTICLE 37: ARCHITECT'S STATUS The Architect shall be the Owner's representative during the construction period and he shall observe the work in process on behalf of the Owner. lie shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent expressly provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise in writing, which shall be shown to the Contractor. He shall have authority to stop work when- ever such stoppage may be necessary in his reasonable opinion to insure the proper completion of the work pursuant to the Contract. He shall have no duty or authority with respect to regulation of the particular method, includ- ing safety measures, which Contractor may select to accomplish the work under the Contract except where the particular method is specified in the Contract Documents or is not reasonably calculated to accomplish the work intended. The Architect shall be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the conditions of the Contract and the judge of its performance. He shall side neither with the Owner nor with the Contractor, but shall use his powers under the Con- tract to enforce its faithful performance by both. In case of the termination of the employment of the Architect, the Owner shall appoint a capable and reputable Architect against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract shall be that of the former Architect. ARTICLE 38: ENGINEER'S STATUS The Civil, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Engineers for the project are the agents of the Architect and shall have the authority to act in behalf of the Architect and concerning their respective scope of work. Specific attention is directed to Articles 27, 37 and 45 of the Contract Documents. Decisions and reviews rendered by the Engineers shall be directed through the Architect and shall be in writing. Under no circumstances shall the Contrac- tor or his subcontractors request review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or on- site observations without prior approval of the Architect. ARTICLE 39: ARCHITECT'S DECISIONS The Architect shall, within a reasonable time, make decision on all claims of the Owner or Contractor, and on all other matters relating to the execution and progress of the work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. The Architect's decision, in matters relating to artistic effect, shall be final, if within the terms of the Contract Documents. PAGE 16 OF 18 PW7/83 = r=== r= M M M== M M== M M MM M M M MM MM -MM M M M M M M W M ARTICLE 40: CASH ALLOWANCE The Contractor shall include in the contract sum all allowances named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the work so covered to be done by such contractors and for such sums as the Architect may direct, the Contract Sum being adjusted in conformity therewith. The Contractor declares that the Contract Sum includes such sums for expenses and profit on account of cash allowance as he deems proper. No demand for expenses or profit other than those included in the Contract Sum shall be allowed. The Contractor shall not be required to employ for any such work persons against whom he has a reasonable objection. ARTICLE 41: USE OF PREMISES The Contractor shall confine his apparatus, the storage of materials and the operation of his workmen to limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits or directions of the Architect, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Architect and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his materials. The Contractor shall not load or permit any parts of the structure to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety. ARTICLE 42: CUTTING; PATCHING The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by work of other contractors shown upon, or rea- sonably implied by, the Drawings and Specifications from the completed struc- ture, and he shall make good after them as the Architect may direct. Any cost caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. The Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, excavating or other- wise altering the work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other con- tractor save with the consent of the Architect. ARTICLE 43: CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by his employees or work, and at the com- pletion of the work, he shall remove all his rubbish from and about the build- ing, and all his tools, scaffolding and surplus materials and shall leave his work clean unless more exactly specified. In case of dispute, the Owner may remove the rubbish and charge the cost to the several contractors as the Architect shall determine to be just. ARTICLE 44: TAXES The Contractor and 'subcontractor shall pay all state and federal and local taxes upon labor or materials involved in their branch of the work, cost of same to be included in the Contract price. ARTICLE 45: INDEMNITY The Contractor shall hold harmless, indemnity and defend the Owner, the Architect, and each of their officers and employees and agents, from any and all liability, claims, losses or damages arising or alleged to arise from the performance of the work described herein, all the work related thereto, and all materials and equipment used therefor or otherwise brought onto the site of the work. This indemnity does not include those matters arising from the sole negligence of the Owner, Architect, or their officers, employees and agents. Any matter arising from inadequacy or alleged inadequacy of safety measures, devices or safe work conditions shall be deemed to have arisen from the negli- gence of Contractor. The indemnity herein provided for includes the obligation to defend the Own- er, the Architect, and each of their officers, employees and agents at the sole expense of the Contractor, all actions upon matters for which indemnity is herein provided, whether or not said actions are groundless. PAGE 17 OF 18 1PW7/83 PAGE 18 OF 18 I'M /83 b. Project shall mean: Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center °�UTtF° Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Oroville, California Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center , Gene McFarren, Architect 51 County Center Drive , Chico, California 95928 ou411 Oroville, California SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS GMA 4&46990 ' 1. DEFINITIONS a. Owner shall mean: ' COUNTY OF BUTTE 25 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE OROVILLE, CA 95955 ' b. Project shall mean: Multi -Purpose Classroom Addition Butte County Juvenile Hall Butte County Center , 51 County Center Drive Oroville, California c. Architect shall mean: Gene McFarren, Architect 270 Last Fourth Street , Chico, California 95928 d. Overhead and Profit shall mean: 0% Overhead -. 7% Profit & Bond). Total 12% r 2. MANNER OF CONDUCTING WORIC a. The Contractor shall conduct his work in such a manner as to cause the least interference with the operation of the adjacent property or ' any essential service thereof. b. The Contractor shall repair any damage, resulting from construction activities to existing adjacent structures and such other work as directed by the Architect, at no additional expense to the Owner. 3. CONTRACT TIME ' a. The Contract Time is the period of time alloted in the Contract Docu- ments for completion of the work. The date of commencement of work is the date established in the Notice to Proceed. b. The Date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Archi- tect when construction is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner may occupy the work or portion thereof for the use intended. c. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Contractor shall begin work promptly .on the date of commencement noted on the Notice to Proceed, and shall carry the ' work forward expeditiously with sufficient forces to complete the work within the Contract time. PAGE 1 OF 7 PW7/83 , 4. FINAL INSPECTION a. When the work is substantially completed, the Contractor shall notify ' the Owner in writing, that the work will be ready for final inspection and test on a definite date which shall be stated in such notice. The notice shall be given at least ten (10) days in'advance of said date, and shall be forwarded through the Architect, who will attach his endorsement as to whether or not he concurs in the Contractor's statement that the work will be ready for final inspection or test on the date given, but such endorsement shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility in the matter. PAGE 2 OF 7 PW7/83 5. GUARANTEE OF WORK a. Except as otherwise specified, all work shall be guaranteed by the Contractor against defects -resulting from the use of inferior mate- rials, equipment or workmanship for one year from the date of final completion, or date' of full occupancy of the building by Owner, whichever is earlier. ' b. If, within any guarantee period, repairs or changes are required in connection with guaranteed work, in the opinion of the Architect, is rendered necessary as the result of the use of materials, equipment or workmanship which are inferior, defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly, upon receipt of notice from the Owner, and without expense to the Owner: T: Place - in satisfactory condition in every. particular, all of such guaranteed work, correct. all defects therein; 2. Make good all damage to the building; or site, or equipment or contents thereof, which in the opinion of the Architect, is the result of the use of materials, equipment or workmanship which are inferior, defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract, and ' 3. Make good any work or material,- or the equipment and contents of said building or site disturbed in fulfilling any such guaran- tee. c. In any case wherein fulfilling the requirements of the Contract or of any guarantee, embraced in or required thereby, the Contractor disturbs any work guaranteed under another contract, lie shall re- store such disturbed work to condition satisfactory to the Architect and guarantee such restored work to the same extent as it was guar- anteed under the Contract. d. If the Contractor, after notice, fails to proceed promptly to comply with the terms of the guarantee, the Owner may have the defects ' corrected and the Contractor shall be liable for all expenses incurred. e. All special guarantees applicable to definite parts of the work that may be stipulatedin the Specifications or other parts forming a part ' of the Contract shall be subject to the terms of this paragraph during the first year of the life of such special guarantee. PAGE 2 OF 7 PW7/83 G. 7. 9P ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AUTHORITY a. The Architect/ Engineer shall give all orders and directions contem- plated under this Contract and Specifications relative to the execution of the work. The Architect/ Engineer shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability and fitness of the several kinds of work and materials which are to be paid for under this Contract and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said work and the construction thereof. The Architect/ Engineer's estimates and deci- sions shall be final and conclusive, except as herein otherwise ex- pressly provided. In case any question shall arise between the parties hereto relative to said Contract of Specifications, the deter- mination or decision of the Architect/ Engineer shall be a condition precedent to the right of the Contractor to receive any money or payment for . work under this Contract affected in any manner or to any extent of such question. b. The Architect/ Engineer shall decide the meaning and intent of any portion of the Specifications and of any plan or drawings where the same may be found obscure or be in dispute. Any differences or conflicts in regard to their work which may arise between the Con- tractor under this Contract and other Contractors performing work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Archi- tect/Engineer. CONFLICTING CONDITIONS a. Any provision in any conflict or inconsistent Conditions shall be void cy. i� of the Contract Documents which may be in ' with any of the paragraphs in these General to the extent of such conflict or inconsisten- REQUIRED PROVISIONS DEEMED INSERTED a. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION a. In order to protect the lives and health of his employees under the Contract, the Contractor shall comply with all pertinent provisions of the Conti -act Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, as amended, commonly known as the Construction Safety Act as pertains to health and safety standards; and shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of and in the course of employment on work under the Contract. PAGE 3 OF 7 PW7/83 f] 11 r -I fl 10. MINIMUM WAGES s. a. The wages to be paid for a day's work to all classes of laborers, workmen, or mechanics on the work contemplated by this contract, shall ,be not less than the prevailing rate for a day's work in the same trade or occupation in the locality within the state where the ' work hereby contemplated to be performed as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to his authority under Labor Code §1770 et seq. Each laborer, workman or mechanic employed by a contractor or by any subcontractor shall receive the -wages herein ' provided for. The contractor shall pay twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per day penalty for each worker paid less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages. The difference between the prevailing rate of per diem wages and the wage paid to each worker shall be paid by the contractor to each worker. NOTE: An error on the part of an awarding body does not relieve the contractor from responsibility for payment of the prevailing rate of -per diem wages and penalties pursuant to Labor Code §§1770-1775. ' b. The Owner shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, which is not listed in the wage determination, and which is to be employed under the Contract, shall ' be classified or reclassified conforming to the wage determination. 1 1 L 11. PAYROLLS AND BASIC RECORDS a. If. the schedule- of prevailing wage rates is not attached hereto pur- suant to Labor Code §1773.2, the contractor shall post at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of the project a schedule showing all determined prevailing wage rates for .the various classes of laborers and mechanics to be engaged in work on the project under this contract and all deductions, if any, required by law to be made from unpaid wages actually earned by the. laborers and mechanics so en- gaged. b. Each contractor and subcontractor shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name, address, social security number, work week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, ap- prentice, worker, or other employee employed by him in connection with the public work.. Such records shall be certified and available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal place of the contractor as required by Labor Code §1776. PACE 4 OF 7 PW7/83 12. APPRENTICES AND TRAINEES a. Contractor agrees to comply with Chapter 1, Part 7, Division 2, §§1775.5 et seq. of the California Labor Code. These sections re- quire contractors and subcontractors to employ apprentices in ap- prenticeable occupations in a ratio of not less than on apprentice for each five journeymen (unless an exception is granted in accordance with §1775.5), and that contractors and subcontractors shall not discriminate among otherwise qualified employees as apprentices solely on the ground of sex, race, religion, creed, national origin, ancestry or color. Only apprentices as defined in §3007, who are in training under apprenticeship standards and who have written apprentice agreements will be employeed on public works in apprenticeable occu- pations. The responsibility for compliance with these provisions is fixed with the prime contractor for all apprenticeable occupations. 13. OVERTIME REQUIREMENTS a. No Contractor or Subcontractor contracting for any part of the Con- tract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic in any work week in which he is employed on such work to work in excess of eight hours in any calendar day or in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times his basic rate of pay for all hours in excess of eight hours in any calendar day or in excess of forty hours in such workweek, as the case may be. b. In the event of any violation of. the clause set forth in the subpara- graph above, the Contractor- and any Subcontractor responsible therefor, shall be liable to any affected employee for his unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and Subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violation of the clause set forth in the above subsection in the sum of $25.00 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of eight hours without payment of overtime wages required by the clause set forth in subsection above. c. The Contractor shall insert in all subcontracts, the clause set forth in the above subsection of this section, and also a clause requiring the Subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcon- tracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. 14. FAIR EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES a. In the performance of this contract, the Contractor will not discrimi- nate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, ancestry, sex*, age*, national origin, or phys- ical handicap*. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure *See Labor Code Sections 1411-1.432.5 for further details. C 1 1 11 PAGE 5 OF 7 PW7/83 ' 1. The State may determine a willful violation of the Fair Employment Practices provision to have occurred upon receipt of a final judgement having that effect from a court in an action to which Contractor was a party, or upon receipt of a written notice from the Fair Employment Practices Commission that it has investigated and determined that the Contractor has violated the Fair Employ- ment Practices Act and has issued an order, under Labor Code ' Section .1426, .which has become final, or obtained an 'injunction under Labor Code Section 1429 2. For willful violation of this Fair Employment Practices provision, the County shall have the right to terminate this contract either in whole or in part, and any loss or damage sustained by the County in securing the goods or services . hereunder shall be borne and paid for by the Contractor and by his/her surety under the performance bond, if any, and the County may deduct from any moneys due or that thereafter may become due to the ' Contractor, the difference between the price named in the con- tract and the actual cost thereof to the County. ' 15. PROHIBITED INTERESTS No official of the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to negotiate, make, accept or approve, or to take part in negotiating, making, accepting, or approving any architectural, engineer- ing, inspection, construction or material supply contract, or any subcon- tract in connection with the construction of the project, shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract or in any part thereof. No officer, employee, architect, attorney, engineer or inspector of or for the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to exercise any legislative, executive, supervisory or other similar functions in connection with the construction of the project, shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract, or in any part thereof, any material supply contract, subcontract, insurance contract, or any other contract pertaining to the project. 1 PACE 6 OF 7 PW7/83 that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, ancestry, sex*, age*, national' origin, or physical handicap*. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, ' demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and ' selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the State setting forth the provisions of this Fair Employment Practices section. b. The Contractor will permit access to his/her records of employment, employment advertisements, application . forms, and other pertinent data and records by the State Fair Employment Practices Commission, or any other agency of the State of California designated by the a- warding authority, for the purpose of investigation to ascertain com- pliance with the Fair Employment Practices section of this contract. c. Remedies for Willful Violation: 1. The State may determine a willful violation of the Fair Employment Practices provision to have occurred upon receipt of a final judgement having that effect from a court in an action to which Contractor was a party, or upon receipt of a written notice from the Fair Employment Practices Commission that it has investigated and determined that the Contractor has violated the Fair Employ- ment Practices Act and has issued an order, under Labor Code ' Section .1426, .which has become final, or obtained an 'injunction under Labor Code Section 1429 2. For willful violation of this Fair Employment Practices provision, the County shall have the right to terminate this contract either in whole or in part, and any loss or damage sustained by the County in securing the goods or services . hereunder shall be borne and paid for by the Contractor and by his/her surety under the performance bond, if any, and the County may deduct from any moneys due or that thereafter may become due to the ' Contractor, the difference between the price named in the con- tract and the actual cost thereof to the County. ' 15. PROHIBITED INTERESTS No official of the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to negotiate, make, accept or approve, or to take part in negotiating, making, accepting, or approving any architectural, engineer- ing, inspection, construction or material supply contract, or any subcon- tract in connection with the construction of the project, shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract or in any part thereof. No officer, employee, architect, attorney, engineer or inspector of or for the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to exercise any legislative, executive, supervisory or other similar functions in connection with the construction of the project, shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract, or in any part thereof, any material supply contract, subcontract, insurance contract, or any other contract pertaining to the project. 1 PACE 6 OF 7 PW7/83 16. USE AND OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER The Contractor agrees to use and occupancy of a portion or unit of the project before formal acceptance by the Owner, provided the Owner: a. Secures written consent of the Contractor to except in the event, in the opinion of the Architect/ Engineer, the Contractor is chargeable with unwarranted delay in completing the Contract requirements; b. Secures consent of the Surety; c. Secures endorsement from the insurance carrier(s) permitting occu- pancy of the building or use of the project during the remaining period of construction;, or d. When the project consists of more than one building, and one the the buildings is occupied, secures permanent fire and extended coverage insurance, including a permit from the insurance carrier(s) to com- plete construction. 17. RESIDENT INSPECTOR The County has the right and will retain a Resident Inspector to repre- sent the interests of the Owner at the project site during construction. The Resident Inspector shall have such rights and authority delegated to him as the Owner may deem appropriate. PACE 7 OF 7 PW7/83 , 1 1,1 ui LLJ L< J w 1J 1 I rl 'Ll L +' tit ITi IZI L - L C Q-17- L .- IT; L +' 11 Tl L + 71 '-1- IT; +ITi -Ti LI CI Ill L I L III L •- 11 lI L 1:1 111 1 f1 .. LL ID _ L 111 - I 1 l_ " +' ^ CL L I I 111 ITi ^ 111 L If, . _ L ,_, ITi IjI QI +• +-' CI L TI L IT; •- ITI Cl L Ili I 1 +' Ill +' Ijl �7 C •- IT; L 1J Il, L CL LI 1_TI L CL ^ J_ LL Ill r1, ITj LL ITi -' a L 'T' .1- I-) III 111 tri I,11 4-' TI Ill I.I Ili TI L C C i A Ijr jI 1:1 111 IT IL ^ •T_1 4-' t I .L 1 L LI 111 U1 +' L +' rI1 ITi L L 111 E L '- I_I 171 ^ '+ F= •L-' -7 •- L Ifl ITi IT; L IT +' ._ it iil i I rj, •- 71 T1 4-' 1I L TI qI C, T1 tiI L t 1 I_I L QI IlI I--, Ill 'Tj +' -C I_I L Ch ITi ITi IJ'I L .- III L J,J L L L Ili CO -Ti 4, Cl 111 Ip Tl L •- L L +' 111 .1. +' 11 11 11 L CrI .- 1_TI Il, •- Ill L TI +1 +' .-, I1, 1, L -Ti •- 0 l I I �-' TI L CI h-- I_I IT; III III CL ITI _W 1- ,1, 11 +' L -Ti -- +' L - L. +' ,Ti 171 Cl • L_ 11' L L._ 1_I +' L C, III ._ ITi _1 4 - ITi 1_ 111 - • - ,- L r11 •- ^ 1 I rL TI 1- +' 11, .- CL L 1_ I_I . - . _ 7D L +' '-1 III 1 _I Q, rjr ,p C Cr rr +' Tt IZI III i 1 -b q, ITi C 11 4-' ._ L L' -i 4-' 111 4. ^ 1Ti 111 ,jI .n TI L a 1_I ^ III L III C, C ._ IT; ._ •- E •- C, '+ '- 4-' L 4-' LI .- L L C, I I LI ,1, 111 L '+ 7 C S, + a i 1 L L ' - CL Ill 4-' i f1 E ,jr I1 111 � iil TI -� TI �• 111 I I IL L L L IT, 11 LI - Qi II -Ti +• 1J Q, I 1 I71 •- III IT; 111 +-' +•' C ^ ITI ^ ,l. Ili - • - 1- LI Tl T-1 'Ll .- - CL L • - '+ ,Ti ITi L [I •- � L ,jl i I 11 TI 11 '+ if1 Cr QI LI I_I .1. '} +• +1 ..4-' L I I IT; t l CTI to ' ^ IlI L III 111 111 •- - I 1 L L +' L U L L_ IT; CE Cl III L Ifl Ili 0 Cl - - L CL ._ .- ill Q' L L 111 L CL LI LL C C1 +' _r _i LL 1I., I_I I I 11 d-' 't rTi L W LL 1_I 1_I 111 I_I ti I'J CV ?1 - n +' D L- IT; ; L IT; ,j. I I .- .} +' +, III 11 TI L ITi L._ L CI L .:i IT; ' 11 ' _ L - -_ ID S:: 4-' '11 L 1:1 L ITi 1- Tl Ili +' •i-' L III L C, Ill rti i. 111 C'' � +' 1 1 1_1 h' rIr �- IT,i ,Ii E L 1Ti ITi E ITi ,Ti Cl - L L 11 11' I t C, X. E-0+' 111 Ti L IT; I 1 + IT; L L _7 IL Qi '+ '1, LTI LL E 11, -J C i I L L - 11 LI 111 .- L L I 1 11r III '- C, •-I +' LL Ifi •- TI IL 111 IY +' IT; ,lI L IT; u, 4-' L ifl U Ifl C •- '-I - rjr C, 1I L '+ TI 11 -Ti L 11 •- IT; 1 LL +' L) L TT r_T LI 111 +' L IT, 1:1 1ii 111 L L 111 L L 11 +" QI .— 1 . -: L -0 17 III ID L +' f_I ITi 1 I '+ _0 'L Li +' rjI kfl JJ 4-' ^ L L ITi -Ti, IjI III ,lI 1 TI +-' -1-' CL Ti LI - L IL •- III •- L T1 1Ti .i i I 11 C +-' L _I 'Ti L L 4- -1, ID 1_1 QI L -F-' rjr rTi 1_1 1 L L. fT CI '1' CL - E t T ' 3 .11 L 1 I L IT; rTi 11 IjI •} yj ii1 ifl T1 L 4-' .111 IT; 1Tj •- rTJ TI 111 •- 111 ITi .1, +• +, III III 111 r11 QI TI +' LL - ITi I11 E L -L 1Ir I 1 Cl +' JJ I_I m .Ti '- L L 0 i.- +' II ITi C L L .Ti - .-- ifl 11 C! .Ti Ili ,L 1 L QI ITi 111 I I I_I - QI III +' • -' L Q, 1-1 TI L Tf CI L 111 TI qi C L 11 f_ IT; .- ID I I .. rr .1. ,j. .1. .1. 1]i L 1- L L + I-. IT; III iJJiy LI +' ITI _ 1 IT; ITi I I L L +I 1, +, L II 11r LI L L .- IT; III +' _C - D. u. i L C .. 4-' Cl CI 111 ._ L I_I L T 1 I Ti L�• +' ._ III L IL 'Ti '+ •- 0 ^- - C: CL 1 LI L T l C 1_11 Il, 1 L 1_I 111 CL LL -Ti LI L Ifl 1-r.. 1_ II1 III I_ -I L i IT; Cl t_i. ` 11 L Cl 1 1 1_1 +' -I-- 1_1 I_-I1 TI -L-' - 11' - L E 111 - IT; JJ Q CL -1 ':,. L III L G_'} ITi 1] L^ '1, '+. -C I_1 IT; +' L L L IL L I_I L L 11 _ Cl ._ IT; 4- L L -L-' I f l '+ L .-- IZI Cl 1 -I ^ L I 1 ITi L L L IT; 'Ti Ifi .1_' 1 I L CL L - - T Ifl L1. ITi 4-' QI 111 I 1 IT; LI III Ifl Qr -- IT; III L L _1 I 1 LL +' Il, rr IL F L 111 LL ID '+ L III 11 11 C L I_I L T1 L L +' ITi CI L L' Ijl 111 1 1 E I_(I 'Ti la L L L T Y 11 Ij1 L I T1 L Ip 11 L .L 1 1 +' III IT.; rI, L i +' . - .1. L 11 ^ +' 1-1 TI 11, rTi - L L 11 +' .- L Cl ^ •i-• I11 L . ITi II ^ Ch +' •- ,- C 4, 111 'Ti •- .- 111 1_ ^ 0 - VI 111 ^ E E -Ti 1:1 I t Ifl +' LI C kit L I_1 l_ CI I L ITi 11 I_1 ^ L L • -' ,T•i L '+ i_I 111 111 .- Ij, 111 LI L QI '1' L LI C CL Ci Ill :L 111 I 1 C ffJ 1,•' j I"� i r� 4. ii C:1 I t ,� I _; I iit''a'=; ii F _- P E C I F I C"T I i it•'•1 C; ; 4 • 1 J The--e '_. FI 1 1_ i t i I_ •�. t i 1 r� '_. -a r ' e ._I. r' r' .ti, rl 1� F+ IJ i ri t c I and Sections for the 1_c ln1•:Ien i once cif the con tr'._i.c ror , '_• a 1_ h _. e p a, r .�, t i c l n shall h a l l n c I t be construed ._,,'_. r ri P ,• 1 i m i t _. 1 1 f vj 1_I r k: required 11 1y•a n ,.i • '_• u b I_ 1 1 n t r a y t or- 1r'The The ter•ms and conditions of such l imi ta.t i lin•_. are whol 1 •v be tvaeen the ccln tr•a,c for a.nd his subcontractors .and materials suppliers. ' 5.0 I,,1 iRK Pdi iT I tjCLUDED _. 1 E cept +or• such -aux i 1 i a.r::: �:.:�clr'k: a.=_ i ndi c -ated I_In the r d r•a.i.::ii ng•=_• c1r ._•pec i f i ed herein a.s part r+ ccinstruc t i on . -a n ;. �-kj o r• k: m .y. r k:: e d o r• n o t e d PI I C" :: t•• i cl t I n C cin t r, a c t I _.h.�.1 1 be c11r._.tr��ed .,,'_. or•H:: b-v other _., ' 5.2 When items are marked t•'lI C, rough-in on 1 :::,, the contractor shall be responsible far preparation the -for item, not the i nstal 1 .at i on of the item unl e•=•=. ' I lther•w i _•e 1lt l 1�e rw i _.e specified =•U DEFINITIOtdo: ' _ • 1 "or equal " =•ha.l 1. mean equal qu -aI i t;. , per+ --Ir, m.�.nce , +i the=.s and ca.pa.c i t, of the i tern ori g na.l 1 ;• ._.pel_ i t i ed. ' _ v v "Rev i evjed" •_hal l mea.n reI;� i e1::,ed b,:i the HrI_h tel_ t f l lr. comp1 ia.nce k:.,ii t ttre intent of the pr,biect dcicument=.. _._ "I+,dir•ected" sha.l1 mean it, .i,:jhen or as directed b.,r the Hr%ch i telt; 1 I+ .requ i red" sha.1 1 mean as requ i red tcl _u i t •_pec i t i ed _i ab ccindi t i clns_. other than t::-p i ca.l ' a.nd./c1r• •?.__• requ iced bu the be-St t1u i l d i ng pr.y.d i c . _• q " D a ...� =. I I a. '_• r• e+ e r e d t c- i n t h e E. e '_. p e 1_ i 1 � 1_ •�. t �� Irl •-� _� 1 I a 1 1 tl f' ca.l e n d a r da:• _ . 1 The term "Shop C;r•akj i ngs" a.nd/or y._. used herein , includes the fa.brica.ticln, a.=_efritli;.1::_?, erection, Ia-.,out, �_etting d�'.�k, ging•=., ma.nuf.�,cutrer=. dr'.I.�.::�ing=_:, de�_.1_r• i p t i ve data., ca.ta l oc1 s, brl_Ich'ure _., test data., d i a.gra.m•=_. .and -an, ether -appr•clpr i te. descr• i GI t i 1.,Ie i ntor•ma.t i on per t.:-;. i n i nq tc, mater- i .:•.1 s, equ i p m e n t and:'c1r '_.t em=. a. •__ m:-;.:::• be r eq u i r•e d tcl i 1 1 us tr•y.te 1_ c In t i lrm i t::., t,j i th the intent _o _f the o cc- ntra_ t el,u i r•e m e n t•=.. � r• h cl p d r -:_;)g i n g •_• ._ h a. l 1 e S t a. b 1 i s I I a 1_ t o 1 (ri a. t o r i .=-.. i S, ' elqu i pr-,ent =1.nd..`rr s.-Y '_.tem_. i n -am p1 i t i ed deta.i 1 y.nd '_t,a.1 1 LIP dr algin tc 1 '_.c-aI e acid t a. i 1 11red to ccirri + Ir. tri tl1 t he project requirement__.; a.h1_Ip dr•y.k:,.jings 2•ha11 nclt be a. r•epl ica,tion of the dring._• or spel.i+ic.;,tion_•. r� ._ Shop drawings prepared .and submitted for the ole and cibvjiius purpose of •_.a.ti=•fyI Ing shop drawing requirements or which only trace details from the project drawings or do not contain complete or sufficient detail information I n conformity with the contract requirements, 4 i l l be returned unchecked. An::,: delay caused by required re -submittal =_.ha.l l not be reason for time extension(s) . .a No fabrication of materials or systems shall be done prior to successful review of shop drawings; no equipment or systems requiring review shall be delivered to the job = i to prior to successful review. i SUBMITTALS: Submittals 11f shop drawings shall be made not later than thirty ( 0 ) calendar da...:s following the date of the notice to proceed .and shall include five 5) of each submittal,unless it erwj_e specified. 11' for a. rl ;•: reason any submittal(s) cannot be accomplished in th i '_ time period, contractor shall notify architect in wri t t i ng stating reasons for the delay and the expected date('_) submittal(s) wi 1 l be made. 8.2 Submittals will be returned to the contractor with reasonable promptness (w i th i n 14 calendar d.{.;:'s of receipt). Additional time mayberequired when submittals require review by consultants. Re=•pon ibi l I ty rests with the contractor. to undertake his own review tom,: =.=.1 Carefully examine all submittals and check for errors or de v i .a. t i on =. . .3.2 Carefully check and verify all dimensions. Make corrections or modifications to reflect actual conditions and requirements. Where dimensions or conditions differ from the drawings and/or- specifications, .rid;,:or'_.pecifica.tion' , contractor shall =.o a.d i e .a.rch i tec t in wri t t i nq stating the reasons for dev i •a.t i on . i Nate by his stamp and signature on all '_•abmi tta.l'_ that all ..hop drawings have been checked and approved by him. Any submittals not _ii stamped and signed will be r'etur'ned unchecked. .c By accepting and submitting shop drawings and submittal data, contactor repe_.ent= that he has determined .and veri f i ed all dimensions and other - requirements and coordinated each submittal with the requirements and work of other trades. 1 .100 i m = = m = m•m = m = = = r L r11 L. I I ii1 ji .- I I "Cl .I;i - QI 1J III L I,11 ,-. •} L I-' +• 7 Rj ITI 1 1 L t l FI Q. 1_ Ll r11 1 1 .- L Cl 171 1 1 - IT, 1 C I= Cl IT; +• 4-' ITi 1 L III LL ITi - 111 L L L ijI .:•, L QI 'L I_r III - III QI "� L %:. '.•. +-• L Ti •-• 0 1 ITi L, 1,11 n .- 11 Ij1 '' .. ^ 1 L .L •,_, L =' 1_f1 _. T, .- +• Qr 111 +' .L L Cr .L +' ._ L �-' .-. TI 'li L ITi ^lI I --TI - ++' +• �, IT; 111 j ti L IU C - L rTi L L 111 Qr +' LL IL 111 Ili iTi IT+' iU +' _ •_ �, rTi ,ji LI QI L 1 1 L _ +' TI •- 171 rTi C I 1 IY QI 1 I ITi C L i_I IZI - IjI IJ _I - ITr I I rjr •- -C .-. 1- C t IT; a. 'Tl QI •- ,..� _' 1 q7 11 ',•,_ .1r S- L L ili IJ .a-' 1.17 .-..4' '+ .+' TI a-' UI u -I-' - +' +' ITi -• _I IJ ITi III ..- 111 y_ 1_I L 1 I Cl CIC +• 1 111 171 - I :_ 111 -1-- - III LL ITi [_ i11 ZI ITi 1- L.. C IZI +• Qr Ilr .-- a-' +' Cl +' +' IjI CL II1 I 1 1 Iji L 4-' 1 I L +' ID ITi L - L I I L ID .L I I .- L I 1 - C ._ .- J..1 QI .--- -1..' E -_. C I 1 T, I_I I I _ L 4-' .- .- � +' QI iTj I 1 .L - <: ITi +' Ill I_I 1 +' +' +' 1 LL ,_ ._ IlI -F-' Qr 1_I L QI C I -L L : T C L -I '} �-• 111 L L - •- Tl 111 .- L +'' 111 II'I ITi '+ �-' L - . L C T_T L IT; +' L QI L L 1 J 11 I IT; ITi I, III _ _ C r., +' QI _. _ +' 1 1 '+ I I III L Cl iji ._ 11 C Ili '} L 1 1 1 I L QI 1 I IL _C '-i- L --' 111 -F-' L I_I LI - C L. 1 I 1 L. -1 11. _ Ili +' III Cl L �- -Ti E - 1 Ijr I 1 -}..' +' i I 1 Ili Tl IZI Tl 11. .11 - .- 0 r1r L +' CL 111 - CL �{ L +' L +' 1 IL I 1 +• 1 1 1:1 11 +' Qi L •Tl C .. L C III 1 �' +' 1 '+ _ LL .- QI 1 +' .1. _ C 111 I 1 C IT' 'j. IJ rli 111 -C ITi '} IlI iL •- 1 •- -•.' I_I CL L '+ +' +' Qr LI 111 r7i E 1:1 111 4-' IT; 'D ITi LL LI 4-' - CI L L +' '+ '�-• I_I +' ijI Ili QI •- 171 I11 C L C +' lJ_ - L -TiITi r11 .17- L 11 .- I11 I - I I 11 1 1 ^. 11i 11 . ;•,. 1 1 TI+ - L 1. L .11 ill +' -TirTi L QI IT; Cl +' Qr 1- -C ClI L L 111 ll 1 L 4-' L•- _ 11- 111 1 IlI Ijl r- IZI Tl 11• E E 11r .._ Tl 1 +' d-' +' iTi 1 1 Iji .. 4-' IT; y Iji ITi ITi 3 C L Cr '} ± L J_ ITi C Tl Qr 111 •- QI -; 111 ll +' L J - '+ III fT +-' C Ijr L .- Tl L CL QI I 1 ID Ili Cl r1. - 4-' C - :-•. e]i L 1 C L t I .- ITi Cl +' ._ - iL I 1 Qi ._ .- Tl ;•. _7. III ^. TI L 111 1 1 :,: J_ III 1- •- I I .- L L T I_I 111 •—I -(:1 111 j. 1T• QI IT; - L 1 L '+ Cl Ll C LI 1 Tl -Ti. L 1-j L Q. +' III TT •- 111 •_I C -CI)1 Il. •L - C' 0' +' L 111 •- +' L 111 +' it. .- 'Ti 111 <_ C ZI •- C •- Ijr IllIfI QI +' '} TT - +-• ilI _1 IL •n 1_ I _-• +' 1-1 _lLL '+ I I Ili `.•. +• 1 i 1 I 1 - L U I Tt _ -_ ITr 111 ITI . _ I I L 1 QI Lit - 11 L d-' '- L._ L Cl 11- Il -- 1 I 1_i +' IT; y L ITi '+ CTI a L 111 ITi ._ 1 iji C 111 L L ITi IZI '+ f_'1 y_ L _ .- Qr C ITi Qr 1_TI y- -, 1 1 _ '0 Ill L -F-' 1 1 1- '+"� L C r?i L L I11 .l.J I_1 L 111 rjI .- •- C C I 111 +• 1_I +' ITI 111 LI C +' L 1 L . - Ili T1 +' rjr 111 1 1 . _ .. +• ITi 111 ITi . _ L a-.' •n ITi L Ili - L -I, 11 1 ITi L III IT; +' ITi LL CC 1.1 ITI 1,11 I 1 1 .L I r +' Q. }•, - -TiITi LL +-' L 111 +' 1 - L ITj C _: Cl LI 1:1 I_(1 11 - +' -- 11 III +' .- I I .L •- I-1 QI L C 4-� +' 1 r- ITi _I-.' �-' •l- ELI I L Cl •1- 1 1J - 11 'Ti I I y C IT; .1r I_I -Ti _I 11 1 1 - Co Tl - _ +• ._ rri ._- L C CrI r ITi - +' f I ITi Q. '.}- +' +• C +' t +' L Ili L •- L. +' '- +' i_I .-, 73 IT C ITi 111 L •- -Ti 111 ll ^ 111 ._ +' .- - LI L' 4-' .- .- '1 1 L1 T, Qr C QI C' 13 +' 111 11 QI rIr 'l. - ITj 1 L L L III L L C -Ti C ITi 'Ti +' C +' _z- ITi Q. .11 L r11 -F' +' 1 C 1J C l L 117 _. .- L .L J..� I,II ITi IL �-' IlI ITi 1 L IY IjI y- C - III III Qr L +' .- IT; _ ^_ 1_I - 1 I I t I IDU-'- C IT; +' IT; 117 111 Cl1_I C W {-' rji } C +' +' IT Ili _C +' Ll' 'L ,jJ L +' 1 '+ L 11 "'- '} IlI 1 1 1_1 111 I 1 L '+ 1 1 I_I -i-' QI r- y- +' ^ ~ I_I -C IT; 1 ._ IlI IT; lil 1 +• Ijr 1 IjI 1 C +' _ I I ._ I 1 l C 'Ti .- -' .. ^ C L III If, IT; +• F- -1+' _ • I I E .1r 1T t I +' F -0 L +-' ^- J-' ITi 1'T LI 111' +' I_I - 1 I '} 1 C +' ._ Ijr ITi I_ .11 4-' r11 +' III ITi I_I +• •- +• 1J.1. IL '�' 1 IliQi -• CL. C C lit III +' I - IT I C ,L - 1 1 t C 1 L 11 +' �- ITi L 1 1 L11 CL - Qi I11 +' I --TI C � ili �- L � 111 Cl1 I 111 .;'+ Iji •- I_I C C L C1 n Ll C IL +' 1 I If, 111 - .-1 � I_I _ 111 r11 ;•, L 1,17 L 4-' +' Cl 1 1 I 1 ITI - L �- 11 � JJ Li l _ ._ '+ C iIr L � _ - -� L ITi I_I - - _. Ill C rjI +' 11 - 4-' C 1 +' ^' ' C 1 L +• +• 0 +' 111 III '.}- 1 CL Ijr +• III -' III L VI I 4- ,:.., C' -wL i 1 - I_I 1 QI .- I 1 LII III •- Cl -- IjI Ili ._ ITi L III C •- +' CL E iTi '- 1 I IlI 1 co .- +' L 1_1 117 I,11 •• 'Ti LL .- - 'Ti IT; ._ [1 +' 3 4-' ITi - ._1' 'TiITi .- +' L +' 11 11 Qr 11 I 1 _ 1 I_I IT; -C 111 - 1 11 ._ _ LL Tl •'-- 1_I T_1 � +' L ;'. +' +' +' LL C +' ijI �- III I C C 1 QI C +' .- LL rlI QI 111 I I ._ i-' Ili +' I 111 QI �- ,. L ITi y_ rlr 111 I 1 IT,i 1 +' L C I r 1 L IlI .- +• Ilr 1 - L t III TiITi JJ 111 -Ti +' 171 I TI 111 L1 L + '+ + 1 11 L L ITi Ij1 .- IT; - +' .f _� _ TI 1 1 - I L L T_1 I I L 1 - - L 11 _ Tl +' L L 1 .- ,j=J Ij .- +' IT.' L 111 III Cl ._ L - +' L L l[. III 1 .-- � L I J - 1 I � �L ^ _ _ � 11• +' - � 1 I +' T-1 Cl I 1 L ill TI I 1 +' r- LL L IT,i L I I L Ili L - L lI I_I Cr1 4-' ITi C Ili C - _ _. -C C, rTi IT; -1 - _ +' ITi •- it, +' '+ CL 111 111 .- Ili 4-' Irl TI ,y_ rlr 111 11 T7 _ • L U- Ili 1 it. 4-' rTi .•- I_I +' '+ 1 LL 11 C, ^ 1"1 QI IY ITi L .�' -- .:.,. 1_I IT; ' 1 I C QI 1. C '} +' +' 11 1 C I I 1 1 - L '} '} 111 +' ITI 1:1 1L _ C IT ITi I I L '- L 1 L I_I 13 Ill C .L rji III ITi y„ C C 1 Li Cl L2 1.1 'Ti i-, Co •- 117 117 ITi Ll '} I_ Cl 0 1 IJI t +' '+ LI- _ - 111 11 -1 LL ITI IT;. +'. +' IT; .L I i +' CL L t �' +' .L <j 111 111 111 w .I w -r LFjr1 I LICl i Ct.. I?•. I_r•. 1"r•. of the drawings a.nd/or specifications or any changes caused by the substitution affecting th i = or other construction. pa,r t =. of f_cfnstruc t i on . IC -1,0 COORDINATION " CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: 10.1 The contr.ycor shall be responsible for the coordination of all tra.des performing work on the project including ordering of materials and equipment in a. timely ma.nner and in proper sequence of construction. 10.2 The project construction schedule shall indicate all i toms of work, i n the sequence of their anticipated. performance, required to complete the project. ' 10.3 o Cc fnstruction schedule l alto include provision for- _._ha.l prepra.t i on and processing of shop drawings and a. preparation submittals, requests for substitution (if any) together with substitution warranties, required as ' _corrections the result of _. the final inspection, janitiorial services a. n d project f_ll l'_.i-_-1 1ut. 11.0 REGULATIONS: 1 1 . 1 r - t.0hen these specifications call for materials or - construction of a, better quality t:•• or larger sizes than construction the governing codes, rules and/or regulations, the provisions of these specifications shall preva.i 1 . Refer .a.l o to Past _.0 Requirement.. of this section. - 12.0 REFERENC.ES/CODES, RULE'_, AND REG ILAT I Ckh..l._; : . 12.1 Unless otherwise spec i fi ed, all rre erer,f_es, code=., rules and rea61a.tiilns shall be the current edition as latest amended: AASHTO: American Association of State Highway a.nd T r a.n _.p or t a. t ion i i f f i c i a. l '= ADA:.America.n=. with Disa.bilit.ie=. Act ' AISI AmericanIron and Steel Institute ANSI: American National St.a.tndard�= Institute ASME. American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASHRAE. American Society of Heating and Air Conditioning Engineer_. ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials IAP PO: Interngt i ona.l Association of Mechanical and .Plumbing Officals -. NEC: National Electrical Code NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association '=MACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association UBC: Uniform Building Cade UMC: Uniform Mechanical Cede UPC: Uniform Plumbing Code ' UL: Underwri tter=. L.a.bor.a.t f..;. 1"31.0 [1r;PdlIFr';1=TURER'_ Ih,!_;TRI_I1=TI SNS DI_RE1=TIOhdS: 1 :7:: . 1 �::!h,erI r•eter-erre•_. — e rn.Rde i n th,e=.e •_pec i t i ca.t manuf•_.c tur•er''= I n_•tru t i --.n=_• a.n r d I r'ec t I cin , the refer'r, ed ,,kjorH:: __.h,._.1 1 be pr'co-., i ded .=_,.nd i n•_ t•_.l 1 ed in complete comp l I ance with th thei!:,r I t ten material pr -r--.! i ded b the manufacturer, copies of !:-jh i ch, --hall be provided to the a.r•ch i tec t . 1 4. i I RECORD DR"'4:j I t -IGS: 14.1 Contractor shall provide, as part of their one complete _.et of record dr•.tiJ.'JIni_i Durin_ the pr•ogr•e_.•_. c,f t:. j c i r• H:: , c c- n t r• -a c t c r. _• h •_.1 1 rr, ._. i n t .a i n c i n e •_. e t o+ d r ._ k j i n c4 _. -a t th,e i o b =.i to fijr purpose•S cif ,=1 ea. r'1 ._.nd-accur.A.tel recor•di ng not e s a.nd ch._,n ire t c, thie iAJ it i n a,[c r. I nu I r: basis. P•?.r'ticul•_.r -attention is directed to Ioca. Tori a.nd. depth of underground u t I 1 I tes, changes -i n e t e t i c -a c i r c u i tduct x '=_•tem=• a.nd p umbl n,:� p I p I nrj _ _.tem'=•. Upon corrip1etion cif the prnject, thi_ "Record =_e t" of dravjinQ•_• _•h•_.11 del i v er'ed t o th,e civ) ner. 15.0 MEASUREMENT , COPJ'=;TRUI T I N REFERD-ACE LH*"-`('O'IT : 15. 1 Pr I nr- to order I r,Q fna,ter• j a1 •_ or ci �fi,rr,er,C 1 ng ,,:;,or• :: . contractor shall verI f;Y all med'=•urment•= affect l ng the ,,iork an be r-e_.p on r- i b1 e fi or r•epor't i ng d i Screpenc i e_• to the arch i tec t i mmedi ate 1 e::;• +or- cla.r•i+ic-at ion and direction. No •_.ddi tion._.1 ch a rope or. compen=afion +::,ill be _.11 ,.:,,ed on :: count rf. .=-,.n:Y _ di++erence bet!.jeen a.ctua.I dimens irDn•_ and these i ndi c._•ted cin the da.!.! i n a 1 The contractor -_.ha.l1 be r_.p -n ible for e t .L.': i'_.r�ir and ma.i nt•_.i n i nq all bench rna.rl; _., base 1 .i ne._ _.rid t.her- r•e+er•ence•=• nece._ _.._,rfor the 1 .,you t , _.e t t i ng of. gr'•_.des and co r,•=.tructi in of the project and to pre=.er•)e ex i _•ting bench marks, pr• ,per• t:::' corners a.nd other refernce=_• indicated on the dr.:_:k • i nqs. r -,n:: of I'=•tiny reference that are dl _.l I rA'fed or removed by the contractor., shall be r ep 1 •_.ced b.!' the con tra-c ti Ir at h l '. e;::. pence r . I . F1 r;L I Ot-At-10-•-1T OF JO I P,1T' MATER IAL "-"ND__E- 1 I I PHEt'-1T : 1 .1 It shall be the re_•por,_•i bi 1 i t_::. of the contr-.actor to rn ._. H:, e cert .a i n t. h, .,, t _. l 1 .i r -I i r. t, rr, .;, t e r i .;. l_ a. n d e 1 u i p rr, e r, t -ar-e proper—I—,—, i n-sta.1 1 ed true to 1 i ne_. and 1 ek __.tr.=-,.ictht ._.nd plumb to horizont•_.1 plane s . 1=. I t s h 1 be t h e r e s p n'_ I b I 1 I c, f the cor, tr•ac r r t._ prrjv i de a.i 1 trade=-. 1.)i t the Groper r•ef er-e nce_. { car the i n•=. t 1 -at i c -n cif the i r ma. t_er i -a1 _ a.nd e q u i Amen t a.nd tc, coc-r•di n._.te i n s t a I 1 ._.t. i cin . 1 11 [1j LJ 1 1 t 1 1 1 11 1 . = I+ +or' an: -Y.. reason . a.n:.v.ma.ter j al = or equ i pmen•t cannot be i n=.t.;.1 1 ed i ndi catedy�!n the drawings., y the I_ontr-actor. r _•h ._i.1 1 I mm ed I y.t :' 1 .r' n I_! t I i :' the architect ! I_!r' direction. r' �. 1 cu l -a r- .,.t terl t l c,n I directed to el Iu i !rrf?r±t -f I_I I T T e n r' n i _ __ - 1 cl !_ .�. t I c, rl -a n ,j i FIr n n!� =. t h.,. t Ts r'• q I r'e ,.d.Iu s tment t cl '_.at I'_•+ }he i ritent cl + the pr'_!je ct de s I yrs . 1 ' . I i F'F'CIT EI_T I IP'1 i Ir t'1riTEF: I r1L' 'c E1 - !L I F'h1Et''dT 17. 1 The con tractor shal 1 be re•=.pon i bl e , a.t the i r oa,jn e n , t p r o v j de I_i!nt i nuclu=• heat, Tuel a.rld !it her p ro t e t i !•:I e m.:R t .e r j a. 1 '_ -=k n d •_. e r-• ,.;, j ,_ e s. a, •_. n e c e •_. •_. a, r• ;:' t! prr_Itect ,.l l mater j a.1 = equipment + _ =.te j t.:•'; elm ,.nd m , rf 1 c,r' be l ng I ns.t-a1 1 ed, from da.ma.cle due to i tempera.-ur *ndi'c,r rrf!1t'_.tur'e d u r, I til=t cc,n=tr'uc t i c!n a.nd unt acceptance of •x.1 1 t.,.j o r k: . 1.'.'2 The contractor sha.l l be r'eplinsible, at their n e;:<:pen e, for using a.11 mean-= nece=• a.r':::• tclr pr'Iit;iIdInig cont I nc,u•_. protection of all materj a.l =•, e q u i Amen t ,.rfd s:vstems from phvas I cal damage b;:' other trade , unt i 1 T i naI a.ccep t a n c e c,t a.1 1 t.,.j or•k• . 1^. _ It the il4:fner' Occup i e s. a.n•`.:' F,Iir•t j on or p -ar•t c,t the project pr i,c,r• to t i na.1 cc,mp1 et i on R n d .y.ccepterfce c,+ wc,rk, ovine r- and con tra,c tor- '_•h a.l i argree 11n the me th+_Id(:'_.i b, vi I ch u t I 1 I t;r cos.ts I!.I 11 1 be pr's �pc!r t i c,ned +or' the occlip i ed =•p a.ce I:: s.', . 17 .4 L-Jh e n c l i ma.t i condi t i on--. prohibit con t l n u e d r- k.' prc lgre _•'_ , the con tr.:4.c tc,r-• , -a t the ir I,i.::)n e:>:pen e , h 1 '=u spend cc,rf'_.tr u t i o n ,.c t j':! j t a.n rn.,.k.e a.1 1 n _ _•'_• ..r' p r' G i:! i I I i rl t o p r is t e [ t e ;::` I t 1 rl i! ,_ !_! r; '_. t r I I !_ t iii ;^� T ', i irrl dama.,:re , 17 , 5 P'1 a. trr i .,.1s. c lr' e,qu i preen t de l i 1•:I er'ed .,.nd •_. t c, r'ed -at t cib __• i to '=h a.1 1 be pr•c 1per' 1 ; p r o t e c ted a.,4a. i na.t da.ma.ge . Hn item ddamaged priort I be j nI� jrn'__.ta1 1 ed on the prc _j ec t hal 1 be rep 1 ace f. �•l i th nel:�:f I t e11I'_ on 1 -:, , n1 , rep.H. I r. e d 1 1r. r'.econdi t. i orfed i tern=_• �:.ji 1 1 be ;,ccepta.bI e . J 1 .CI DEM OLITIOt-A, DI'=P SH"L F'ELOCH"TIOPl: 1 ,_ . 1 The cc!r-, tr.,.c tc!r '=h.,.l 1 per'tc,rrn •,.1 1 demcll i 1 t i c In , r'emc!VA. 11 and di=.pcl'=a.l f:fc,r'k: i ndj c.:,tedi c -n the d:,.r:fi ng'= ani:+clr. ' _. GI e c i f i a. t i c, n 1 Lin 1 -•=._. c,ther'�:f i =•e i nd i c.;,ted r _.pec j t i ed, ,.1 1 m;a.ter' i .,.1 re'=u l t I n q Trom de mi i1 o n =ac t i v i t: =h•=�.1 1 be -- me Lt h e L _ t the c i! t t b or cI r c, F! e r !_ .. � ! = n r .�, c 1 1 r ! �:f h cI _. h a. l 1 tre r e. �_. �, c , n '_� i 1 e t r'errfcly i ng the mater i A.l'a from the jc,b = j to a.nd 1 eya.l 1 d I s. pl., I ng, i IT t Ym.:R ,_ en _•ed 1 o a.t i c, r, qu _,.1 I T l ed t,_, r e c i eve the mater i a.l'_ tIe i ng di Spa=_•ed. 1.1AI 1 19.0 EXISTING UTILITIES: 1'x . 1 The contractor shall be responsible for the locating and marking all underground u t i 1 i ties prior to, beginning excavation a. t i v i ty. Ut i l l tie=. that are to be abandoned shall be capped and sealed. 19.2 The contractor shall notify and mike all necessary arrangements with uti l i ty companies f ter_ relo atio n and/or abandonment of any u t i l i t_;: and provide all labor, tri teria,1•_ and,services required i nc 1 ud I ng i n'_•ta1 1 at i on of boxes, enclosures, barricades a.=••_.rc i a:ted with relocation and/or abandonment. 0.0 EARRICADE_,: 1 _1. _1 Where the drawings a.nd/or. ._pec i f i ca.t i os indicate that Zit . 1 certain item(s) are to be salvaged for the c wnwer, contractor shall be responsible removal of the items m.a.inta.ining all nece._sa.ry barricades, fencing_, warning from the project and for making arrangements with the owner to receive .a.nd store the items. Transportation shall be the respon=�ibi 1 i t::.� of the owner.' to provide for safety and protection of workers and the _ 1;_ .4 Where the drawings and/or specifications require that any i tem(s) be relocated, the contractor ._.h.a.l l be ' responsible for such relocation(s) and shall coordinate ' construction activity to minimize disruption of related '1 . 1 services or functions associated with the relocated i tem(s) . 1 18.5 Burning or burial of any mat eri.a.l=_ on -._i to i'_ prohibited at any time. All 1 e::.::ce s materials and containers shall removed from the _r 11b _• i to (refer tI 1 ' Item 17.2 above). 19.0 EXISTING UTILITIES: 1'x . 1 The contractor shall be responsible for the locating and marking all underground u t i 1 i ties prior to, beginning excavation a. t i v i ty. Ut i l l tie=. that are to be abandoned shall be capped and sealed. 19.2 The contractor shall notify and mike all necessary arrangements with uti l i ty companies f ter_ relo atio n and/or abandonment of any u t i l i t_;: and provide all labor, tri teria,1•_ and,services required i nc 1 ud I ng i n'_•ta1 1 at i on of boxes, enclosures, barricades a.=••_.rc i a:ted with relocation and/or abandonment. 0.0 EARRICADE_,: ' Zit . 1 The contractor shall be responsible f��r i n�_.ta, l l i ng and m.a.inta.ining all nece._sa.ry barricades, fencing_, warning 1 i gh t.., warning signs and ether equipment and devices to provide for safety and protection of workers and the public. ' 21 . 0 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES: '1 . 1 The contractor shall provide and maintain all tempor.a.r y cin -site construction f.a.cilities including, but not 1 imi ted to offices and storage fa.c i 1 i t i es for the proper conduct of work: including water, light, power, ' telephone, heating and vent i 1 i at i ng and sanitary f a c i l i t t e s . 21.2 The contractor ._•hal.l be responsible for all costs associated with the i nsta.l 1 a.t i on , maintenance and operation of temporary facilities including all business ca.l 1 = from the site. , 1 . 100-= , 21.3 Upon completion of all work, all temporary facilities shall be removed from the job site. 22.0 CLEAN-UP & JANITORIAL SERVICES: 22.1 Throughout t ti f th .construction on o e project, contractor, shall continuously maintain the site and building in a safe and clean condition. Construction waste and debris shall placed in a storage container for disposal. 22.2 Upon completion of all work the entire site shall have all construction waste materials removed and disposed' Grounds that are not landscaped shall be raked smooth to the slopes and grades indicated. Large rocks and displaced vegetable material shall be removed and disposed. 22.3 Contractor shall provide a complete janitorial service on the building premises including, but no limited to, the cleaning of all glass, floor` wall and ceiling finishes, waxing and polishing resilient floors, vacuuming carpet` cleaning electrical devices` fixtures and equipment, plumbing fixtures and trim. 1.1O0-9 DIVISION I , GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 113: SCOPE Or BIDS 1. GENERAL a. This Work is subject to the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and Special Conditions preceding these Specifi- cations and the Contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. WORK INCLUDED a. The Work required to be performed by the Contractor consists of construction of a P9u1 ti -%rho ;e- Cl assroo; ; ArWi tion in con- formance with Plans and Specifications hereinafter identified, in- cluding furnishing of all labor, materials, plant, tools, equipment and services necessary therefore and incidental to, complete and ready for occupancy except as may otherwise be specified. 3. PROJECT PLANS a. The Plans for the Project shall be the following, except that, during the progress of the work such shop drawings and submittals as required by the Specifications and approved for use on the Project shall become a part of the Construction Documents. PLUMBING ' 1 1 7 L ARCHITECTURAL lA of G ROOF PLAN, CEILING PLAN, RELATED STRUCTURAL S1 of DETAILS, PROJECT INFORMATION 1P. of G ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN 1C of fi TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY 2 of G DOOR AND IIINDO1,1 DETAILS, INTERIOR .ELEVATIONS 3 of G FLOOR PLAN, EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 4 of G BUILDING SECTION!, DETAILS STRUCTURAL S1 of '4 STRUCTURAL NOTES AND DETAILS S2 of 4 FOUNJDATION PLAN AND DETAILS S3 of 4 ROOF FRANKING PLAN, ROOF AND HALL DETAILS S4 of 4 [BUILDING SECTIONS, ROOF AND MALL DETAILS n c- nTrc P1 of 2 PLUMBING SITE PLAN,. FIXTURE , SCHEDULE P2 of 2 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN! AND ONE - LINE DIAGRAMS MECHANICAL ' N11 of 2 HVAC FLOOR PLAN, DETAILS I 112 of 2 SCHEDULES ELECTRICAL El of 3 SCHEDULES AND VOTES E2 of 3 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E3 of 3 P014ER AND SIGINAL PLAN, ROOF ' PLAN, LIGHTING PLAN "•.ase bi,a �h�ll inclti:'e all :;,orl; in;ticate on th ,ira rinr;s s^,cir, DIVISION 2: SITE WORK SECTION 2A: EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Special Conditions preceding these Specifications apply to all work of this section and the Contractor shall be responsible for and be governed by all re- quirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. If more than one Contractor is to perform Work under this Section, specific responsibilities are to be detailed by the General Contractor. b. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, mate- all work affecting same. Active utilities shown on the drawings 2A-1 1 rials, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all work indicated on the drawings and specified herein. c. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these Specifications. d. Only.. skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. ' 3. WORK INCLUDED a. Excavation for all footings, slabs, pits, levels, sidewalks, curbs and 'gutters. b. All shoring or retaining of excavations as required. C. All backfilling and compacted fills to final elevations. d. All grading for slab subgrades, parking and roadway areas. e. Providing and installing rock and sand under slabs. 4. WORK NOT INCLUDED a. Trenching, excavation and backfill for work specified under Divi- sions 15 and 16. 5. REQUIREMENTS ' a. Excavation: 1) Utilities: Where existing utilities are encountered, regulations governing the respective utilities shall be observed in executing all work affecting same. Active utilities shown on the drawings 2A-1 1 shall be adequately protected from damage, and removed or re- located only as indicated or specified. Inactive or abandoned utilities encountered in excavating and grading operations shall be removed, plugged or capped. In absence of specific re- quirements, plug or cap such utility lines at least 3 feet outside of new building walls or as required by the Local Regulations. (See Mechanical and Electrical Specifications.) 2) Elevations: Elevations or depths indicated on the drawings sHa Fe used in computing the quantities or excavation and fill. Should the Structural Engineer order extra excavation, the Contractor shall perform such extra work, and the Owner shall pay for same in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. 3) Footings: Excavation for footings shall have extra width on each de of pad to allow for placing and removal of forms and minimize the results of the sloughing of earth into the exca- vations. Sides of all footings shall be formed, unless earth will stand without caving, and Structural Engineer gives approval for unformed footings. Bottom of excavations shall be level, cut square at bottoms and corners, free from loose material, and brought to the indicated or required levels in undisturbed earth. 4) All excavation shall be kept free from standing water. The Contractor shall do all pumping or draining that may be neces- sary to carry on the work. 5) Should excavations for footings, through error,. be to z greater depth than indicated or required, such additional depth shall be cut square and level and be filled with concrete at the Contrac- tor's expense. 6) Walls, Grade Beams, etc.: Excavations shall be of. sufficient width to permit construction and removal of. forms, placing of concrete, any damp -proofing as shown or specified and any shoring or cribbing that may be necessary to prevent caving. Remove all such shoring or cribbing before backfilling. 7) General: Maintain excavations in good order, adequately pro- tected by barriers, lights, shoring and bracing. Shoring and bracing shall.be designed for vehicle surcharge, where applica- ble. d. Backfilling 1) After concrete piers, footings and walls have been stripped and their condition approved, the spaces between the banks and the concrete shall be bac filled with debris -free earth. Backfill shall be placed in 6" layers sloping down away from walls and footings, each course to be moistened and tamped. Footing excavations shall be thoroughly cleaned out before backfilling. DO NOT PUDDLE FILL. Use only enough moisture to secure maximum compaction. 2A-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r a t 1 2) Earth: Used for backfill shall be free from debris, large clods or stones shall be deposited in layers, moistened with water and compacted by suitable means as specified hereinafter. In general, soils on the site, with the exception of the top soil containing roots and vegetation (the top three to six inches) may be used for backfill. Any soil containing roots and vege- tation shall be stripped and disposed of off the site. Any unsatisfactory material which may be encountered in localized areas shall not be used as backfill, but shall be disposed of off the site. 3) Fill containing large rocks, blocks of concrete and masonry materials or other debris shall not be used for backfilling. 4) Shoring: All walls with backfill on one side only shall be adequately shored during backfilling operation or structural slabs opposite backfill must be in place at least seven days before beginning the backfill operation. e. Construction of Fills: Ultimate grades shall be to lines and levels shown on the plan. 1) Fill Under Slabs: Fill for the subgrade under concrete slabs shall be clean selected material which will have minimum volume change due to moisture content and shall have the proper moisture content for optimum compaction. Fill material shall be free of all vegetation, roots, grass, sticks and other deleterious foreign matter and shall be approved by the Architect before placing. 2) All areas to receive slabs shall be leveled and all loose soil thoroughly compacted by rolling or tamping. If fill 'is required, the surface shall then be wet down and the fill deposited in six inch layers, each layer water dampened and rolled until the surface has received the maximum compression and ceases to creep. Before succeeding layers are applied, the under -layers shall be scarified for bond and then dampened. 3) All compaction shall be done with rolling equipment of type and weight to give required compaction. Areas which are inacces- sible to rolling equipment shall be pneumatically tamped. Tamping shall show a degree of compaction comparable with that of rolling equipment. All walls liable to be disturbed by rolling or tamping shall be shored. 4) Compaction of earth fill under interior slabs shall be 95% of the ASTM D1557 -70 maximum dry density, 90% elsewhere on site. 5) A 6" thick mat, consisting of graded rock with loo split faces, free from vegetation or debris, uniformly graded from q" to 1" approved by the Architect, sliall be placed under all interior concrete slabs; minimum sand shall be compacted in place and thoroughly wetted before placing concrete. 6) Earth Fill: (Other than under slabs) Some as for fill under slabs, except as follows: Shall be placed and compacted to 2A-3 6. 7. elevations shown on drawings. Blade area and scarify area for proper bond of fill. Fill shall be placed in even layers, 6" maximum layers, with each layer thoroughly compacted. Scarify fill areas to a 611 depth and then roll with heavy power rollers until surface is hard and smooth. f. Finish Grading: 1) After completion of the structure, the site shall be finish graded. Finish grading shall consist of harrowing, scraping, and rolling the ground. Rocks over two inches in size shall be removed from the surface, and clods broken up. The finish grades shall be to the grades established on the drawings which may be slightly modified at their intersections and eased to existing grades. Finish grading shall be properly pitched to prevent accumulation of water within the area. Tie in new and existing finish grades. Regrade existing areas that have been disturbed by construction activities. 2) Sub -grade elevations shall conform to all lines and grades indicated on the drawings and shall comply with California State Standard, Sections, 19-1.03, 19-5.02 or 19-6.02. COORDINATION & RESPONSIBILITIES This Contractor shall: a. Coordinate and cooperate with trades in the installation of their work. b. Furnish all necessary lights, signs, barricades, and other devices for protection of public 'traffic. C. Report any discrepancies in dimension, grades, or details to the Architect for clarification. TESTS & INSPECTIONS a. The density of the upper six inches of subgrade and of each layer of fill shall be checked by the Contractor after each layer has been compacted. b. Field density tests shall be used to check compaction of all fill materials. Sufficient number and location of tests shall be made ' on each layer to insure adequate compaction throughout the area; Contractor shall be required to increase roller weight and number of passes as required to obtain specified densities. C. Cost of the tests shall be paid for by Owner but may be deducted ;t from payments to Contractor. DIVISION 3: CONCRETE SECTION 3A: CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. . SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to r perform and complete all cast -in-place concrete indicated on the drawings and specified herein. r, 3A-1 b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. d. Work Included: Furnish all materials and labor necessary to com- plete cast=in-place concrete as indicated, specified herein, or both. The work of this section includes but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Footings, walls, slabs, beams and columns. . 2. Fill for topping, structural decks and steel pan stairs. 3. Dry packing of steel bearing plates. 4. Equipment foundations and bases. 5. Anchor slots and inserts as indicated. G. Vapor barrier for slabs on grade. 7. Isolation and expansion joint fillers and sealers. i; 8. Waterstops. 9. Sealing and/or hardening concrete floors. 1 10. Installation of metal door frames and/or access " doors in concrete surfaces. 11. Sample panels. 12. Quality Control. e. Work Excluded: The work of this section excludes the following: 1. Ornamental concrete paving. 2. Cementitious decks. 3. Those anchors, sleeves, inserts, frames and plates which are furnished by other sections of the specifications. 4. Drainage fills and/or base fills. r, 3A-1 f. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Concrete for concrete site work shall be placed in accordance with the applicable requirements of this section as a part of the work of Section 3F, Concrete Site Work and Section 2B, Paving, Site Improvements and Drainage. 2. The work of this section shall be closely coordinated with that of Section 3D, Concrete Formwork, especially with regard to types of finishes required for formed surfaces. g. Reference Specifications: Work shall conform to ACI 301-72, "Speci- fications for Structural Concrete for Buildings," unless otherwise specified herein. 3. SUBMITTALS One Copy Owner a. Sample Panels: Prior to placing any concrete to have an architec- ture inis or color, construct one sample wall panel on the site for the approval of the Architect. The sample panel shall be a repre- sentative section of a wall at least 4 feet wide by 4 feet high and shall include one internal corner, one external corner, one typical construction joint, kerfs and other architectural features. Surfaces shall be finished and surface defects repaired as further specified herein. The panel shall not be a part of the finished work. Re- move the panel when directed or upon completion of the work. The Architect shall also designate one area or surface of the building as a sample panel for each type of formed finish. These sample panels shall form a standard of the finishes,. color and workmanship for the remainder of the work. b. Quality Control: Testing laboratory as required for the tests in this section s all e approved by the Architect and shall submit the results of all tests in writing simultaneously and in the required copies to the following: One Copy Owner One Copy Architect One Copy Structural Engineer Two Copies Contractor One Copy Local Building Department One Copy Deputy Inspector 1. Mix Design: The Contractor, at his expense, sliall employ the services of an independent testing laboratory to test the pro- posed cement and aggregate and to design concrete mires for each type of concrete required. The" Contractor shall submit representative samples of each type of aggregate and Portland cement to the testing laboratory for nalysis and preparation of the mix design. The cement and aggregates shall be sampled and tested in accordance with procedures herein specified. The proportions of the materials and the water content shall be established by tests made in accordance with ACI 211.1-70 and the applicable requirements of the building code. The maximum allowable water content and the maximum allowable amount of aggregate per sack of cement shall be predetermined by the 3A-2 i r 1 t laboratory. Submit the required copies of mix design and cement and aggregate reports to the parties named above for approval from the Architect at least 7 days prior to the placing of any concrete. No concrete shall be allowed to be poured until the mix designs have been approved. No substitutions shall be allowed in the materials used on the job without addi- tional test reports as specified herein, showing that the quality of the concrete is satisfactory. 2. Cement: Make a test for every 500 barrels or fraction thereof of cement used, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C-150. Make the tensile strength test for 7 days. Tag Port- land cement for identification at the location of sampling. In the event samples are stored at the mill before delivery, main- tain a testing agency representative at the mill who is com- petent and reliable to do or supervise the sampling and tagging of cement and to oversee the storing and loading for delivery, in order to establish the identity of the delivered material with respect to the several lots tested. This representative at the mill shall be employed by the Testing Agency, and shall not be in the employ of, or engaged by, the manufacturer or deliver- ing agency. Where vendor submits certified mill certificate indicating compliance, no further testing will be required. 3. Aggregate: Test aggregate before and after the concrete mix is established and whenever the character or pit source of material is changed, but not less. than one test in each 500 cubic yards. Tests shall.include a sieve analysis to determine conformity with limits of gradation. Perform sampling and testing in accordance with . the requirements of ASTM Standard Methods as follows: If. Reactive Materials; ASTM C-289. r 3A-3 a. Sampling: Sample aggregate in accordance with ASTM D-75. Take samples of aggregates at the source of sup- ply, or, in the event the source of supply has been approved, from storage bunkers at the ready mixed con- crete plant. ` b. Sieve Analysis: ASTM C-136. C. Organic Impurities: ASTM C-40. Fine aggregate shall develop a color not darker than the reference standard color. d. Soundness: ASTIR C-88. The loss resulting therefrom, after 5 cycles, shall not exceed 8 percent for coarse aggregate, or 10 percent for fine aggregate. e. Abrasion of Concrete Aggregate: ASTM C-131. The loss shall not exceed -10-1/2 percent after 100 revolutions or 42 percent. after 500 revolutions. If. Reactive Materials; ASTM C-289. r 3A-3 flP Concrete: Sample and test as follows: a. Compression Tests: Make 3 standard test cylinders from each day's placing and each 150 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, of each class of concrete. Date cylinders, num- ber and note, indicating the point from which the sample was taken. Indicate the clump test and percent air result of sample. Do not make more than 3 cylinders from any one point or batch of concrete. b. Test Cylinders: Make test cylinders at the job, in accor- dance with ASTM C-31. At the end of 24 hours after making, store the cylinders under moist curing conditions, at approximately 70 degrees F. until tested. Test speci- mens in accordance with ASTM C-39 at the age of 7 and 28 days. Cylinders broken to determine strength of concrete to commence prestressing shall be cured under field condi- tions. C. Slump: Tests shall be in accordance with ASTM C-143 and performed at the same time as the strength test cylinders are made. Slump tests shall also be made at any time the appearance of concrete indicates a change in consistency. These times shall be determined by the Contractor and/or Architect. Maximum allowable slump shall be 3 plus/minus 1/2 inch for footings, slabs on grade, walls and mass concrete; all other concrete 4 plus/minus 1/2 inch. d. Shrinkage: Tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C-157, except that vibration shall not be used to consolidate the concrete and the surface of each specimen shall be steel trowled . e. Entrained Air Tests: Freshly mixed concrete shall be tested for air content in accordance with ASTM C-231 and reported with compression test reports. Air to be 5 plus/minus 1 percent by volume. f. Below Strength Concrete: Should the strength of con- crete, as indicated by the tests, fall below the required minimum, then additional tests . of the concrete, which the unsatisfactory samples represented, may be required. Make such tests in accordance with. ASTM C-42. Fill the holes, made by cutting cores, with "dry pack" concrete. Should core tests show that concrete has' developed the required strength, the costs of tests shall be paid by the Owner. Should these tests indicate that concrete is below required strength, the cost shall be an obligation under this section, and defective concrete shall be removed and replaced with concrete of required .strength. 5. Transit Mixed Concrete: Transit mixed concrete including ad- mixtures may be used if the materials meet the requirements of this section, if the method of manufacture obtains the required quality, if it is delivered minus 2-1/2 gallons of water per yard, if additional water is added at the job site, if it is mixed 3A-4 an additional 5 minutes thereafter, if it is placed within 1-1/2 hours after the water is first added and if a" continuous ap- proved testing laboratory control is maintained at the mixing plant (except for concrete for slabs on grade or other non- structural concrete) . A weighmaster's certificate is acceptable in lieu of a continuous plant inspector. The manufacturer of the transit mixed concrete shall deliver to the Architect a certificate with each mix stating the quantity of cement, water, fine aggregate and coarse aggregate and admixture contained in the load. 6. Records: Keep a record and make available for inspection at the site, showing the date and time of placing concrete in each portion of the structure. 4. - M,ATERIALS a. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150-69, Type II, low alkali. The brand of cement s a not be changed during the progress of the job unless approved in writing by the Architect. b. Standard Weight Aggregates: ASTM C-33 and #3 crushed granite from approved pits. The maximum size used in a particular location shall be consistent with the form and dimensions of the section being placed, with the location and spacing of the reinforcing steel and with the method of vibration. The aggregate sizes shall be such as will produce dense, uniform concrete free of rock pockets, honey- combs or other irregularities. 3A-5 C. Water: Clean and free' of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, sa s, oils or organic substances. d. Transit Mixed Concrete: ASTM C-94. e. Admixtures: A polymer based water reducing, air entraining admix- ture shall be used in all concrete unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall obtain the Architect's approval of the admixture he proposes before the testing agency proceeds 'with the design mixes. ' f. Curing Materials: Water and waterproof paper conforming to ASTM C-171. For dry for shall be. a g. Non -Shrink Additive: pack and patching non -shrinking grout without calcium chloride. h. Dovetail Anchor Slots: 1 inch wide at back by 1 inch deep with 5/8 inch throat, constructed of 24 gauge galvanized steel as manufac- tured by Gateway, Heckmann, or Hohman & Bernard. i. Soffit Hanger Inserts: Iron with integral loop at back and slotted to receive special headed bolts, with provision for non -slip vertical adjustment in alignment of hangers. Calling bolt hanger inserts shall be threaded or slotted, as suited for attachment of hanger type required. 3A-5 j . Non -Slip Nosings : For stair treads shall be a precast nosing with 90 percent Alundum aggregate content; Integro, Inc. Alundum Pattern 20, 1/2 inch thick, 2 inches wide with formed nosing one edge. Color shall be black. k. Vapor Barrier: Unextended polyethelene sheet 6 mils nominal thick- ness whicK s all have a vapor permeance rating not exceeding 0.5 perm as determined by ASTM E-96-66, Procedure E, and shall be fungi -resistant when tested in conformity with Fed. Spec. L -S-137. Furnish adhesive backed polyethelene tape. 1. Isolation Joint Filler: Preformed, resilient, non -extruding, asphalt impregnated cane ifibre joint filler conforming to Fed. Spec. HH -F - 341c, Type I, Class B, FLEXCELL, or equal. M. Joint Sealer: (For use with asphalt impregnated isolation joint filler) Not-poureT type rubber asphalt joint sealer conforming to Fed. Spec. SS -S-164 or cold -applied type joint sealer compatible with asphalt, W. R. Meadows GRADOX, or equal. n. Expansion Joint Filler: Non -staining, closed cell, expanded poly- ethylene oly- et y enefoam; Dow hemical ETHAFOAM, or equal. Furnish thick- ness specified or indicated on the Drawings. o. Sealant: Preformed, asphalt impregnated polyurethane foam; Secoa COMPRIBAND, or equal. Furnish in thickness necessary to achieve an in-place compression of at least 25 percent of the uncompressed volume. Furnish asphalt primer recommended by the sealant manu- facturer. p. Water stops: Split flange, multi -ribbed, center bulb type, polyvinyl chloride waterstops, 6 inches long ,with a 3/16 inch minimum thick- ness; Electrovert DURAJOINT, Type 400 or B. F. Goodrich BFG VINYL WATERSTOP. Polyvinyl chloride shall conform to the re- quirements of Corps of Engineers Specification CRD -C572-66. . q. Cement Sealer: Rain Guard Products, RAINGUARD STD., Chemstop Mfg., HEMSTOP, or Farad Co., FARAD. r. Chemical Hardener: Sonneborn LAPIDOLITH or Master Builder's S NI EAL. 5. EXECUTION a. Preparatory Provisions: Prior to placement of concrete this con- tractor shall e r. esponsible for the examination and acceptance of rill conditions affecting the proper installation of his work and shall not proceed until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected including the following: 1. Approval of compaction tests of fill and backfill as required in Section 2A, Clearing, Excavation, Filling and Grading. 2. Completion of the placement of drainage fills as required in Section 2A, Clearing, Excavation, Filling and Grading. 3A-6 3. Completion of soil sterilization as required in Section 2A, Clear- ing, Excavation, Filling and Grading. 4. Completion and approval by Architect and Deputy Inspector of formwork as required in Section 3D, Concrete Formwork. 5. Placement and approval by Architect and Deputy Inspector of reinforcement and stressing tendons as required in Section 3C, Concrete Reinforcement and Section 3B, Stressing Tendons. 1. Control Joints (Interior Slabs on Grade & Concrete Walks): Provide control joints spaced not over 20 feet on center unless otherwise detailed. Control joints used as construction joints to terminate a pour shall be keyed joints constructed with remov- b. Cleaning and Wetting Forms: Remove foreign matter accumulated in Forms, and rigidly cosi e ports and openings left in the formwork forms. immediately prior to starting concrete placing. Wet wood forms joint face with curing compound sufficiently to tighten up cracks. Wet other materials sufficiently to before abutting concrete is reduce suction and maintain the workability of the concrete mix. Thoroughly clean tools used in transporting, placing and consoli- a 1/8 dating the concrete immediately after each use. 1/5 the slab thickness in depth. C. Vapor Barrier: Install a vapor barrier directly under all interior Tool joints floor slabs supported on grade. Lap joints 4 inches and seal with control joints to form the same size gap. Grout after concrete has cured. tape. Protect vapor barrier during placing of reinforcing and concrete. Repair punctures and tears before placing concrete. d. Embedded Items: Place items to be built in prior to placing con- crete. Accurately position and support. Fill voids with a readily removable material to prevent entry of concrete into the voids. 1. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete surfaces where indi- cated on the drawings. 2. Build in waterstops where indicated on the drawings. Use the longest lengths possible. Form splices and intersections strictly according to the manufacturer's instructions so that waterstops are continuous. . Center in joints. Take care to prevent waterstops from binding over during placing of concrete. e. Joints: Form joints in concrete work according to details and where indicated on the drawings. Place concrete in one monolithic, pour between joints. 1. Control Joints (Interior Slabs on Grade & Concrete Walks): Provide control joints spaced not over 20 feet on center unless otherwise detailed. Control joints used as construction joints to terminate a pour shall be keyed joints constructed with remov- 2. Isolation Joints (Interior Slabs on Grade) : Provide isolation joints where interior slabs on grade abut restraining walls and elsewhere as indicated on the drawings. Form isolation joints with 1/4 inch thick, asphalt impregnated type isolation joint 'filler extending the full depth of the slab. 3A-7 able forms. Coat concrete joint face with curing compound before abutting concrete is poured, and block out or tool to leave a 1/8 inch wide gap 1/5 the slab thickness in depth. Tool joints other flush control joints to form the same size gap. Grout after concrete has cured. 2. Isolation Joints (Interior Slabs on Grade) : Provide isolation joints where interior slabs on grade abut restraining walls and elsewhere as indicated on the drawings. Form isolation joints with 1/4 inch thick, asphalt impregnated type isolation joint 'filler extending the full depth of the slab. 3A-7 6. 3. Building Expansion Joints: Construct building expansion joints according to details.. At floor, build in 1 inch wide asphalt impregnated type isolation joint filler full depth of slab. Hold expansion joint filler 3/8 inch back from top of slab, and se.ql with joint sealer. At foundation walls below grade to be water- proofed, build in waterstop and foam type expansion joint material. Before waterproofing membrane has been installed, install asphalt -foam type sealant in joint at exterior face of wall. Prime concrete as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Sealant shall be 1-1/2 inches wide by 1 inch deep, uncom- pressed. Compress sealant and insert into joint with face of ' sealant flush with face of concrete. At foundation walls above grade, build in waterproof and foam type expansion joint mater- ial, and leave ready to receive sealant. 4. Construction Joints: The maximum length of continuous con- crete pour between joints for all concrete work shall be 60 feet. Construction joints for slabs on grade shall be located at con- trol joints. Construction joints for all other structural concrete work shall be located and constructed so as to least impair the strength of the structure. Joints shall be perpendicular to the main reinforcing. Locations and details shall be approved by the Architect. In general, construction joints in slabs, beams and girders shall be located near the center of the span. Ver- tical joints in walls shall be located in concealed locations where possible. Horizontal joints in walls and columns shall be at the underside of floors, slabs, beams and girders and at the top of footings or. floor slabs. At least 2 hours . shall elapse after depositing concrete in columns or walls before depositing in adjoining beams or slabs. Reinforcing steel and wire mesh shall be continuous across construction joints. Provide dowels where directed. All joints in walls and between walls and footings or slabs shall be keyed with longitudinal keys at least 1-1/2 inches deep. Key other construction joints where directed. Roughen and thoroughly clean the surface of the concrete; remove all laitance; and wet the surface before placing new concrete against the joint. In addition, slush vertical joints with a neat cement grout immediately before placing of new concrete. CONCRETE QUALITY a. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of __S��tr__eng�th: not 2,500 psi at footings, 2000 psi at slabs on grade, at 28 days. b. Proportioning'and Mixing: Concrete proportioning and mixing shall be as follows: 1. The average trial batch strength for the proposed mix design based on 30 strength tests shall exceed the specified fc' by at least: 400 psi if standard deviation is less than 300 psi 500 psi if standard deviation is 300 to 400 psi 700 psi if standard deviation is 400 to 500 psi 900 psi if standard deviation is 500 to 600 psi 3A-8 aggregate moisture content. A beam auxiliary shall register any part of the last 100 lbs. of each aggregate. The aggregate hopper shall have a volume adjustment. x shall be mixed in an 3. Any lob mid concrete e c approved 1 sack or larger power mixer operating at 200 feet per minute peripheral speed with an interlocking automatic timer and an adjustable lock -type water meter, accurate to within 1 percent. Split sack batches will not be permitted nor shall the machine's rated capacity be exceeded. The mixing time shall be 1-1/2 minutes after the water is added, except that finishing cement shall be mixed for 5 minutes. 4. The mixers and handling devices shall be thoroughly cleaned after every pour or delay of pour, every 4 hours during a pour and as otherwise directed. 5. The mixing shall be under the constant direction of an ap- proved agent of the concrete subcontractor exclusive of the mixer operator, who shall be responsible for all proportioning, water content and time of mix. 6. Do not. use :concrete that has stood over 30 minutes after leav- ing the mixer,. or concrete that is not placed in less than 60 minutes after water is introduced into the mix. 7. Shrinkage occurring over a 28 day period for dry curings shall not exceed 0.036 percent for lightweight concrete and 0.047 percent for stone concrete. 8. All concrete shall have air entrained to result in an air content of 5 plus/minus 1 percent by volume in freshly mixed concrete. C. Dry Pack: For use under steel members, shall be composed of 1 part non -shrink additive, 1 part Portland cement, and 1 part clean, coarse sand, mixed with sufficient water to a packing consistency. Dry pack, at proper level, until all voids and spaces are completely filled. After dry pack has set, wedges shall be removed and voids shall be filled. Fill material shall be composed of 1 part cement, 1 part clean, sharp sand, by volume, with only sufficient water added for proper packing consistency. 7. PLACING CONCRETE a. Conveying: Handle concrete from the mixer to the location of plac- ing, as rapidly as practicable, avoiding separation or loss of ingre- dients and rehandling. Use carts, wheel -barrows, -or buggies to 'deliver concrete to the location of placing. Pipes, troughs, belts, chain buckets, or sluices shall not be used to transport concrete after leaving the mixer spout. A free fall of more than 4 feet, in placing concrete in carts or forms, will not be allowed. Use 3A-9 2. Proportioning shall be by weight of loose, dry material; 94 lbs. of cement shall be considered 1 cubic foot. Fine aggregate volume shall be at least 35 percent of the sum of the separate fine and coarse aggregate volumes. Weighing equipment shall t be accurate to within 1 lb. and be adjustable for varying aggregate moisture content. A beam auxiliary shall register any part of the last 100 lbs. of each aggregate. The aggregate hopper shall have a volume adjustment. x shall be mixed in an 3. Any lob mid concrete e c approved 1 sack or larger power mixer operating at 200 feet per minute peripheral speed with an interlocking automatic timer and an adjustable lock -type water meter, accurate to within 1 percent. Split sack batches will not be permitted nor shall the machine's rated capacity be exceeded. The mixing time shall be 1-1/2 minutes after the water is added, except that finishing cement shall be mixed for 5 minutes. 4. The mixers and handling devices shall be thoroughly cleaned after every pour or delay of pour, every 4 hours during a pour and as otherwise directed. 5. The mixing shall be under the constant direction of an ap- proved agent of the concrete subcontractor exclusive of the mixer operator, who shall be responsible for all proportioning, water content and time of mix. 6. Do not. use :concrete that has stood over 30 minutes after leav- ing the mixer,. or concrete that is not placed in less than 60 minutes after water is introduced into the mix. 7. Shrinkage occurring over a 28 day period for dry curings shall not exceed 0.036 percent for lightweight concrete and 0.047 percent for stone concrete. 8. All concrete shall have air entrained to result in an air content of 5 plus/minus 1 percent by volume in freshly mixed concrete. C. Dry Pack: For use under steel members, shall be composed of 1 part non -shrink additive, 1 part Portland cement, and 1 part clean, coarse sand, mixed with sufficient water to a packing consistency. Dry pack, at proper level, until all voids and spaces are completely filled. After dry pack has set, wedges shall be removed and voids shall be filled. Fill material shall be composed of 1 part cement, 1 part clean, sharp sand, by volume, with only sufficient water added for proper packing consistency. 7. PLACING CONCRETE a. Conveying: Handle concrete from the mixer to the location of plac- ing, as rapidly as practicable, avoiding separation or loss of ingre- dients and rehandling. Use carts, wheel -barrows, -or buggies to 'deliver concrete to the location of placing. Pipes, troughs, belts, chain buckets, or sluices shall not be used to transport concrete after leaving the mixer spout. A free fall of more than 4 feet, in placing concrete in carts or forms, will not be allowed. Use 3A-9 elephant trunk spouts for placing of concrete in vertical elements. Space at not over 10 foot centers. b. Placing: Do not place concrete under water, except after special approval, in writing from Architect. Thoroughly consolidate con- crete and work it around reinforcement and 'embedded fixtures, and into corners and angles of forms, by spading, rodding and tamping, to the exclusion of rock pockets, air bubbles, and honey combs, and to obtain the required density and strength. Exercise care to avoid over -vibration and cause separation of ingredients. Use approved mechanical vibrators to consolidate each layer with that previously placed, to completely embed reinforcing and fixtures, and to bring fine material to the faces and top surfaces to produce the proper finish. Assign at least one workman at each location where concrete is being placed, to vibrate and consolidate the concrete in forms. Vibrators shall not be left in any one spot longer than 30 seconds and shall be kept constantly in motion. Keep extra standby vibra- tors at the site. Keep surface of concrete level throughout, with a minimum of concrete allowed to flow from one position to another. Carry on placing of concrete as a continuous operation until the placing of each involved section of panel is completed. C. Walls and Columns: 12 hours shall elapse as a minimum after de- positing concrete in walls and columns, before concrete is placed in supported floors. Beams, girders, brackets, capitals and haunches shall be considered a part of the floor system. d. Slabs on Grade: Place reinforced concrete slabs, of thickness indicated,. over sub -grade which has been brought to proper eleva- tions, thoroughly compacted andmade ready for concrete and fin- ishing. Sub -grade shall be moistened immediately prior to placing concrete. Joints shall be located at column center lines unless otherwise indicated. e. Weather Protection: Concrete shall not be placed when the tempera- ture is a ove 85 degrees F. or below 40 degrees P. or if it is likely to go above 85 degrees F. or below 40 degrees F. before the con- crete has its initial set without special precautions as follows: 1. Cold Weather Concreting: The provisions of "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting" (ACI 306-66) shall be closely followed except as otherwise specified herein. After the first frost and until the mean daily temperature at the site falls below 40 degrees F. for more than one day in a row, concrete shall be protected from freezing for not less than the first 72 hours after it is placed. When the mean daily temperature falls below 40 degrees F. for more than one day in a row, concrete shall thereafter be placed at temperature not lower than 55 degrees F. and not higher than 70 degrees F. and shall be maintained not lower than 55 degrees F. for at least the first 6 days. During the next 3 days, it shall be protected from freezing. When the mean daily temperature rises above 40 degrees F. for more than 3 successive days, placement and maintenance of concrete for 6 days at or above the regular minimum temperature may be discontinued. Equipment shall be provided for adequate heating of the concrete materials and 3A-10 protecting the concrete during freezing and near freezing weather. No frozen materials or materials containing ice shall be used. The housing, covering or other protection in connec- tion with curing shall remain in place at least 24 hours, after the artificial heating is discontinued. No salt or other chemi- cals shall be used. 2. Hot Weather Concreting: The provisions of "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting" (ACI 605-59) shall be closely followed except as otherwise specified herein. Concrete deposited in hot weather shall have a placing temperature not greater than 85 degrees F. such that it will not cause difficulty from loss of slump, flash set, or cold joints. The ingredients shall be cooled before mixing, if necessary to maintain the tem- perature below the maximum placing temperature of 85 degrees F. 8. FINISHING a. Floors: All floor slabs shall have a monolithic finish. Screed con- crete to accurate level grades and tamp with an approved metal grid tamper to bring fines to top. Delay troweling until water sheen has disappeared. No dusting will be permitted. Finish floors shall contact a 10 foot straight edge between changes in slope with a plus or minus tolerance of not to exceed 1/8 inch. Cement floors shall be sloped to floor drains as indicated. Finished surfaces shall be as follows: �; 3A-11 1. Exposed concrete floors, concrete floors to receive resilient flooring and carpet and concrete stair treads and landings shall be screeded to an even, level plane, floated and steel troweled to a smooth hard finish. Surface shall be free from depressions, trowel marks, scale and foreign . deposits. Install non -slip nosing in stair treads. 2. Slabs to receive wet bed ceramic tile, quarry the and./or ter- razzo shall be depressed as indicated and wood floated to an even level surface with all irregularities removed. 3. Slabs to receive adhesive set ceramic tile and/or quarry tile shall be steel troweled to a smooth, level and true surface. Top of cement floor finish shall have no areas in excess of 1/16 inch above or below the required plane in a span of 3 feet. Abrupt irregularities such as trowel marks, ridges and grains shall be less than 1/32 inch above the adjacent area. 4. Slabs to receive thin set tile and/or terrazzo shall be steel troweled to a smooth, level and true surface. Slabs shall be not less than 28 days old and free of hardness and curing acceleration and no water shall be permitted to stand on the surface for at least one week immediately preceding. 5. Slabs to receive simulated acoustic texture on bottom side shall be ground true with all projections removed and all rock pockets and honey combs filled. �; 3A-11 9. i 6. Roof slabs shall be screeded to true lines and grades as indi- cated and have a wood float finish. 7. All other slabs shall be floated to a fine float finish. b. Base: Install as indicated. Mix shall be 1 part Portland cement to 2 parts sand. Run base with templates on approved grounds with true, level lines, surfaces, right angle corners, finished neatly against screeds. Finish with steel trowel to smooth, even surface and provide cove to floor. C. Formed Surfaces: Finished surfaces shall be as follows: 1. Rough Form Finish: Patch holes and defects and rub down fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height using wood blocks. Otherwise, surfaces shall be left with the texture imparted by the forms. 2. Plywood Finish: Patch holes and defects as specified above, and completely remove fins by rubbing with wood blocks. 3. Architectural Finish: Patch holes and defects as specified above. Patches shall be indistinguishable from surrounding surfaces. The mix formula for patching mortar shall be deter- mined by trial. to obtain a good color match with the concrete when both patch and concrete are cured and dry. After initial set, surfaces of patches shall be dressed manually to obtain the same texture as surrounding surfaces. 4. Sandblasting: Concrete surfaces as indicated shall receive a uniform finish , of sandblasting, maximum penetration of 1/16 inch as approved. by Architect. Surfaces to 'be sandblasted shall have all irregularities such as form lines and accumulation of foreign materials removed prior to blasting. Sandblasting shall not be commenced sooner than 14 days after placement of concrete that has been water cured or 28 days after placement of concrete that has been membrane cured. Nulls and columns should be sandblasted starting at the top and working down- ward using a horizontal oscillating motion. After a section of wall has been sandblasted, it should be worked with water to remove dust adhering to the surface. This contractor shall notify Architect a minimum of 48 hours prior to commencing of sandblasting operation. CURING a. General: Freshly deposited concrete sliall be protected form pre- mature drying and excessively hot or cold temperatures, and shall be maintained with minimal moisture loss at a relatively constant temperature above 50 degrees F. for a total of 7 days for normal concrete or 3 days for high -early strength concrete. Protect con- crete from excessive changes in temperature during the curing period and at the termination of the curing process. Changes in the temperature of the concrete shall be as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5 degrees F. in any one hour or 50 degrees F. in any 24 hour period. Protect concrete from injury from the elements until full strength is developed. Protect form mechanical injury. 3A-12 b. Floor Slabs: Curing of floors, stairs and other unformed surfaces shall start immediately after finishing operations are complete. Surfaces shall be kept continuously moist by ponding or continuous sprinkling for a period of 12-24 hours. The same method may be continued for the remainder of the curing period, or surfaces may be covered with water -proof paper lapped 4 inches at edges and ends and sealed. Keep concrete wet during application of covering. Covering shall be weighted to prevent displacement, and tears or holes appearing during the curing period shall be immediately re- paired by patching. C. Formed Surfaces: Exposed exterior walls to have an architectural finish shall a cured by leaving all formwork in place during the entire curing period. Other formed surfaces shall be cured by leaving the formwork in place during the entire curing period, or if forms are removed during the curing period, by one of the methods specified- above for unformed surfaces. Steel forms heated by the sun and all wood forms in contact with the concrete shall be kept wet during the curing period. 10. REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS a. Defective Work: Any concrete work not formed as indicated or not true to the intended alignment or not plumb or level where so intended or not true to the intended grades and levels or that has voids or rock pockets that have not been filled, or that has any sawdust, wood or debris embedded in it, or does not fully conform to the specifications, will be deemed to be defective. Cement finish which is not true to line and plane, or . which is not thoroughly troweled- and properly surfaced as specified, or which varies -more. than 1/8 inch from the required finish grade (except floors having drains), or which has any roughened top surfaces or which does not connect properly to the adjoining work, will be deemed to be defec- tive. Defective work shall be removed and replaced with workman- ship and materials complying with the specifications. b. Patching and Grinding: Patch tie holes and defective areas immedi- ately after form removal. Bonding grout shall be approximately 1 part Portland cement to 1 part fine sand passing a #30 sieve, mixed to a creamy consistency. Patching mortar shall be made of the same material and of approximately the same proportions as used for the 3A-13 concrete, except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted and the mortar shall consist of not more than 1 part Portland cement to 2-1/2 parts damp loose sand by volume. Combine white and gray Portland cement as necessary to match the color the the surrounding con- crete. Use no more mixing water than necessary handling and .for placing. Mix patching mortar in advance and allow to stand with frequent mixing with a trowel without adding water until it has reached the stiffest consistency that will permit placing. Remove honey combed and other defective concrete down" to sound concrete. Dampen area to be patched and at least 6 inches surrounding the area. After water has evaporated form the surface, a coat of bond- ing grout shall be well brushed into the surface. When the bonding grout begins to lose the water sheen, apply the patching mortar, thoroughly consolidate and strike off slightly higher than the sur- rounding surface. Allow patching mortar to set undisturbed for at 3A-13 b. Cleaning Up: Upon completion of work remove excess materials, equipment, apparatus, tools and the like and leave premises clean, neat an orderly. 3A-14 least 1 hour before final finishing. Do not finish patches on ex- posed surfaces with metal tools. Damp cure patches for 7 days. Tie holes shall be cleaned, dampened and solidly filled with patching mortar. 11. SPECIAL CONDITIONS a. Sealing and Caulking: All metal to metal, metal to concrete of any similar or dissimiI517 materials erected together without a definite bond that may allow moisture to penetrate between or around the joints shall be sealed with permanently flexible sealant as specified. Joints shall be sealed after proper cleaning to remove loose materi- als, oils, and other contaminates. Primer as recommended by the sealant manufacturer shall be applied before the application of the sealant. b. Cement Sealer: Exposed concrete floors and stairs, except floors and stairs to be treated with chemical hardener, shall be sealed with cement sealer. Floors to be sealed shall be thoroughly cured, clean , and dry. Apply sealer and primer strictly according to manufac- turer's instructions. C. Chemical Hardener: Exposed concrete floors and stairs shall be treated wit c emical Hardener where indicated on the drawings. Floors shall be thoroughly dry, clean and free of loose dust, dirt, oil, etc., and shall have cured at proper temperature and moisture conditions for at least 10 days before hardener is applied. Floors shall receive 3 applications of hardener applied strictly according to manufacturer's . instructions. Dilution and coverate shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for light duty floors. d. Equipment Bases: Provide concrete based for mechanical and/or electrical equipment where indicated on the drawings. The bases shall be formed in accordance with approved shop details furnished by the trades involved, including isolation pads where shown. 12. COMPLETION a. Cleaning: All interior finished surfaces shall be washed and. mopped clean, after removal of protective covering, and those on exterior shall be swept and hosed clean, after removal of covering. All cement finish shall be left clean and free from oil, paint, plaster and foreign substances and left in approved condition. Exposed concrete surfaces that are to remain a natural color and/or to be painted shall have foreign material and stains removed. Particular care shall be taken to remove dust and debris as a result of "sacking" and repair- ing of concrete surfaces prior to painting. The areas shall be cleaned with solvents and brushes that are harmless to the concrete. Flush surfaces with water after cleaning. b. Cleaning Up: Upon completion of work remove excess materials, equipment, apparatus, tools and the like and leave premises clean, neat an orderly. 3A-14 DIVISION 3: CONCRETE SECTION 3C: REINFORCING STEEL 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- 3. MATERIALS a. Reinforcing Bars: Shall conform to ASTM specification A615 Grade . All shall be deformed bars, and shall be free from flaking, heavy rust, grease, oil or coating of any kind. Deformations shall conform to ASTM A-305. 01 b. Reinforcing Fabric: Shall conform to ASTM A-185, as last amended, or Welded teel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcements." Wire shall be free from heavy rust, grease, oil, or coatings of any kind. 4. STANDARDS a. General: Unless otherwise expressly shown or noted, all concrete s�ia lobe reinforced with steel. Any concrete not particularly shown on drawings shall be reinforced same as for other similar work that is shown or as otherwise directed by the Architect. 3C-1 als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform- and complete all reinforcing steel indicated on the drawings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. d. Work Included: Provide all labor, material, equipment and service necessary for the complete installation of reinforcing materials for concrete work.. e. Work Not Included: Miscellaneous iron, Division 5, and anchorage Tor equipment. 3. MATERIALS a. Reinforcing Bars: Shall conform to ASTM specification A615 Grade . All shall be deformed bars, and shall be free from flaking, heavy rust, grease, oil or coating of any kind. Deformations shall conform to ASTM A-305. 01 b. Reinforcing Fabric: Shall conform to ASTM A-185, as last amended, or Welded teel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcements." Wire shall be free from heavy rust, grease, oil, or coatings of any kind. 4. STANDARDS a. General: Unless otherwise expressly shown or noted, all concrete s�ia lobe reinforced with steel. Any concrete not particularly shown on drawings shall be reinforced same as for other similar work that is shown or as otherwise directed by the Architect. 3C-1 b. Fabrication: Reinforcing steel shall conform accurately to the sizes, shapes, lines, dimensions, and spacings shown on drawings and with hooks, bends, and splices made as detailed. Bars shall be long lengths. Laps at splices in bars shall be equal in length to at least 24 diameters of the bar unless otherwise shown on the drawings. When not shown or noted on the drawings, locations of splices will be subject to approval of Architect. Bar bends shall be made around pins, in accordance with ACI 318-63. c. Placement: Reinforcing bars shall. be held securely in place with heavy wire, and shall be tied at all intersections with 916 gauge (A.E. G.) or heavier annealed wire. Spacers or chairs shall be metal, as no wood will be permitted inside the forms except concrete blocks may be used in footings and slabs on grade. Bar supports shall conform with ACI 315. Clearances between reinforcing steel and forms shall be as shown on the drawings. Reinforcing fabric shall be in long lengths, lapping 12" at end splices and one (1) mesh at side splices. Offset end laps in adjacent widths. All steel dowels shall be in position before concrete is placed. 5. SHOP DRAWINGS Shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. See General Conditions. 3C-2 DIVISION 3: CONCRETE SECTION 3D: CONCRETE FORMWORK 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all concrete formwork indicated on the draw- ings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in. their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. d. Related Work Specified .Elsewhere: 1.. Concrete formwork for concrete site wort: shall be performed in accordance with .the applicable requirements of this section as a part of the work of Section 2A. 2. Concrete formwork for precast concrete shall be performed in accordance with the applicable requirements of this section as a part of the work of Section 3E, Precast Concrete. e. Reference Specifications: 1. Work shall conform to ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork," unless otherwise specified herein. 2. Instructions for installation of form liners, "Interform" . Form Liner Systems #IFC -102. Contractor shall further employ liner manufacturer's design assistance to assure proper configuration to satisfy design and technical standards. 3. MATERIALS a. Lumber: Construction grade Douglas Fir. b. Plywood: DFPA, PLYFORM, Class I or II, 1313 -Exterior, not less than 5/8 inches thick and graded in compliance with Product Stand- ard PSI. 3D-1 g. Form Release: "Interform" #PMP -40 applied as recommended by liner manufacturer. 4. EXECUTION a. Design: The design and engineering of all formwork shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Thicknesses, gauges, spacing, etc., shall be determined by the Contractor to adequately allow for the design pressures of the concrete. b. Form Material: Forms shall be of the material best suited for ob- taining desired finish of the concrete surfaces. Wood forms shall be free from cupping, warpage or loose knots.. Metal forms shall be in good condition, clean and free from dents and bends. Form materi- als may be -re -used provided they produce finish surfaces equal to those of the original forms.. Before re -use, thoroughly clean and recondition in every respect. C. Coating: Forms shall be coated as required prior to placement of reinforcing with approved form oil. In no instance shall a coating be used that will interfere with the application and/or adhesion of paint, plaster, or any other material applied to the surface of the concrete. Joints between form panels on exposed faces shall be. sealed with a paste of white lead thinned with linseed oil to butter consistency at time of erection of the forms. d. Construction: Erect to lines, shapes and dimensions, and in precise position to form the lines and designs indicated, suitable for removal without prying against the concrete. Make forms tight, without cracks or holes, and prevent the leakage of mortar or loss of fine particles from the concrete. Knots that have loosened leaving holes, . holes that are not used and cracks that have opened up shall be covered with sheet metal for unexposed concrete. Construct form- work as follows: 1. Wales and studding shrill be of adequate size, strength, bracing and spacing to prevent bulging or sagging of forms. Space studding not over 12 inches on centers. 3D-2 C. Metal: As approved. Must produce surfaces equal to those speci- fied for wood forms. d. Form Ties: Burke or approved equal, 1-111 deep, of the type with ceramic or plastic ferrules which screw into and tighten against the plywood forms to prevent leakage. Wire tics will not be permitted. Contractor may propose other systems of tying forms, but they must be approved by the Architect before use. All ties shall be placed symmetrically in each panel. C. Form Oil: For wood and steel only. Non -staining mineral oil, mineral oil emulsions, microcrystal -line way: emulsions and/or resin emulsions as approved for compatibility with stain and/or paint. f. Form Liner Re -Coat: "Interform" #IFM,-47 form release coating. g. Form Release: "Interform" #PMP -40 applied as recommended by liner manufacturer. 4. EXECUTION a. Design: The design and engineering of all formwork shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Thicknesses, gauges, spacing, etc., shall be determined by the Contractor to adequately allow for the design pressures of the concrete. b. Form Material: Forms shall be of the material best suited for ob- taining desired finish of the concrete surfaces. Wood forms shall be free from cupping, warpage or loose knots.. Metal forms shall be in good condition, clean and free from dents and bends. Form materi- als may be -re -used provided they produce finish surfaces equal to those of the original forms.. Before re -use, thoroughly clean and recondition in every respect. C. Coating: Forms shall be coated as required prior to placement of reinforcing with approved form oil. In no instance shall a coating be used that will interfere with the application and/or adhesion of paint, plaster, or any other material applied to the surface of the concrete. Joints between form panels on exposed faces shall be. sealed with a paste of white lead thinned with linseed oil to butter consistency at time of erection of the forms. d. Construction: Erect to lines, shapes and dimensions, and in precise position to form the lines and designs indicated, suitable for removal without prying against the concrete. Make forms tight, without cracks or holes, and prevent the leakage of mortar or loss of fine particles from the concrete. Knots that have loosened leaving holes, . holes that are not used and cracks that have opened up shall be covered with sheet metal for unexposed concrete. Construct form- work as follows: 1. Wales and studding shrill be of adequate size, strength, bracing and spacing to prevent bulging or sagging of forms. Space studding not over 12 inches on centers. 3D-2 2. Use rods and cones or other suitable devices to form the con- crete to proper thicknesses. No wood other than built-in bucks or nailing blocks, shall be allowed to remain permanently in the forms. 3. Foundations must be placed against plywood forms unless other- wise indicated in Section 2A, Earthwork. e. Embedded Items and Special Features: Securely place embedded items and allow for special features in accordance with the following: 1. Place construction joint strips in the forms wherever horizontal construction joints are made in exposed concrete. Install con- struction joint strips level, and place concrete flush with the top of the construction joint strip. After cleaning surfaces, and just ahead of placing of subsequent concrete, remove the construction joint strip and tighten form ties to conceal shrink- age. 2. Chamfers or bevels shall be as indicated on Architectural draw- ings. 3. Form reglets , rebates, seats and pockets as indicated or neces- sary to receive or engage the work of others. These include provisions for door tracks, flashing reglets and anchors. Verify dimensions and details. 4. Form openings and chases as indicated or necessary to receive, pass and clear ' other work ;verify. sizes with the mechanical and other trades before forming.. Give close attention in the loca- tion of boxes, cans and sleeves for others. 5. Form liners, available from "Interform," 18744 South Reyes Avenue, Compton, California 90221 shall be attached to form- work as recommended by liner manufacturer to form base, columns, beams, walls, etc. 3D-3 a. Cutting of liners, when necessary, shall be accomplished with the recommended cutting tools and shall be done in craftsman like manner so as to preserve the integrity of design continuity. b. Cleaning, handling, jointing and other techniques unique to the liner system, shall be as recommended by liner. manufacturer. 6. Where sleeves or openings are provided through slabs for passage of pipes and ducts; sleeves or openings shall be spaced not closer together than two times the average dimensions of the sleeves or openings, but not less than 6" center to center for small sleeves. 7. Do not embed piping, other than electrical conduit, in struc- tural concrete. Locate conduit to maintain strength of the structure at a maximum. The outside diameter of the conduit shall not exceed 300 of the concrete thickness. 3D-3 5. 8. Bolts, inserts and other items embedded in the concrete shall be accurately secured so that they shall not be displaced during the placing and compacting of the concrete. Set embedded bolts and sleeves for fans, motors, pumps and other equipment on concrete slabs, bases and foundations, to template, in accordance with layouts or shop drawings of the manufacturer. Verify the size, length and location of anchor bolts and the location of electrical conduit with respect to motor supports. f. Removal of Forms: Do not remove forms or supports until concrete has acquired sufficient strength to safely support its own weight and the superimposed loads. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS a. Rough Form Finish: All surfaces not indicated to have a plywood and/or architectural finish may have a rough or board form finish as defined by ACI 301-66. b. Plywood Finish: All areas indicated to have plywood finish shall have same as defined by ACI 301-66. Forms shall be constructed of plywood not less than 5/8" thick or wood boards lines with not less than 3/16" thick tempered hardboard. Sheets shall be as large as practicable and shall be free from torn grain, worn edges or other defects which would impair the texture of the concrete surfaces. Sheets shall be arranged orderly and symmetrically. Steel forms may be used with the approval. of the Architect. 6. COMPLETION Cleaning Up: During the progress of the work the- premises shall be I kept free from debris and waste material resulting from the work in this section. Upon completion, all surplus material .and debris .shall be removed from the site. 1 11 i 3D-4 IJ 1 1 i 1 t n DIVI'=ION 4: MASONRY SECT I ON 4A : CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 1. GEPdERAL The General Candi tic -ns., Supp1omenta.ry i enerz.l Condi tions, and the Special Conditions f'_ect i ons of Divi si on 1 ; .preceding these specifications app 1 y to al 1 k,,iork of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed b-.-/ a.l l requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a.. The t,,iork of this section includes the -Furnishing of all labor, materia.l=., equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to per -form and complete all concrete block indicated in the dra.k,:ii nc4s and specified herein. b, 1=oopera.t i on sha.l 1 be extended to i nsure the qua] i t,", of meter i al s, t,.jorkma.n h i p , performance , con t i nu i t,,/ of k.tIork, progress, •:_knd completeness. Use all means necessa.r`: to coordi nate the tlor•k of th i = sec t i on vii th the k,dor k to be performed under other sections of these =.pec i.f i ca.t i cans, c. Only skilled vlorkmen experienced in their respective trades. .and i;.iork sha 1 1 be emp 1 � �:-ed. 1,4orkma.nsh i p sha.l 1 be t. � the - best sta.nda.rds of the trade and sat i sfa-ctory to the Architect and OSA. RELATED l,:IORK IN OTHER'' '=ECTIEitel'_ a. Reinforcing st to l . In. -Anchors. and mi scel 1 aneou-s metal masonry. c. C a. u l k i n -7 a. n d _. e a. l ants. d. Painting. e. Pressed metal frame hol l o .l metal items to be embedded in d� �c .r.._ . 4. STANDARDS a.. The masonry Mork =.Pial 1 comply v.1i th the requirements of th i = section and in addition shall conform to the applicable requirement= of the 157^ IIE;C and T24-22-2401-. b. Al 1 m.y.ter i .-:;.1 =ha I 1 be =stored i n a. dr:,, p 1 a.ce and under c over . c , Upon comp l e t i on of ma-scinr:: i ns.ta.l l at i on , r e p a i r a.1 1 hol es. Defective joint=. ha.l1 be cut cut a.nd reiointed. Expo ed - block surfaces shall be cleaned and free of mortar. Green =.tz:t i n and eff 1 ore =.c once sha.l 1 be remove d . d. Masonr-y, 11= _.hall be true and plumb -and hll be ere ted to dimension=-. shok,.jn cin the draivJings. Pro v is.ic,n s. sha.l l be made for a.l l ma._.c-nr pec i .y.l un i t s a. m ::• be required to complete aI1 mason r.-,, a.=. detailed a.nd to maintain proper be�nc throughout the 1 ength of the vja.l 1 . t,:lork shall be laid -out and arranged to produce the joint patterns and a.rchi tectura.l appearance shokj,in . Field cuts k --.)here required shall be made k.%li th a masonr sat,.f. 4A-1 e. Set and incorporate into the masonry work a.l 1 bolts, anchor=, metal attachments, nailing, blocks, inserts, etc., as indicated cin the drawings and a' furnished and located by ether trades. 5. INSPECTION TESTS a. Testa shall be ma.dde in accordance with the requirements of T24-2-2404. b. All block work shall be continuously inspected, during laying, by an inspector specially approved for that purpose by the Architect and OSA. c. Costs of tests and inspection hall wi l l be paid for by the owner. d. This Contra.crtor shall repair any sections cared for te•_ t i ng. 6. SUBMITTALS a. Two () samples of concrete block. b. Manufacturers product data and specifications. 7. MATERIAL_; a. Concrete Masonry Units: Shall be .?.__• ma.unfactured by Basalt Vock Company, Inc., or acceptable sub_t i tute, conforming to requirements for grade N-1 un i t=• cif at-a.nda.rd specifications. for Hol low Bear .in.g Concrete Masonry !gni t (Des igna.tic•n C -90-75i of the ASTM. Masonr %' units. •=-•hall have maximum 1 i near shrinkage 47 .06% from sturated to 'Jen dr'y conditions, and shall be true to size and approved by the Architect. Provide and place specia.l units such as corners,- =•, band beams, etc . , where required or detailed. Concrete block, color and texture shall be as se l ec teed by Architect. Concrete black unit with decorative texture or patterns shall be as noted on drawings. Hin. f"m = 4,500 PSI. b. Fend beam units aril;• (with Channel up) at all horizontal bars. c4 Cement shall conform to the "Specifications for• Portland Cement" (ASTM C-150' for Type II Cement, and T24-2-2403. d. Hydrated Lime: Shall conform to Type S Hydrated Lime given in the "Specifications for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes" , (ASTH C207) e. Quicklime: Shall conform tai the "Specifications for Quicklime for Structural Purposes", (ASTM C-57). f. Lime Putty: Shall be made from quicklime of from hydrated lime in accordance with the requirement•_. of UBCj Sec. 2403 (q ). sa- - �' I ��. _;a.nd: 1'1ar'ta.r =_.hal'1 cant or'rn to the :pec i f i ca.t ions for - Aggregates orAggrega.te for- Mortar" � -'ASTt•1 i_-1 44? e ::cep t that not less than three percent of the sand _•hal 1 pass the number 100 ._ i eve . Sand for, grc SIJ t '=•ha.1 1 be per C-404 steal 1 conform to the -above spec i f i cat i ons =. for mor tar sand. Pea gravel for sirgut sha11 be max i(TIaSTI size and conform to A-_TP'1 C-4049 Ta.bl e 1 , cc,arse a.ggreg-ate , h . Other re i nfor•c i ng and anchor i ng i tem=. '_hOi.:in on dr'a.u:i i ng=.. P'IOR.TAR AND GROUT IT 1••11 `e a.. Refer to :=:tr'uctural Dr'•?vjinr4s. b. Color ref mor ta.r• sha.l 1 be as selected b-.,.. the Arch i tec t Coloring material shall be inert and ncn-r ea.c t i ve . ^r . b. Cells in block construction shall be fi l led sol id with grout; there shall be no voids. 10 INSTALLAT.I O1':l . . a.. Al l masonry =.ha.l 1 be I a d i th band as =.h,ri:.!n on. dra.W i ngs. Arrange a.l 1 k,,lor'k so that open end i = adi a.cen t to .a c l osed end unl ess otherk..!i se '_•hot,jn on the dri ngs.: Rack i.ng _•ha.l 1 . be held to •a. minimum and tooth i ng vii 1 1 not be al l ot:.jed. Use l i f t grou t me thod pe.r T-4. b. B1 ock . shal l be damp vi i t re._ i duaI absor'p t i on of c. fcl 1rtar joints shad 1 be 33/8" 8° thi k. Blocks sha11 be set in a. ful l shoved bed o mortar a.nd head joints sh.a.l l be sol idly I i 1 led. Hor i zi-nn ta.l exterior _ o i n t•_• tooled concave. t1eler t i cal joints concave. d. No blocks shall be laid nor grout be placed unless the a.ir temperature i s 40 degrees F. an r i =_•i ng. :=ee Sec . 3i= of Spec ificat ions. 11. REINFORCING ;,. Con tr'a. for _•hal l c'a.re+ul I c he c i•, the pl•=D. ement of x.11 dowels 4'Jh l ch are to project frc im concrete Into black vjor'k be+or'e the concrete is poured and shall be responsible for. accurate 1 ocat i on . b. '•:!ert i cal rein+or'c i ng ba.r=. shall be in one length and centered' in open end of block. k,ert. i cal bars- may be doiAle l l ed .a.t tnp. cit toot i ngE,.a.r =. shall be a.c ura.te l and po-=_•i tivel>' held in place before setting blocks. c. HcIriz-ant.y.I bars =_.hall be laid in bcInd beam unit=. direct.l•' cin the top o+ the cr•c.ss.a.1 1 = a.nd A-ga.i n'at ver t i ca.l bars. 4 tel—ti CONSTRUCTION DETAILS •a.. Top =.ur•f.a.1e of foundations must be clean and rough. The surface can be cleaned by sandblasting with course silica sand; by high pressure hosing ODO lbs. per q . inch) , not l ess than two i'2) or more than four ( 4': hour's of ter pour i ng;' or by chipping entire surface n.ot earl i er than five (5) days. after pour. . b. Cells in block construction shall be fi l led sol id with grout; there shall be no voids. 10 INSTALLAT.I O1':l . . a.. Al l masonry =.ha.l 1 be I a d i th band as =.h,ri:.!n on. dra.W i ngs. Arrange a.l 1 k,,lor'k so that open end i = adi a.cen t to .a c l osed end unl ess otherk..!i se '_•hot,jn on the dri ngs.: Rack i.ng _•ha.l 1 . be held to •a. minimum and tooth i ng vii 1 1 not be al l ot:.jed. Use l i f t grou t me thod pe.r T-4. b. B1 ock . shal l be damp vi i t re._ i duaI absor'p t i on of c. fcl 1rtar joints shad 1 be 33/8" 8° thi k. Blocks sha11 be set in a. ful l shoved bed o mortar a.nd head joints sh.a.l l be sol idly I i 1 led. Hor i zi-nn ta.l exterior _ o i n t•_• tooled concave. t1eler t i cal joints concave. d. No blocks shall be laid nor grout be placed unless the a.ir temperature i s 40 degrees F. an r i =_•i ng. :=ee Sec . 3i= of Spec ificat ions. 11. REINFORCING ;,. Con tr'a. for _•hal l c'a.re+ul I c he c i•, the pl•=D. ement of x.11 dowels 4'Jh l ch are to project frc im concrete Into black vjor'k be+or'e the concrete is poured and shall be responsible for. accurate 1 ocat i on . b. '•:!ert i cal rein+or'c i ng ba.r=. shall be in one length and centered' in open end of block. k,ert. i cal bars- may be doiAle l l ed .a.t tnp. cit toot i ngE,.a.r =. shall be a.c ura.te l and po-=_•i tivel>' held in place before setting blocks. c. HcIriz-ant.y.I bars =_.hall be laid in bcInd beam unit=. direct.l•' cin the top o+ the cr•c.ss.a.1 1 = a.nd A-ga.i n'at ver t i ca.l bars. 4 tel—ti d. Ynless otherwise shown, lintels shall be formed by placing bond beam units., channel down over openings and extending two feet each i de of openings. Reinforcing pars in 1 i n to 1 shall be held tight against the soffit of the channels by wiring, so as to allow ample grout coverage of bars. 1" Ci BRING a. After block walls have been 1 .a.i d, dampen for a. period of three (3) days using a. spray regulated to Keep surface damp. b. After grout has been poured, dampen walls for a period of five (5) days. c. Curing as noted above shall be continuous over weekends or. holidays. 13. WATERPROOFING .a.. Responsi bi 1 i ty for waterproofing the exterior surface of all masonry walls shall rest with the.Masonry Contractor. b. Material: Clear s.i l i cone water repellent shall contain at least five percent (5%) -• i 1 i Cone of i d=•. Equivalent material of other bases may be used when approved... c. Ma.s.onr;. shall besufficiently dr':: so that it ��:�i l l rea.di l ; absorb ,the wester repellent, have been thoroughly cleaned and be free of voids in mortar joints. Apply rine heavy flood coat of clean water rope 1.1 en t using 1 ow pressure spray equipment (DO NOT FOG) . Coverage: Repellent shall be applied at an average rate not to exceed fifty _.quare feet per gallon. d. Allow material to flood down wall at least twelve inches (12" 1 . Overl •a.p at least six inches (6u) when moving from one section to another. Follow the manufacturers' directions for additional detai 1 s. Excer'_ i e care in Keeping surrounding work free of repellent. 14. MI'=CELLANEOU'= a. All items indicated to be embedded in masonry shall be carefully located and anchored to prevent movement. b. Cut neat hol es. i n block ick where required and as detailed on drawings. c. Set all bolts in fi 1 led cells. d. Pressed Metal Frames set in masonry walls are furnished under Division = and shall be installed hereunder. Set frames. level and plumb a.nd brace adequately to prevent damage or distortion. Fill with grout as indicated. 15. i t 1,::=,Rr^- NTEE a.. All material and workmanship furnished under this contract shall be guaranteed for a. period of one (1) year from the completion date, and r �n written demand by owner w i th kn that period, any detect. i.ve m.a.tet i a.l'__ or workmanship shall be corrected or replaced without cost to the owner. W-.1 z DIVISION 5: METALS SECTION 5A: STRUCTURAL METAL 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. r2. SCOPE a. The work of,this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all structural metal indicated on the drawings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of .materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all ' means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. r 1 C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. d. ' All structural and miscellaneous steel -work, anchors, clips, bolts, straps, splice plates; brackets, _steel railings, ladders, welding, and paint .priming coats. 3. MATERIALS a. Steel: New, unused standard commercial sections and ,rolled from new billet steel conforming to the standard specifications for "Struc- tural Steel for Bridges and Buildings," ASTM Serial Designation A-36, steel tubing ASTM A500 Grade B. b. Paint: One rust inhibitive coat, Federal Specification TT -P-36, as last amended. C. All Bolts: ASTM Designation A-307. 4. REQUIREMENTS a. All workmanship, details of construction, proportioning of parts, when not otherwise shown or specified, shall comply with all appli- cable articles of "Specification for the Design, Fabri,and nd Erec- tion of Structural Steel for Buildings" of the American Institute of Steel Construction, as last amended. b. Cutting: May be used to make unimportant shear cuts,, provided that stress will not be transmitted into the metal through the burned surface. Cuts to be true to line with a maximum deviation of 1/16". Burned edge to be finished by grinding whenever the above devia- 5A-1 tion is exceeded or where it is exposed to view, when the burns will , be unsightly. Afetal adjacent to a burned surface for a distance equal to the thickness of the material shall not be considered as part of the net section for tension members. Burning shall be done only by mechanics skilled in this work. In general, the following may be considered as illustrative of unimportant edges: beam copes, lug and other minor angles, miscellaneous plates and unimportant edges not carrying stress. Burning of holes for fastenings will not be per- mitted. C. Punching For Dolts: When the thickness of the metal is equal to or Drifting: Drifting to enlarge unfair holes is prohibited. Holes that less than the diameter of the unfinished bolts plus 1/8", it may be punched 1/16" larger than the nominal diameter of the bolts. I1' metal is thicker than the nominal diameter of the bolt plus 1/8", the holes shall be cause for rejection. holes shall be drilled, or sub -punched and reamed. e. Holes for finished bolts shall be drilled or reamed truly cylindrical and not more than 1/50 inch larger than the external diameter of the ing and material of every description required for the erection of the bolt. Drilling or reaming for finished bolts shall be done after the , parts to be connected are assembled; except that if such drilling or reaming is impracticable, it may be done through steel templates with plates which require grouting shall be supported exactly at the hardened bushings. , Holes for unfinished bolts shall be 1/16" larger than nominal diameter of the bolt. Dies for all sub -punched holes, and drill for all sub - drilled holes, shall be 1/1611 smaller than nominal diameter of bolts. d. Drifting: Drifting to enlarge unfair holes is prohibited. Holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts shall be reamed.. Poor matching of holes shall be cause for rejection. e. Erection: Furnish all plant, tackle, erection bolts, scaffolds, stag- ing and material of every description required for the erection of the work, and remove same when work is complete. Bases and bearing' plates which require grouting shall be supported exactly at the proper level by means of steel wedges. Set steal accurately at the established lines and levels and plumb before the field connections are made. Provide temporary braces as required and keep braces in position until final connections are made. Shanks of bolts shall be sufficiently long to provide locknut washers. Draw bolts up tight. Exposed metal work shall have sharp edges removed, and . welds ground smooth. Bolts and nuts to have heads of uniform size equal- ly spaced. f. Painting: Structural steel to be thoroughly cleaned or rust, mill scale, grease, dirt by scraping and wire brushing or otherwise, and given one coat of paint at the shop. After erection and inspection, clean all steel work and spot paint all bolts, rivets and abrasions with same material as shop coat. Steel to be fireproofed shall not be painted. been , g. Welding: Made only by operators who have previously qualified by tests, as prescribed in the "Qualification Procedure" of the American Welding Society, to perform the type of work required, except that this provision need not apply to tack welds not later 5A--2 I lip incorporated into finished welds carrying calculated stress. Welders shall be checked and those not doing satisfactory work may be removed and may be -required to pass the qualification tests again. h. Galvanizing: Hot -dip process and perform after fabrication of work into argest practical sections. . Weight of coating not less than 2 ozs. per square foot of actual surface per each coat. SHOP DRAWINGS Submit 6 copies to Architect for approval before fabrication. 5A=3 DIVISION 5: METALS SECTION 51): SHEETMETAL 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special. Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all sheet metal indicated on the drawings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. 3. WORK INCLUDED a. Miscellaneous building sheet metal. . b. Sheet metal accessory items. C. Flashings and counter flashings. 4. WORK NOT INCLUDED a. Metal decking of any kind. b. Sheet metal described in Division 7 and Division 1.5. C. Structural metals in Section 5A. 5. MATERIALS a. Hot dipped galvanized iron shall be furnished in gauges as indicated Ion drawings. Where gauge is not indicated, provide 24 gauge or , heavier gauge required by use intended, or as directed by Archi- tect. b. Washing Material: As recommended by paint manufacturer. C. Paint: Shop coat for sheet metal shall be one (1) coat Synflex Syncor-Green as manufactured by Andrew Brown Co., Los Angeles, California. d. Solder Metal: Shall be "Grade A" solder half and half, lead and tin. I e. Flux: Muratic acid for galvanized metal. I� 5D-1 I i. Where joints occur, they shall be solidly backed with like metal ' extending a minimum of 5" each side of joint. J. Provision shall be made in all cases for expansion and contraction, ' as recommended by the metal manufacturer. k. All sheet metal shall be adequately fastened to backing. Furnish metal items complete with supports, hangers,. bracing, anchors and other devices indicated, specified or necessary for reinforcement and proper secure attachment to building construction. 1. Washing and painting: Upon completion of fabrication and at least ' f. Accessories: with vinegar or Benzine and painted completely 1. Screws and bolts shall be compatible with materials being joint- sides, ends ed. Use neoprene washers as required to make weathertight. ' 2. Sealant: "Thiokol" LP, one part Polysulfide Base, Class B, sheet metal shall be thoroughly cleaned and the Type I. 6. FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION touched up. a. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. b. All shapes and profiles shall be true to dimension. Exposed edges of faces, smooth, level, true to line and free from waves. All seams 'C. smooth, even and free from distortion. Sheet metal men, roofers and other trades shall cooperate to obtain a complete watertight and perfect job. d. The contractor shall consult the various trades whose work adjoins his work, and he shall be responsible for the proper alignment and ' work of all the various details. e. Procedures and methods recommended by "Sheet Metal and Air Con- ditioning Contractors' National Association" shall be followed as they apply and insofar as they do not conflict with the requirements of the Uniform Building Code. f. Measurements shall be taken at the building site and verify the ' dimension indicated on the drawings. g. Soldering, where required, shall. be full and• adequate to resist stresses. h. Flashings shall be installed with minimum 8'-0" lengths as - detailed without joints and shall show a straight and true line at edges. i. Where joints occur, they shall be solidly backed with like metal ' extending a minimum of 5" each side of joint. J. Provision shall be made in all cases for expansion and contraction, ' as recommended by the metal manufacturer. k. All sheet metal shall be adequately fastened to backing. Furnish metal items complete with supports, hangers,. bracing, anchors and other devices indicated, specified or necessary for reinforcement and proper secure attachment to building construction. ' 7. SHOP DRAWINGS Provide shop drawings illustrating all work under this section. 5D-2 1. Washing and painting: Upon completion of fabrication and at least two hours prior to installation, all galvanized sheet metal shall be washed down with vinegar or Benzine and painted completely on all sides, ends and edges with one good coat of Syncrogreen. After erection, all sheet metal shall be thoroughly cleaned and the shop coat shall be touched up. ' 7. SHOP DRAWINGS Provide shop drawings illustrating all work under this section. 5D-2 7 DIVISION 6: CARPENTRY SECTION 6D: ROUGH CARPENTRY , 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions ( Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all rough carpentry indicated on the drawings ' and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, , workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the . work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards ' of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. d. The contractor shall lay out the work, check all dimensions, refer any discrepancies in dimension to the Architect, pan framing_and do cutting for other trades, keep building and grounds clean during construction work. Apply wood preservative and caulking com- pounds; erect fixed scaffolding, barriers and remove scrap and debris from the site. e. If more than one sub -contractor is to perform work under this section, specific responsibilities shall then be detailed by the General Contractor. f. The General Conditions apply to all work of this section. 3. INSPECTIONS The Architect shall inspect and approve all framing before application of drywall or other finish. See Gypsum Drywall for acceptance by drywall contractor. 4. MATERIALS (Excepted as otherwise noted on plans) a. Framing Lumber: 1. Grade marl: in accordance with provisions of "Wood Hand Book" of Forest Products laboratory, U.S. Department of Agriculture, for softwood dimension and timbers. All lumber S4S unless specifically shown otherwise. Each piece of lumber to be grade marked by an approved agency. 6D-1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2. Douglas Fir, Sitka Spruce, West Coast Hemlock, Western Red Cedar Lumber -- manufactured and graded in accordance with Standard Grading and Dressing Rules 916 of West Coast Bureau of Lumber Grades and Inspection (WCLB). 3. Ponderosa Pine, Sugar Pine, Idaho White Pine, Larch, Douglas Fir, White Fir, Englemann Spruce, Incense Cedar, Red Cedar Lumber -- manufactured and graded in accordance with Standard Grading Rules of Western Wood Products Association (WWP), effective September 1, 1970. 4. Redwood -- manufactured and graded in accordance with Standard Specifications 'of the Redwood Inspection Service (RIS). 5.- Other comparable approved grading rules are acceptable. 6. USE GRADE AND SPECIES: USE GRADE GRADE RULES SPECIE Strips and Boards Construction WCLB or WWP Douglas Fir (Par -118.6) 211x4" Studs, Plates Construction WCLB or WWP Douglas Fir Blocking & 211x3" Stripping (1050Fb) (Par -42.12) Framing Lumber (2" to 4" No. 1 Structural WCLB or WWP Douglas Fir thick, 6" & wider) except Joists & Planks (Par -62.11) where .shown otherwise on (1500Fb) structural drawing 211x6" Studs No. 2` Structural WCLB or WWP Douglas Fir 411x4" Plates & Posts Beams & Stringers, 5" and thicker, rectangular width more than- 2" greater than thickness Posts & Timbers 511x5" & larger width not more than 2" greater than thickness Redwood Battens Joists & Planks (1250 Fb) No. 1 Structural Light Framing (1750Fb, 1200Fc) No. 1-1350Fb (F.0.H.C.) No. 1-1200Fb (1000Fc) Clear All Heart (Rough Sawn) WCLB or WWP Douglas Fir WCLB or WWP Douglas Fir Par -70.11) WCLB or WWP Douglas Fir (Par -80.10) RIS Redwood Sill Plates & Framing in Foundation Grade RIS Redwood contact' with Masonry or earth Sills at concrete may be pressure treated Douglas Fir 6D-2 b. Maximum Moisture Content: , 1. Moisture content of framing lumber 2 inches and less in thick- ness and boards shall not exceed 19 percent. 2. Finish lumber and millwork shall riot exceed 12 percent moisture , content. C. Plywood: Wall and Roof Sheathing -Exterior -Structural II, A.P.A., wit—' h i -S. Product Standard PS -1-83. d. Durable or Treated Wood: ( for termite protection) Preservatives - Sherwin-Williams 'Ken -Wood -Penta" or approved equal. All wood embedded in concrete and installed against concrete or masonry shall be redwood except D.F. plates, and ledgers. Douglas Fir sill plates shall be treated. e. Sizin and Surfacing: Structural lumber, sheathing and boards shall e mill sized to uniform depth and width. Timbers shall be S4S. Dimension lumber shall be S4S. Sheathing and boards to be SISIE laid rough side down or in. f. Seasoning: Structural lumber and sheathing shall be thoroughly air-dried before use to insure that moisture content is approximately the same as the in-service condition. . Upon arrival at the job, all lumber shall be stockpiled in a manner elevated off the ground or the floor at least 11 inches for a minimum of 10 days before incor- poration into the building. g. Nails: Common_ wire nails, unless specified or shown otherwise. Use MnMs nails for interior millwork. h. Building Paper: "Sisalkraft." i. Felt: Asphalt .saturated weighing not less than 15 pounds per 100 square feet. 6. WORKMANSHIP a. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the carpentry trade and satisfactory to the Architect. No cutting or notching of plates or structural members shall be ' done without prior approval of Archi- tect. b. All measurements and dimensions shall be verified at the job and the Contractor shall be responsible for any work that does not fit properly. Rough carpentry shall be self -fitted, nailed and drawn up tight. c. Treat with an approved preservative and provide to the concrete contractor or form builders all items such as nailers, grounds, hardware, etc. , that are to be incorporated in their work. All nailers, grounds and blocks embedded in concrete are to be dove- tailed. GD -3 i. Tightening Bolts: All bolts throughout the job shall be drawn tight, when installed, and shall be checked and tightened again before closing in. 7. CAULKING a. All caulking or mastic as required .for proper installation of rough work except that specifically mentioned as .being a part of the work of another section. b. Interior caulking material to be Vulcatex, elastic caulking compound as manufactured by A. C. Horn, or approved equal. Exterior Dow t178011 sealant one -part compound. C. Apply caulking compound only between primed or otherwise sealed surfaces, except that metal or other non-absorptive surfaces need ' not be primed or sealed. 8. GLASS AND ALUMINUM WORK ' The cleaning of all aluminum is included as part of the work of this section. The General Contractor shall be responsible for all glass breakage before occupancy of the building. 6D-4 d. Splicing for studs, roof, floor and ceiling joists will not be per- mitted. Timbers must be of the proper length to fit the position they are to occupy. ' e. All joists and stud shall be framed as shown on the drawings, of in- sizes and in directions shown. All joists and timbers shall be stalled with the crowned edge up. All joists shall be solid blocked over all supports. Bridging or blocking in spans are required as follows: 1. Minimum nominal section any blocking or bridging to be 211x3t1. f. Holes- for bolts to be bolt diameter plus 1/16". Holes for lag and wood screws shall first be drilled to diameter and depth of shank. Holes for threaded portions to be the same as root of thread. g. The installation of all miscellaneous iron and metal work shall be a part of the work of this section. ' h. Blocking, furring and grounds shall be installed where indicated, where reasonably required and where necessary to receive finish material. Backing for equipment, fixtures, etc., shall be at least two inches (211) material securely fastened to the structure. In general, all exposed structural steel, piping or conduit in finished areas shall be enclosed in furring. Furring and miscellaneous blocking shall be accurately placed to line and location. Provide blocking in addition to that shown on the drawings or specified as follows: 1. Plumbing fixtures 2. Accessories 3: Millwork i. Tightening Bolts: All bolts throughout the job shall be drawn tight, when installed, and shall be checked and tightened again before closing in. 7. CAULKING a. All caulking or mastic as required .for proper installation of rough work except that specifically mentioned as .being a part of the work of another section. b. Interior caulking material to be Vulcatex, elastic caulking compound as manufactured by A. C. Horn, or approved equal. Exterior Dow t178011 sealant one -part compound. C. Apply caulking compound only between primed or otherwise sealed surfaces, except that metal or other non-absorptive surfaces need ' not be primed or sealed. 8. GLASS AND ALUMINUM WORK ' The cleaning of all aluminum is included as part of the work of this section. The General Contractor shall be responsible for all glass breakage before occupancy of the building. 6D-4 DIVISION _: WOOD/PLASTICS SECTION 6E: TRUSS MISTS T 1.0 GENERAL: il 1 . 1 The General Conditions a.nd Supplementary General Conditions preceding these specifications, Including all governing code•_., rules, regulations, Federal and State health and safety laws and regulations (current edition as latest ammended' apply to all i, ork: of th i ._ project and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2.0 SCOPE IPE CIF WORK: 2 . 1 The work: required to be performed under th l = contract consists of buildingconstruction together with all other related fa.c i 1 i t i e.., in complete compl i a.nce with the project drawings and specifications including the furnishing of all labor, ma.teria.ls, equipment, appliances, services and expertise required a.nd/or necessary to complete all work indicated therein . .= Contractor shall carefully examine all dr'a.wings and and spec i f Kati cin=•, be fami l i a.r with the !':cork: of all ether trades adjoining and/or adjacent work and extend full and complete cooperation and coordination to insure qual i t;' performance, 'como l e tne•_._• and con t i nu i ty of work ppogress. 2.4 Only skilled workmen experienced in the'i r resOctive trades _•hal 1 'be employed, workmanship '_.ha l l b1_ to the best standards andqual i t...' I if the trade e - nd to the complete _.ati=.fa.i_tiI In of the arch i tel_ t . 3.0 REQUIREMENTS: 3.1 Furnish without extra charge, any additional mater i a.l and/or labor which may be required ornecessary forcomplete compliance with' the codes rules and regulations, even though the work. is not shown 1wn or spec ified. 3.2 Where shop- dra.wi ng and/or other submittals are required as part of the work of any section of the specifications, contractor shall provide complete compliance with all requjremntS of Parts 7.0,8.0 `_- 9.0 of this section. S.3 Any error or omissions of detail on drawings and/or specifications shall not r'el i eve the contractor from correctly i n=_ ta.l l i ng all materials or equipment necessary to complete the work. =.E- 1 1 C! fJ u 4. 1 F'1"T E R I ri L S '3'T Et'•1'_; 4. 1 til 1 tr'u =e h a I 1 be cu tc,m encjj n e e r e d a.nd +a. c t r. m•a.nut.a.ctured tru-=-.a.e•_. '_• maniJ i_fur-Pd b uTrIJ _frlj =.t Corpora j on , ser- i es T_T,P' and as rrianuta.0 tuned by a.n appr-oved IITRIIS3"-'_TIII ;T" ta.br i Cator- •a.nd •a member II+ the IrfCIod Tru=•'_• i_ u n c 11 o t Hmer' I I_•a. (1:':IT1_ri:' . 4. L Trusses shall be m•a.rlu+a.c tur'ed to I the cont I Ilura.t i in (. S FI . k c i n g •_. , =.1 1 1 FI e •_. , l i m e n '_ i I. r, .�. n d l e t .�. i t c,+ I_on s traction as IndIc -atod on the dr- .y.VdIngInc1UJInc4, but not. 1 1m( ted to, all later—al brra.c i nQ a.nd other- a,_.=.iIC j a•ted component-_ neCe=.•_ar}` for the +.-.br• i I_.7_�.t i on •.n,i proper j n'_•ta.l i at i on o+ the truss_=•tem(s.") , 4. = Tr'u'_ s e'_• s a1. 1 be eng i veered •and de i lined I n _Imp f e re cc,mpI i -ince t:..,i th the app i ca.bl e pr'o':! j =.j on•=. Iif the 11B C , h•1a.tiCIna.l Design Speriticat ion for I:',1 iod Construct jitn, -a publ i '_t',ed by the Na.t i on For r-st Pr- oduc t'_ Assoc i .a.t i c,n ':: h•1 F P 4.6 Truss enoi neeri nq and design shall include the minimum IJea.d 1 clads, 1 i .,!e 1 c Ia.ds, def 1 ec t i on and other cr i ter j .:. 1 nd(.:ated c n the dr -=_i. )j ng•=. -and .a_. iItheri..lj se r,eiqu I r,ed b;.' the UBC. 4.6 Con tr'a.ctor. =•hal 1 be re=.pon=•i bl e -for ':!e'r' i f i cat ion o+ •a.l 1 dimpnc.i ons and de tai 1'_ -i+ c d n s tr'uCt j o n a.3'_•oC j D.ted i.:)i th the tru'_•.3 _• '_•tern, _. 1 pr j cIr til f.�,br' I I.•a.t l c In . 5, I DEk)L I k'.)ER`i` & I NSTALLAT I Q[d : ? T r'u'_-'=e=• sha'] 1 c,nl be dj'.aered tci the j c,b _.j to I.Iheri a; 1 s t r- uc t.ur.a.1 suFIF r't i rid _. :_.tem=. •a.r'e 1 r1 F11 ac (id r.e:a.i1:.' + o r j n=•t-a1 1 a.t j on j ri a.ccor'da.nCe i::ii th the m-arilJt-ac tur'er'' wr— i t ten d i r e c t i ons .a.nd l n'_•truc t i on'_ . 5. 22 Tr'u=_.=•e'=-• a•ha.l1 be in=.tal Ied and a.ccur'a.teI x placed .a.nlJ centered on the r'equ i red •_p.a.I_ j ngs j n .a.ccorda.nce Viii th the approved =_•hcIp dr'ak&ilr,Ii '_•abmItta.ls. Par- tjcula.r' a.tterition I dlr'eCted .to the tru' ITia.nUta.CtUr'er' _ pr' j n ted I n'_•truc t i c ns cc,ncerri I nc( ha.ndl I nci du r' j fiQ l iftinr a.nd in t.a. - � � � 1 i %+. t I � � n =. 4 a. •_. t CI .�, �;! CI j IJ tJ .=+.rr1 a. CJ e . T r .J =. •_. e •__. s r, .a. l i � t• e I r• c. t e � t e IJ .�. r .�. i n '__. t IJ .�.(TI .y. l �-' r. J I.:i e F _ .�_ �= tr _m al rse e a t h e r' I_ I_I n d 1 t, I I_I n '_. 11 r' 11 t h e r I_ .a, a •_. e •_. i. j 1 i I I_ h I_ 1 I IJ 1 I� I_ 11' rri •_i..;r j eopr-d i ze the i r •a.1 1 1�_. hnmen t , CIa.0 l riy C ir' .a_.trUC tiJr .�•l intecir'i t::.. 5 . 4 r;l 1 r'eg1J i r- ed bl c II_k. i nq •a. rid br.a.c i nc4 _.ha I 1 be i ri'= t.a 1 1 re J a•I_ciJr.a•te j and proper i ;• _•eCUred I r,—p 1 aCe =._ pr'C�I�.,' j d e d I n the tr'u rna.nuta.c tur'er- " _ I n5.tr'uc t j on =• a.rid cons_ i =•ten t V.iith the rel a.f.e deta.iI s o+ ccln_•tructlon. 1n=•t3.11a.tion o+ r'equ I red b cick. I nq a.nd br'.a.c i ny .and '_•ha 1 1 not Jetclrrri the cc-nt l qur -a.t i c,n o+ the tru'_=.e=• clr' oft=.tet the i r- - Center. t 1_I a n t e r. ._. FI A. c j n g. - - IZI i •+ .- Iii T1 C L C L C T1 L ITiI I • '-1- '1r ql LI _- _ - L �. 111 C J_ 171.4- 1 I IZI ITi L ITi Cl +' ,Ti -- ITi L .- T 1 l_ - L i I L .- .- rr 11r •a-' i X- 111 +' - ITi u. 111 ,Ti +' Iy L1 C ITi +' C, ITi L .- •- ITi III Cl L 1.0 -C- I I Ll C ITi T1 L •- JJ C 4-'11. J. CL l� w . 111 111 '+ J- 1_ C-1 Tj C ID I_h. C L j =: +' J. C ITi qr - 1 L-1 I,11 rTi C ITi .. 11 L .n ITI I�1 L I_I Iil 111 C jJ IZI C .- 1, 111 III I. ITi LT, C •- 1,11 •- 'j-) 1 +' T7 C •- L III L Tl 'Ti '-I- 111 J. TI 111 •.. L TI r11 C 11r 1_I Ti TI q1 C C -Ti 't '-}- 11r ITi IL ITi- C. ("•_ C, Tl :-•. +' C i 171 T L L III III- C 111 LL I,II w CL +- 1I •- •i-' 111 ._ C ITI t rTi L .- CL C III rj1 C 'Ti •- -Ti Ij, IT L C 111 11 Qr IIl L r- +' ITi IJI LL L I 1 �. CL. 111 71 ZI .- .- - '4- ,_ E JJ 111 C Tl L I-- Z' Tt •- ,_I cl . _ 111 111 +-' 1.1) rr" r1r r-1 I i - ' { r1, TI 41 L rTi -- •- _ •- ''}- 117 L ITi Cl — C ITi I_I -F-' -_ 1 '• LL QI 111 [1 L I11 111 IJ. III 1y ,jJ L 111 111 C L 111 1 1 _I III '._ CL 111 L 11 1-L 111 Ijr I_TI- _l •- L 111 l- 111 Cr, 111 u. +' +' 111 1L 4-' -C- 1 ' - Ll 1Ti 1 • - +-1 E ITi Ib 11 - CO 111 _i +' [I 111 J_ 1-1 ITi J = C I,11 ITi n _ L J. 1-1 - X- •::L - ITi C -C L .- CL 1,11 k11 1J kII LL t - III 1T1 C) r H co _I iIJ �-1 '�i 1 •i 1 1 ' DIVISION 7: THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 7A: BUILT-UP ROOFING 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all built-up roofing indicated on the drawings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. 3. MATERIALS All materials. shall be of the type and .manufacturer specified or approved acceptable substitute. a. Roofing System: GAF Building Materials Corp. "Gafglas" System No. N- -4-M our ply roofing system) complete with new sheetmetal flashings, Type 113" roof flashings @ parapet conditions, UL Type G-2 Gafglas Stratavent (vent ply), two plies of Gafglas ply sheets, one ply of Gafglas mineral surfaced cap sheet, asphalt shall be Steep ASTM Type III for slopes up to 3 inches per foot and type HT Steep ASTM Type IV for slopes from 3 inches to 6 inches per foot, and one full coverage coat of GAF Fibered Aluminum Coating; all materials shall lie installed in complete compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and specifications qualifying as a UL Class "A" Roofing System. b. Sheet Metal (SM): SM Flashings: Minimum 24 gauge "Paintgrip" material at all exposed surfaces. Paintgrip or galvanized material 24 gauge at con- cealed locations. SM Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other fasteners size as required and indicated on drawings shall be compatible with material being joined and with neoprene washers at all exposed con- nections. Sealants: Dow Corning, Thiokol or equal manufacturer, type as specifically designed for conditions detailed. 7A-1 Metal Roof Panels: New metal roof panels and support system shall be as detailed on drawings. 4. PROTECTION a. Take necessary precautions to protect this work and work of other subcontractors. Furnish and place sufficient drop cloths to fully protect all parts of adjacent work during execution of this contract. Roofing materials shall be entirely removed from damaged surfaces and repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. 1 I� b. Provide all necessary precautions, barriers, and appropriate mea- , sures to protect the public safety during the course of the work. C. Care shall be taken to coordinate roofing with roof -mounted equip- , ment and piping systems. Any damage sustained by the roofing process shall be repaired at Contractor's expense. d. Care shall be taken to protect all new roofing materials and insu- lation due to weather, sunlight, or physical abuse. 5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS r] a. Prior to commencing the work of installing new built-up roofing systems Contractor shall examine substraight surfaces to assure that they are clean, dry and free of any defects that might effect the application or waterproof nature of the systems. b. Roofing systems shall be installed by a roofing contractor approved by the materials manufacturer. Special care shall be taken to pre- vent leakage of any materials through the roof deck except as other- wise shown or specified. The workmanship of the roofing system and sheet metal work shall be performed by mechanics with expertise in the systems specified. C. All accessories or other items essential to the completeness of the roofing and sheet metal systems, though not specifically shown or specified, shall be provided. All such items, unless otherwise shown on the drawings or specified, shall be compatible with adjacent materials and roofing manufacturer's recommendations. Nails, screws, and bolts shall be of the type best suited for the purpose intended and shall be of a composition that is compatible with ad- joining materials. G. INSTALLATION a. Preparation of substraight and installation of all new materials shall be in strict compliance with manufacturers printed instructions. C. All shapes and profiles shall be true to dimensions indicated on the drawings and as otherwise required by job conditions. t 7A-2 1 ' d. Sheet metal men, in conjunction with roofers, shall cooperate to obtain a complete, watertight installation. e. Sheet metal work shall be in strict compliance with the details indi- cated on the drawings together with procedures and methods recom- mended by SMACCNA. Measurements shall be taken at the job site in order to insure proper dimensions of all flashings are appropriate ' for actual job conditions. Flashings shall be installed in straight runs with minimum 810" lengths and shall be straight and true to line and plum. Joints shall be solidly backed with like material, a mini- mum of 5" each side of joint and properly sealed watertight; provi- sions shall be made in all cases for expansion and contraction. All sheet metal shall be adequately fastened to backing and secured in ' place with supports, hangers, bracing, anchors, and other devices necessary for the reinforcement and proper, secure attachment to building construction. 7. SHOP DRAWINGS a. Prior, to the fabrication, installation and delivery of sheet metal materials, 5 copies of shop drawings illustrating the • work to be performed, shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. b. Prior to ordering and delivery of roofing and insulation materials Contractor. shall submit 5 - copies of manufacturer's specifications for all materials associated with the roofing and insulation work. 8..... GUARANTEE Provide minimum two year written guarantee against defective 'workman- ship and materials and certification that all work has been installed in ' complete compliance with manufacturer's written recommendations and specifications. [I 7A-3 DIVISION 7: THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 7C: CAULKING & SEALANTS ' 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions ( Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by. all requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all caulking and sealants indicated on the drawings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. 3. MATERIALS a. Type A: For use at metal window and door frames, internal and ext—e o Dow Corning 11790" Sealant, exceeding Fed. Spec. TT -S- 001543 (Com) and TT -S-00230, or as otherwise shown; color as selected by Architect. b. Sealant: Shall be based on polysulfide liquid polymer manufactured Fy—ThFiro kol Chemical Corporation and shall conform to Thiokol Build- ing Trade Performance Specifications for one -component or two - component sealants. Sealant shall be delivered to the site in sealed containers, each bearing a "Tested and Approved" seal, manufac- turer's name and product designation. Specify the following: one -component sealant non -sag. 1. Primer: Where required, shall be used as recommended by the manufacturer. The primer shall have been tested for non.- staining on-staining characteristics and durability on samples of actual surfaces to be sealed. 2. Back-up materials and preformed joint fillers: Shall be non- staining, compatible with sealant and primer, and of a resilient nature, such as closed cell polyethylene rod, closed cell ure- thane or neoprene rod, or elastomeric tubing or rod (neoprene, butyl, or EPDM). Materials impregnated with oil, bitumen or similar materials shall not be used. Size and shape shall. be as indicated by joint details in drawings and shall be as recom- mended by sealant manufacturer. Sealant shall not adhere to back-up material. 7C-1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3. Bond breakers: Where required, shall be polyethylene tape (or equal) as recommended by manufacturer of sealant in writing. 4. Solvents, cleaning agents: And other accessory materials shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 4. SAMPLES Prior to ordering materials or their installation, submit to the Architect for approval, samples indicating the color range available of each caulking ' material intended for installation in an "exposed" location. Materials installed prior to Architect's approval of color will be subject to removal and replacement with approved material at Contractor's expense. Color of ' finished caulking shall match approved samples. See Section 1C. 5. APPLICATION AND WORKMANSHIP a. Surface Preparation: 1. Joints and spaces to be caulked or sealed shall be completely ' cleaned of all dirt, dust, mortar, oil and other foreign materials which might adversely affect the caulking work. Where neces- sary, degrease with an approved solvent or commercial degreas- ing agent. Surfaces shall be thoroughly dry before application of caulking compounds. 2. If recommended by manufacturer, remove paint and other pro- ' tective coatings from surfaces to be caulked prior to priming. and caulking application- ' 3. All joints shall be enclosed on three sides. Where grooves for adequate caulking have not bee provided, suitable grooves shall be cleaned out to the ' depth required or as indicated on draw- ings and ground to a minimum width of 1/4 inch without damage to the adjoining work. 'No grinding shall be required on metal surfaces. 4. Preparation of surfaces to receive caulking compound shall conform to the caulking manufacturer's specifications. Use are pressure or other approved methods to achieve required re- sults. Use masking tape to keep caulking compound off sur- faces that will be exposed in the finished work. ' 7C-2 b. Application: 1. Locations: Caulk around all openings in exterior walls, and any other locations shown or required for waterproofing the building. Caulk and seal all other joints as herein specified, ' shown on drawings, and required to properly complete the building. 2. General: Caulking and sealants shall be applied by experienced mechanics using specified materials and proper tools. Prepara- tory work (cleaning, etc.) and application of caulking shall be as specified herein and in accordance with the manufacturer's 7C-2 printed instructions and recommendations for required quality of work. 3. Priming: Concrete, masonry, and other porous surfaces, and any other surfaces if recommended by the manufacturer, shall be primed before applying caulking and sealants. Primer shall be applied with a brush that will reach all parts of joints to be filled with caulking compound. 4. Packing: Joints and spaces deeper than 1/2 inch shall be filled with packing as hereinbefore specified to within 1/2 inch of the surface. Then the joints shall be filled with caulking com- pound. There shall be a minimum of 3/8" in depth of caulking compound in all joints 1/2" in depth or deeper. 5. Caulking and Sealant Compounds: Caulking and sealants shall be stored at temperatures below 50 degrees F. Compounds shall not be used when they become too jelled to be discharged in a continuous flow from the gun. Modification of compounds by addition of liquids, solvents, or powders will not be per- mitted. 6. Tools and Workmanship: Compounds shall be applied with guns having proper size nozzles. Sufficient pressure shall be used to fill all voids and joints solid. In caulking around openings, include entire perimeter of each opening, unless shown or specified otherwise. Where the use of the gun is impracticable, suitable hand tools shall be used. 7. Finishing: Caulked and sealed joints shall be neatly pointed on flush surfaces with beading tool, and internal corners with eaving tool. Excess material shall be cleanly removed. Caulk- ing, where exposed, shall be free of wrinkles and uniformly smooth. Caulking and sealing shall be complete before final coats of paint are applied. C. Cleaning: Clean surfaces sec- joints of any smears caulking application. 1 of all materials adjoining caulked and of compound or other soiling due to , 6. MISCELLANEOUS CAULKING AND SEALING WORK The entire extent of caulking and sealing work is not necessarily folly or individually described here. Caulking shall be provided wherever re- quired to prevent light leakage as well as moisture leakage. Refer to drawings for conditions and related parts of the work. 7. GUARANTEE All work under this section shall be guaranteed for two years against defective workmanship and materials. I� 7C-3 11 11 11 1 11 1 DIVISION 7 THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 7E ROOF ACCESSORIES 1 . i i GENERAL: 1 . 1 The General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions preceding these _pec i f i ca.t i ons, including all governing codes, rules, regulations, Federal and State health and safety laws and regulations (current edi t j cin as latest a.mmended) apply to all work of this project and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 9.0 SCOPE OF WORK: . 1 The work required to be performed under th i = contract consists of building construction together with all ether related fac i l i t i es, in complete compl i a.nce with the project drawings and specifications including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, a.ppl i a.nces, services and expertise required a.nd/or. necessary to complete all work indicated therein . 2. Contractor shall carefully examine all drawings andandspecifications, be f a.11� i 1 i ar with the work ^11f all other trades adjoining and/or adjacent work and extend full and complete cooperation and coordination to insure qua.l i ty performance, comp l e the s and cant 1 nu i t;::. c,f work progress. 2.4 i in1:; _k j l 1 ed workmen experienced in their respective trades shatf bF emp1 oed, woryman h i p shall be to thebe =.t tand•�rd and gaa1 i t,!� of the trade andto the complete =.a.t i sfa.c t i � �n of the arch i tee_ t . 3.0 REQ iIREMENT : .. 1 Furnish without extra charge, any additional materials .a.nd:'cir labor which ma,`:' be required or necessary for complete compliance with the codes rules andregulations, even though the work i= n i t '_ ho w n. i i r. specified. 3.2 Where shop drawings and/or other submittals are required as part of the work of any section of the specifications, contractor shall provide complete compliance with all requir'emnts of Parts 7.0, 8.0 & .0 of this section. _._ An; error or omissions of detail on drawings and/or specifications shall not r'e 1 i eve the contractor from correctly i ns ta.l l i rip all materials or equipment. necessary to complete the work. . ,E -t 4 . 1 P-1a.ter i a.l ._ included under this section include, but are not 1 imi ted to the following (ret, to drawings for locations a.nd product descriptions). 4.1 .1 Roof Access Doors. 4.1.2 Roof Vent= (louvered and hood types, power driven and 4.1.3 '_;k 1 i to s (fixed and operable). 4.1.4 Attic Vents. 4.1.5 Attic Access Doors. 5.0 WORKh1ANSHIP: 5.1 All roof accessories shall be provided and i n=.ta.l l ed at the locations i ndi ca.ted on the roof plan and in com- plete compliance with the associated detail=_. 5.2 This contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the accessory opening dimensional and i n=.ta.l 1 at i _gin requirements with the roof framing contractor and the roof i ng contractor. 5.3 Lateral and vertical l.I_ ca.t i c 1n adjustments required r o avoid cont1 i ct 01h the roof drainage pattern and/orot her = _•tem•_• i n the attic _.pace will be permitted provided the function of the accessory item is not compromised. Sk..!•1 i te._ shall not be relocated later'al ly . r vertica.11y without specific authorization of the architect. 6.0 SUBMITTALS: - , 1 Five copies of complete product data sheets required (ref. Div.1, Sec.1.100, Pa.r.t..=_ 7.0, 8.0 GUARANTEE: 7.1 Provide a. two (2) year wri tten guarantee against defective workmanship and materials. ^E 1 DIVISION 7: THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 7F: BUILDING INSULATION 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. ' 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all building insulation indicated on the draw- ings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this ' section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. ' C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. 3.. WORK INCLUDED a. Insulate all frame wall vertical construction, exterior walls (full height of wall) . b. Insulate all frame wall vertical construction, interior. walls ( full height of wall) . �. rc. Insulate all ceilings. 4. WORK EXCLUDED Duct insulation. 5. MATERIALS a. Exterior Walls: Minimum 6" thick, Fiberglass kraft faced batt insu- lation, widths as required for stud dimension, lengths as long as practical to completely seal all spaces top to bottom. b. Interior Walls: Minimum 411 thick at 2 x 4 construction, minimum 6" thick at 2 x 6 construction, plain semi-rigid insulation batts, width as required for stud dimensions, length as long as practical to completely seal all spaces top to bottom. 'C. Ceiling Areas. Between Floor Levels: Minimum 6" thick, Fiberglass kraft faced batt insulation, widths as required for framing dimen- sion, lengths as long as practical to completely seal entire area. 717-1 d. Ceiling Areas At Roof: Minimum R-30, Fiberglass kraft faced batt insulation, widths as required for framing dimension, lengths as long as practical to completely seal entire area. 6. INSTALLATION a. Insulation shall be installed behind all electrical outlets, structural members, jambs, door and window frames in study walls, pipes and conduit in stud walls, etc. b. Insulation shall be tightly butted and fitted to framing so as to completely cover entire area leaving no voids. 7F-2 1 ' DIVISION 8: DOORS, WINDOWS, GLASS SECTION 8A: HOLLOW METAL FRAMES GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the ' Special Conditions ( Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- ' als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all hollow metal frames indicated on the draw- ings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this ' section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and ' work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. 3. WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install pressed metal frames and subframes, Forderer, Over- ly, Steelcraft; for openings indicated on the drawings.. a. Hollow metal frames, labeled and unlabeled, including all accessories, colors as selected by Architect. b. Hollow metal subframes. ' 5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Shop Drawings: Required, showing in elevation all windows. For ' metal frarnes and trim, the drawing shall also show the conditions at ' 8A-1 C. Removable stops, all factory finished. d. Operable aluminum sash. T 4. WORK NOT INCLUDED a. Glass and glazing. b. Metal access doors and frames. C. Toilet compartments and doors. ' 5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Shop Drawings: Required, showing in elevation all windows. For ' metal frarnes and trim, the drawing shall also show the conditions at ' 8A-1 6. windows with various wall thickness, anchoring details, and materials and a schedule listing the location in the building for each item. b. Provide anchors for installation. C. Provide and install all glass stops for reinstallation and glazing by others. MATERIALS All gauges, dimensions, profiles and details as indicated on drawings and specified herein. a. Sheet Steel: Shall be of best quality, open hearth sheet steel furniture stock, full pickled, cold rolled, double annealed, patent leveled, free from scale, pitting, rust and surface or internal de- fects. Gauges hereinafter referred to shall be U.S. Standard. b. Miscellaneous: Necessary bolts, anchors, connecting members, spacers, straps, sleeves and clips shall be provided for proper anchorage and support of all work. t 7. FABRICATION , a. Hollow metal windows and frames to be constructed of best quality commercial grade. sheet steel. Nothing but first class workmanship will be acceptable. Finished work shall be smooth and free from warps' and buckles. No weld marks shall show on completed work. b. Metal frames shall be of desigrn for installation in stud, lath and plaster partition or drywall partitions complete with all necessary provisions for anchoring, including bolting to the floor and counter punch holes for counter sunk screws. Weld to frames; spacers and straps for anchoring. Depth shall be as required to meet details on the drawings. Frames shall not be less than sixteen (16) gauge steel. Frames higher than ten (10) feet shall be fourteen (14 ) gauge steel. Integral stops shall be incorporated in frame. All breaks, arises and angles shall he uniform, straight, sharply defined and true. The corners of all frames shall be mitered, accurately fitted, continuously electrically welded full depth of frame and ground smooth. Provide transom bars as shown on drawings. Removable stops shall have hairline mitered joints. C. Finish for Frames: Metal surfaces shall be cleaned, sanded smooth and factory finished with one coat of synthetic primer. d. Finish for Sub -frames: All surfaces are to be thoroughly cleaned of all oil, grease and other impurities and then chemically etched. All irregularities shall be filled and sanded to give a completely smooth surface. Apply one (1) coat of approved rust inhibitive primer. 8A-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8. ' INSTALLATION a. Into snug, openings, to anchors;- or -into lead expansion shields, and to subfloor with power driven fasteners. Plumb and set tightly in place. All exposed fastening devices shall match the "baked enamel" finish where items are factory finished. b. Where glass panels are shown, provide fixed stops keyed to window assembly and removable stops secured in place with countersunk Phillips flat head sheet metal screws. Stops shall be mitered at corners, prefit and temporarily installed or given to the glazer. C. Install windows in project. as late as practical, to minimize con- struction abuse. d. Touch up in field any damaged or abraded enamel. ` 9. PROTECTION All work shall be protected against damage in shipping, storage, and in- stallation until building is accepted by Owner. Specific attention is directed to frames set in plaster or drywall partitions. 10. GUARANTEE All materials shall. be guaranteed for two years against defective workman- ship and materials. 8A-3 DIVISION 8: DOORS, WINDOWS, & GLASS SECTION 813: HOLLOW METAL DOORS 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all hollow metal doors indicated on the draw- ings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades 'and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. 3. WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install Hollow metal doors, and pressed metal panels, For- derer, Overly, Steelcraft, for openings as indicated on the drawings. a. Hollow metal doors and panels labeled and unlabeled. b. Removable stops for glass panels. 4. WORK NOT INCLUDED a. Furnishing and installation of Finish Hardware. b. Glass and glazing. C. Metal access doors and frames. d. Toilet compartments and doors. 5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Shop Drawings: Required, showing in elevation, all frames and doors. For metal bucks and trim, the drawing shall show also the conditions at doors, frames, stops and various wall thickness, an- choring details, and materials including schedule listing the location in the building for each item. b. Provide anchors and backing for hardware for installation. 7 C., Provide and install all glass stops .for reinstallation and glazing by others. 6. MATERIALS ' Allg auges, dimensions, profiles and details as indicated on drawings and specified herein. a. Sheet steel shall be of best quality, open hearth sheet steel furni- ture stock, full pickled, cold rolled; double annealed, patent lev- eled, free from scale, pitting, rust, and surface or internal defects. Gauges hereinafter referred to shall be U.S. Standard. b. Sound deadening material shall be mineral composition, incombustible, moisture resistant, chemically inert and shall fill all voids between stiffeners and face sheets. e C. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Shall be formed from stretcher -levelled cold rolled steel not less than 18 U.S.. gauge and shall be rigidly connected and reinfor- ced inside by 18 gauge steel continuous interlocking stiffeners spaced a maximum of 7" on centers. Sound deadening material shall fill all voids between stiffeners and face sheets. ■ All other details of construction shall be equal to "Steelcraft" Series LF -18 flush seamless doors. ' 2. Provisions shall be made to receive glass..panels or louvers of size and detail shown .on drawings. Glass mouldings shall be welded units.. Louvers. shall be inverted Vee blade design fabricated from 18 gauge steel. 3. Tops of doors shall be water tight at exterior locations.. Door ' edges to be welded and to be free of seams or cracks.. Bevel lock edge 1/8" in 211. Minimum door thickness. 1-3/4". ' 4. races of doors to be flat with no joints, weld marks or bumps. d. Hollow metal panels shall be same as for doors. ' e. Miscellaneous: Necessary bolts, anchors, connecting members, spacers, straps, sleeves and . clips shall be provided for proper anchorage and support of all work. Rubber grommets (three per door). 7. FABRICATION a. Hollow metal doors to be constructed of best quality commercial grade sheet steel. Nothing but first class workmanship will . be acceptable. Finished work shall be smooth and free from warps and buckles. No �. weld marks shall show on completed work. b. Hardware: Door and frames shall be .neatly mortised and reinforced for all mortise type hardware and shall be drilled and tapped at the factory. Do not cut through door edge at hinge mortise. Provide 8B-2 interior reinforcing 3/16" thick for all surfaced applied hardware. Metal door reinforcing units for hardware shall be installed in doors, units are furnished by contractor for Section 10D. c. Fire Doors and Frames: Shall possess N.B.F.U. fire labels and certificate shall be furnished to Owner; see 'door schedule for class and location of doors and frames. d. Finish for Doors, Door Louvers and Panels: Metal surfaces shall be cleaned, sanded smooth and factory prime, finish. 8. INSTALLATION a. Secure top filler panels from inside room, one screw at .each corner and maximum of 4'-0" o.c., for large units. Use oval head Phillips. b. Where glass panels are shown, provide stops keyed to door assembly and removable stops secured in place with countersunk. Phillips flat head sheet metal screws. Stops shall be mitered at corners, prefit and temporarily installed or given to the glazer. 9. PROTECTION All work shall be protected against damage in shipping, storage, and installation, until building is accepted by Owner. 10. GUARANTEE All materials and finishes shall: be guaranteed for two years against defective workmanship and materials. RB -3 1 sC-1 DIVISION S: DOORS, WINDOWS & GLASS SECTION SC: GLASS & GLAZING 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. , �! 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to, perform and complete all glass and glazing indicated on the drawings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and r' work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. ' 3. WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install: a. All glass 'throughout the building. b. All glazing throughout the building. 4. WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS a. Mirrors and frames. b. Window frames. C. Doors and door frames. 5, MATERIALS American-St. Gobain, Pittsburgh Plate Glass, Libbey-Owens-Ford: A'• i T^',%' ^r�.� ^l :' ':r`^ ^;r r! i �i . 1 sC-1 6. 7. 8. •REGULATIONS a. All work shall be in complete compliance with the Uniform Building Code, latest edition except as otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein as more restrictive. b. All glass in doors shall be wire glass or tempered glass as indicated on drawings. C. All glass sidelites located within four feet of doors or door openings and below door head height shall be tempered glass. This require- ment shall include bulkheads at sidelites in the event such panel is glass. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Samples: Submit two samples of each type of glass to Architect for approval, each to have identifying label. b. Glazing Compound: Best quality materials as recommended by estab- lished manufacturers in their printed literature and as approved by the Architect for each type of glazing condition concerned. The term "glazing compound" shall include all sealants, tapes, glazing and bedding putties, and other materials necessary to perform glazing work properly. c. . Protection, Delivery and Storage: Protect materials from damage during shipping,handling, installation and storage on site. INSTALLATION a. Glaze in accordance with procedures recommended in Glazing Manual of Flat Glass Jobber's Association. Before glazing, check openings to see that they are square, plumb and in true plane. b. Prior to start of glazing work, submit to Architect for approval, detailed listing of all glazing materials proposed for use, with glazing conditions and locations for each material together with manufac- turer's statements in triplicate, certifying that materials and methods proposed are their recommendations for accomplishing best results for each condition. Ship glazing compound from factory ready to use. Job mixing of any kind will not be acceptable. C. Fully and evenly bed all glass, finish putty and back -putty or set with other materials as applicable to type of installation involved. Glass shall float in frame and be entirely free of any contact there- with, on edges or faces. d. Use setting blocks or shims with heavy lights to center glass in frame. Set sheet glass so that any waves are horizontal and convex side of glass in outside. Set wire glass with long dimension of wire pattern in vertical direction. Install glazing stops so that stop or frame is not in direct contact with glass. SC -2 9. CLEANING y a. All glass shall be cleaned and free of blemishes, scratches or other unsightly imperfections. b. All adjacent material shall be cleaned thoroughly without use of abrasive agents or solutions which may result in . damage to the finish. ' 8C-3 DIVISION 9: FINISIIES SECTION 9A: RESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all resilient floor coverings indicated on the drawings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. 3. MATERIALS ri. _Heavy Duty Shr_et. Vi nyl : "�vrifl or Elite" as descri l)ed on the drawi n(,s includirm layout and nainte� stripinn indicated. All lines sliall he accurately located, shared to the confintirations indicated and painted by experienced cra tfsinen . b. Top Set Rubber Base: As manufactured by Burke, Amtico, or Azrock. Base sl►a 1 be 9" and G" high, coved or straight. See drawings, color as selected. C. Underlayment, floor primer, filler and adhesive of best quality and in accordance with manufacturer's current specifications and as specifically. recommended by the manufacturer for the use intended. d. Edge Strips: Mercer, color as selected by Architect. 4. SAMPLES Samples of all materials to be used on the Work shall be submitted to Architect. 5. WORKMANSHIP a. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. All work shall be performed in a first-class workmanlike manner and shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. flooring contractor shall be -approved by manufacturer. 9A-1. ;I D 1 17, e t 1 1 i] t I� 1 t b. Examination of Surfaces: The contractor shall be held to have examined all surfaces over which materials are to be applied; and if for any reason a perfect job is impossible, or anything is detrimental to obtaining a perfect job with assurance of obtaining the utmost value of the floor, it shall be reported to the Architect before proceeding with the work. The beginning of work shall be e an indication of contractor's acceptance of floor conditions. C. Surfaces: All surfaces over which floor covering is to be applied shall be thoroughly dry before tile is applied. d. Temperature of Rooms: No materials shall be applied in any room where the temperature is less than 70° F., and this temperature. shall be maintained during the laying of all tile or carpet. The materials shall be stored in a dry place in the building at a tem- perature of not less than 70° F. , for a period of 24 hours before' laying. e. Manufacturer's Specifications: All materials shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's current printed directions, except as otherwise directed by Architect. Contractor shall submit five (5) copies of manufacturer's installation specifications to Archi- tect PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. APPLICATION a. Resilient Flooring: .1.. Floor. shall be broom clean and .free of grease, paint, and oil. All protruding irregularities shall be ground smooth. 2. Fill all cracks and other_ imperfections in concrete slab with approved filler. 3. Prime ,as recommended by manufacturer. 4. Lay out pattern markings to obtain uniform base, widths, connections at thresholds, etc. 5. Lay vinyl composition tile in S-160 emulsion (or as recommended by manufacturer) so as to be true, level and even with tight joints. Lay tile symmetrically in all spaces and roll with 100 pound roller. 6. Floor covering shall. be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's best recommendation.Lay tile close and flat with straight unbroken joint lines in both directions, alternating direction of tile pattern for each abutting tile. Lay out tile from a center mark so that all cut tiles at opposite ends of room or space are of equal width with no tile cut less than 511. Flooring and pattern shall pass through doors using full tile sizes. b. Base: 1. Usea top set base cement as recommended by manufacturer. 9A-2 2. Accurately scribe base to trim or existing materials. 3. Base shall be laid against face of all wood cabinets, but not over ceramic tile. 7. CLEANING After the tile floor has set sufficiently to become seated, wash with neutral cleaner, allow to dry thoroughly, then buff. 8. MAINTENANCE Provide Owner with complete maintenance recommendations for cleaning and waxing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 9. REPLACEMENT MATERIAL At completion of floor covering work, furnish to the Owner one box floor tile of each color and a minimum of 20 linear feet of rubber base. Plainly mark the color, pattern and manufacturer on replacement tile. 10. GUARANTEE Provide two year guarantee in writing that all work executed under this section will be free from defective workmanship and materials. 9A-3 DIVISION 9: FINISHES SECTION 9E: PAINTING 1. GENERAL r� The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. fl 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all painting indicated on the drawings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, . performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. 3. REQUIREMENTS a. Materials as .specified shall be delivered to the site in original con- tainers, seals unbroken, labels unmarred, -material. shall be used strictly in conformance with printed instructions of -the manufacturer and no dilutions or change' of mix will be permitted without the written approval of the Architect. b. The following specifications cover the complete painting and finishing of all wood, plaster, gypsum board, concrete, unfinished metal, conduits, piping and other surfaces throughout the interior and exterior of the building, except as otherwise specified. All taping and preparing of all gypsum board shall be considered a part of the work of Section 9F, Gypsum Drywall. C. This contractor shall examine the specifications for the various other trades and shall thoroughly familiarize. himself with all their provi- sions regarding their painting. He shall understand that all surfaces that are left unfinished by the requirements of other specifications, shall be painted or finished as a part of this section. d. Copper, bronze, chromium plate, nickel, stainless steel, aluminum and monel plate shall not be painted or finished except as otherwise specified. fl 4. 5. MATERIALS These specifications are predominately written for use of those paint materials shown in "Finish Systems" materials, however if another material is proposed, the contractor shall prepare a complete. list of finishes together with complete manufacturer's data and specifications. APPLICATION a. Preparation - All surfaces of every kind which are to be treated shall be in proper condition to receive the finish specified and the foreman of painters shall notify the Architect of any surface which is not in proper condition to be .finished. b. Exterior and interior surfaces to receive paint finishes shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, laitance, excess mortar, encrustations and foreign matter. Cracks, holes, pits, and other imperfections shall be neatly patched flush and smoothed off to match adjoining surfaces as directed. C. Woodwork shall be thoroughly hand -sandpapered and dusted off. All trim of wood base shall be properly "backed up" with Spackle or Swedish putty. Cracks, mars and scratches in all work shall be carefully sealed and nail holes neatly filled to match the color of the stain or paint. d. Woodwork on the interior shall be sandpapered smooth between each and every coat of material, and. all surfaces shall be free from dust, dirt, laps, seams, sags, stains, flats or other imperfections. e. Plaster and gypsum board walls and ceiling shall be . free from cracks, scratches, holes or other blemishes, oil or other stains; all spots where plaster is touched up, owing to minor defects, shall be treated to prevent stains coming through the paint. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to report to the Architect, all places where plaster or drywall is in poor condition. This contractor shall fill in all minor plaster or drywall so as to insure a good finish for his own work. See Section on Drywall for acceptance by this con- tractor. f. In addition to, and preceding the coats specified, all surfaces to receive paint finishes shall be properly sized and sealed as neces- sary to kill stains and burns, . overcome excessive suction, seal air checks and fine cracks, and otherwise provide a suitable foundation for the work to follow. Sizing shall be of lacquer or oil as best suited to the work in the opinion of the Architect, and shall be such that no peeling, flaking, or popping or succeeding coats will result of the use hereof. Sealers shall be of manufactured brands speci- fied, and capable of bridging air checks and fine cracks. g. Finish or final coat on wood or metal shall always be left flat, unless specified gloss or semi -gloss and the necessary rubbing. to attain this and shall be done by skilled mechanics and must be thoroughly and evenly brushed in, with and across the grain. Each coat must be inspected and approved before another coat is applied. 9E-? h. Each succeeding coat shall be of slightly different shade from that below, but shall be of same hue. The number of coats shall be distinguished. i. All finished work shall conform to the approved sample in every respect. j. Metal surfaces shall be cleaned as required to remove any dirt or grease and where rust or scale is present, it shall be wire brushed, or sandpapered clean before painting. Shop coats of paint that become marred shall be cleaned and touched -up with metal primer. k. Tops, bottoms and edges of doors shall be finished same as balance of doors after they are fitted by the carpenter. 1. Closets and interiors of cabinets shall be. finished the same as ad- joining rooms, unless otherwise specified. All other surfaces shall be finished the same as nearest or adjoining surfaces unless other- wise shown. 6. PROTECTION Take all necessary precautions to protect this work and work of other subcontractors. furnish and place sufficient drop cloths to fully protect all parts of work during execution of this contract. This Contractor shall be held fully responsible for paint dropping. Paint droppings or spatter shall be entirely removed and damaged surfaces shall be repaired. 7: COLORS a. Colors and shades of colors of all coats of paint or stain' shall be as directed by the Architect. b. Each coat of .paint shall be of slightly different shade. Allowance shall be made for coloring, so that' certain work such as ceiling beams, dadoes, trim or walls may be finished in more than one color. The colors or shade of color may be selected for the wall painting of each room in addition to ceiling color. 8. PAINT STORAGE A room designated by the General Contractor shall be used for paint storage and mixing of paints. 9. SAMPLES The contractor shall prepare for approval by the Architect, 811x10" sam- ples of colors and workmanship of all colors to be used. Wood used to display stains shall be the same kind as that on which the stain is to be used. 10. PRIMING AND BACK PRIMING a. All finish lumber and millwork shall be carefully and thoroughly back -primed. Back priming shall be done immediately upon delivery to the building. Any finished surfaces and edges not properly 9E-3 prepared to receive the finish specified shall be referred to the Ar- chitect before the priming is done. b. All interior wood finish, frames, trim that is set against the wall, shall be thoroughly back -primed on all surfaces which will be con- cealed after installation with one coat primer. C. All knots and sap pockets in surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned, and shellacked before priming. Priming shall be done immediately after millwork and finish have been erected, sanded and approved. All pitch pockets shall be opened by the carpenters and then spackled and shellacked by the painter. 11. RIGHT OF REJECTION a. No exterior or interior finishing shall be done under conditions which would jeopardize appearance of work in any way. Architect shall have the right to reject all work which is unsatisfactory and to replace such work at expense of this Contractor. b. Covering shall be complete; when color, stain, dirt or undercoats show through the final coat of paint, the work shall be covered by additional coats until the paint is of uniform color and appearance and coverage is complete. 12. THINNING Paint shall be thinned only as directed by the manufacturer's current printed instructions. At. completion of the work., the paint work which does not show uniform color and texture will be deemed to have been incorrectly thinned and the Contractor will be required to apply additional coats until uniform results are obtained. 13. CLEANING (This cleaning shall be in addition to that specified in other sections of these specifications. ) a. Rubbish, waste, or surplus material shall be removed from time to time, and all woodwork, hardware, floors, or other adjacent work shall be cleaned up when so directed. Paint or oil -saturated rags shall be removed from the building at the end of each working day, and shall be either burned or hung out flat and single to dry. b. All glass throughout the building, shall have all paint or varnish spots and brush marks removed, and upon completion of the painting work, shall be washed and polished on both sides. Glass that is scratched or damaged by the painter's work, or while cleaning off the paint from the glass, shall be replaced as specified under the "Glass and Glazing" section of the specifications. C. Hardware and other unpainted metal surfaces shall be cleaned, using lacquer thinner or paint remover. No edged tools or abrasives will be permitted. The use of thinners and solvents on hardware or other finishes shall be done with care to avoid possible damage or removal of protective coatings or finishes. 9E-4 14. GUARANTEE. Provide a two year written guarantee against defective workmanship and materials. 9E-5 DIVISION 9: FINISHES SECTION. 9F: GYPSUM DRYWALL 1. GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and the Special Conditions (Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all gypsum drywall indicated on the drawings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. 3. REQUIREMENTS a. Deliver all materials in original unopened containers or bundles and protect from damage and exposure to the elements. Gypsum board shall be kept flat, ender cover, and protected from damp surfaces. b. Do not install gypsum board if building temperature is below 55° F. and proper ventilation is not provided to eliminate excessive mois- ture. from building. C.. Painting contractor shall not be required to accept gypsum board surfaces until after he has applied sealer. He shall inspect instal- lation and report to Architect any surface damage, defects or uneven surfaces. Uneven surfaces shall mean those not straight, plumb, level or of an even true plane. Acoustical contractor shall likewise report - any such discrepancies to Architect before installation of acoustic materials. d. Cut board neatly, by scoring and using saw or other suitable tool, to obtain neat joints for pipes, fixtures, other wall or ceiling pro- trusions or openings. 4. MATERIALS United States Gypsum (U.S.G.) or approved equal. a. Gypsum Board: 48" width, lengths as long as practical. 1. 5/8" thick sheetrock SW Firecode "C" wallboard. 9F-1 i. Texture Finish: Type as required to achieve texture specified/ selected y rchitect . 5. APPLICATION a. Ceilings: Apply boards in lengths as long as practical, long edges at rUgt angles to joists. Center ends on joists and stagger all end joints. Joints between panels shall be loosely butted. b. Walls (single and base layer): Apply boards in lengths 2. 1/2" thick sheetrock SW Firecode "C" wallboard. practical with long edges at right angles to the 3. 5/8" thick sheetrock WR Firecode "C" wallboard. vertical application b. Corner Beads: "Dur -A -Bead" vertical joints on studs, end joints in adjacent courses staggered: c. Control Joints: #093 r d. Trim: #200A "S"' screws e. Tape: "Perf-A-Tape" on center at edges, ends and f. Compound: Durabond 1190" bottom only) g.. Screws: Type "S" Bugle head lengths as required 11300" h. Adhesive: Durabond i. Texture Finish: Type as required to achieve texture specified/ selected y rchitect . 5. APPLICATION a. Ceilings: Apply boards in lengths as long as practical, long edges at rUgt angles to joists. Center ends on joists and stagger all end joints. Joints between panels shall be loosely butted. b. Walls (single and base layer): Apply boards in lengths as long as practical with long edges at right angles to the studs. except, where vertical application will result in less lineal feet of joints. Center all vertical joints on studs, end joints in adjacent courses staggered: Joints on opposite sides of partition shall -not occur on same stud. All joints loosely butted. Secure with 1" type "S"' screws 12" on center in field, 8" on center at edges, ends and joints. and with manufacturer's recommendations. All work shall be perfect in every respect. d. Joint and Screw Finishing: All joints between boards shall be rein- forced and concealed with perf-a-tape joint system applied according to the manufacturer's directions. Spot and conceal screw heads with perf-a-tape cement applied in accordance with manufacturer's direc- tions. e. Texture: All exposed surfaces of gypsum board shall be textured wittTi a type of finish selected by Architect. 9F-2 C. Walls: Apply boards vertical and full height of partition edges ti�ly butted. Layout of panel joints shall be as indicated on drawings. Vinyl covering shall be laid back, panel accurately cut and vinyl wrapped around edge heads, and sill of windows. All and adhesively joints perfectly secured at .all jambs, straight, and tightly butted to door and window frames. Adhesive shall be applied and board erected and secured (top and bottom only) in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. All work shall be perfect in every respect. d. Joint and Screw Finishing: All joints between boards shall be rein- forced and concealed with perf-a-tape joint system applied according to the manufacturer's directions. Spot and conceal screw heads with perf-a-tape cement applied in accordance with manufacturer's direc- tions. e. Texture: All exposed surfaces of gypsum board shall be textured wittTi a type of finish selected by Architect. 9F-2 r� 5. PROTECTION AND CLEANING a. Upon completion, remove all debris from premises and leave floor broom clean. b. Protect all work of other trades. C. Clean all surfaces spotted or stained during drywall installation. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other -sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and t� work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. 3. HARDWARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE specifications. The following hardware is listed elsewhere in the p .ifications. 1. Toilet compartment hardware.. 2. Window hardware. 3. Bathroom and toilet accessories. 4. General accessories. 5. Signage. 4. DELIVERY The General 'Contractor shall receive hardware when delivered at the building. A room shall be set aside and be under lock and key. Por- DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES the hardware may be installed in SECTION 10A: FINISH HARDWARE at the door 1. GENERAL but the bulk of the hardware .shall The General Conditions, Supplementary General , Conditions, and the the General Special Conditions ( Sections of Division 1) preceding these specifications apply to all work of this section and the contractor shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 2. SCOPE a. The work of this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materi- als, equipment, appliances and services required and/or necessary to perform and complete all finish hardware indicated on the drawings and specified herein. b. Cooperation shall be extended to insure the quality of materials, workmanship, performance, continuity of work progress, and com- pleteness. Use all means necessary to coordinate the work of this section with the work to be performed under other -sections of these specifications. C. Only skilled workmen experienced in their respective trades and t� work shall be employed. Workmanship shall be to the best standards of the trade and satisfactory to the Architect. 3. HARDWARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE specifications. The following hardware is listed elsewhere in the p .ifications. 1. Toilet compartment hardware.. 2. Window hardware. 3. Bathroom and toilet accessories. 4. General accessories. 5. Signage. 4. DELIVERY The General 'Contractor shall receive hardware when delivered at the building. A room shall be set aside and be under lock and key. Por- tions of the hardware may be installed in some instances at the door factory, but the bulk of the hardware .shall be installed by the General Contractor and he shall be responsible for correct application according to factory installation instructions, leaving hardware in proper working order, by adjusting hardware and tightening all nuts, bolt's, screws, s. etc. , before leaving the project. 10A-1 5. TEMPLATES As soon as the contract is awarded, the hardware contractor shall furnish to the various manufacturers required blueprint templates for fabricating purpose. If any manufacturer desires hardware shipped to his factory for incorporation in his work, this contractor shall do so under the terms of this contract. Shipment of such hardware to be prepaid to door manufacturer. 6. EXPANSION SHIELDS Lead tamp -in anchors are to be furnished for the application of all hard- ware requiring same. 7. DOOR STOPS a. Door stops shall be furnished wherever an opened door or any item of hardware thereon strikes a wall, column or other part of the building construction. b. Door stops required shall be base, floor or wall. C. Contractor shall verify conditions and furnish proper means of fastening. 8. BUTTS All -butts shall be of size and weight specified - provide one butt for every 2-1/2" of door height. 9. CLOSERS Shall be of size and type specified. 10. KEYING a. All locks shall be keyed as directed by the Architect. Hardware contractor shall meet with the Architect to determine use factor of the building and establish a keying schedule for Owner approval. Provide for 20 master key groups. b. Provide: 2 Grand Master keys 4 Master keys for each group 2 Change keys for each KD lock 4 Change keys for each KA group C. All locks shall be construction master keyed. shall be shipped with the locks. No permanent keys 11. LOCKS, TRIM AND CYLINDERS Shall be the product of one manufacturer. No screws to show on lock trim; locks to have 5/8" throw and strike with 1/8" projection or suf- ficient to protect trim. Backset shall be 2-3/411. 10A-2 t 12. ALL KICI{ PLATES Shall be as indicated on schedule 10" height and full width of door, less 2" margin at each side of door unless specified otherwise. 13. SCREWS Screws shall be steel finished same as hardware. Aluminum screws will not be accepted. 14. FINISH OF ALL HARDWARE To be US 10B (where indicated) unless otherwise specified. Door closers, to be sprayed finish to match adjacent hardware, unless specified other- wise. 15. LOCK TRIM Lock trim to be Schlage throughout unless otherwise specified. 16. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS Furnish door pulls, push plates, door stops, letter box plates, kick plates, door holders, etc., with the quantity of screws needed for per- manency. 17. GENERAL a. Guarantee: Hardware contractor to guarantee all products furnished against defects in workmanship . and operation for a period of one year. No liability to be assumed where faulty operation is due to either improper installation, or failure to exercise normal. mainten- ance. b. All necessary hardware must be furnished for the proper fastening and operation of all moveable parts whether or not specifically mentioned herein. If not listed, furnish equal hardware so that listed in similar locations if practicable; if no similar locations are specified, use hardware in keeping with that specified. C. Manufacturer's and catalog numbers mentioned denote type and quality. Hardware of equal quality and function will be considered provided every -item is equal (in the opinion of the Architect) in all respects to that specified; such items must have the approval of the Architect before they become part of the contract. d. The hardware contractor to furnish all reinforcing units for cylin- drical locks as part of this contract for hollow metal doors if re- quired by Hollow Metal supplier. _ e. Substitutions: 1. Hardware as specified has been selected by the certain superior qualities inherent in each specified item which are desirable for this job. 10A-3 2. If any bidder wishes to furnish hardware other than the type herein specified, he shall submit a request to the Architect within five (5) days of Bid Date. 3. In all cases, the Architect's decision regarding the quality of items proposed for substitution shall be final. 11 f. Finish Hardware Schedule shall be submitted for the approval of the Architect and shall be submitted in five (5) copies; typewritten and in bound folders. Hardware to be listed by item. Schedules shall be submitted for approval of the Architect' within 15 days after the sub -contract agreement has been received. g. All hardware shall be delivered in such a time to coordinate the delivery with the contractor's work requirements to avoid delay in completion of the job. h. The schedule is to denote type function and quality. The hardware supplier shall be responsible for quantities as indicated in the fol- lowing schedule of this specification. i. Delivery of Keys and Tags: 1. All keys shall be tagged and properly numbered or otherwise identified for each lock. All keys shall be tagged at factory. 2. Keys shall not be packed in packages with locks. After keys have been tagged, they shall be shipped via registered mail, with return receipt required, to, Architect. Failure to comply with this requirement may be cause for .rejection of all. lock sets. 18. CABINET HARDWARE a. This contractor, shall provide all cabinet hardware in the quantities required and as specified on the drawings. b. Cabinet hardware shall include, but not be limited to: drawer slides, pulls, and locks; door guards, track, pulls, hinges and locks; shelf standards and supports; screws, bolts, keys for cabinet hardware; magnetic catches at . swing doors. C. This contractor shall deliver all cabinet hardware to the millwork shop for installation by the millwork shop. r 1 1OA-4 i 1 1 1 1 1 i I DII'•:!I I0PA Iii S.PEi_IA,LTIE S E I_ T I i IPJ 11-16 E U I L D I P'•1G;=,1=1= E i 1 R I E i Fi Er.1.EF.,AL c 1 . 1 The General I_1 nd j t j ons and Supp 1 emen t.a,r-v General i_1 cnd I t I an'_ p r e c e d i n(_J the=•e spec I + I c a f i on =., I n 1 u l nc_i a.l l gclI.aern i ng cclde'_•, r'u1 e'_•, rec:�u1 .a.t j cIn , !'eder'•a.i .a.nIJ State heal th and safeet:r 1.a.a;i=• and rec4uI-a.tilnn=• ( cur'rent. ed i t i l 1 n •a. '=• 1 .a, t o •_• t .a.ml l I e n d ed ;I .a, 1 • t c, ._i. 1 1 i i r. k c, -f T h I_ pr•cl_IeCt a.nd the c! ntra.Ctl r=•h•a.l l be re=.pIccr;•_.ible +c i .ndJ �CIt;cPrr,ecj LI 'r a,'1 i r'i cqU I r'>mt n t _ thereunder. fl = :i iPE OF I:;!i IF: 9 . 1 The PIC irk: requ i red to be perfo rmed udder th I _• con con'_•i3t'_. of 'Liu I1dInci ccln'_•tr'uctil-in tiiciether ::II th all other related f.tc i 1 i t i e=•, i n camel ete campl i •ance i..)i th the project dr.=Rv.1i nos and spec l t l cat i! gin'_. Incl udl nci fhe turn I s h l rly o f .a.1 1 1 •a.Lcin r , m•a.ter i .a.1 s , e q U I Gcmen t , a.ppl i •a.nce=, serl•:1 ice=_. .and expert i =_•e requ i red and;:'CIr rlece=.'_•a.r'::. t., 1cl[r,plete a.l1 t.o cj r'k:: irldic.a.ted therein. . = I_: it n t r' a 1. t i r _ h .a. 1 1 c. •a. r' e IJ 1 1 ;. ;:::.a.(TI I n a. 1 i d r ,I :;I i n I� _. .a. ri d •a. rl d '_• [I e I. 1 1 I c •J, tI 1 1 n , LI e 1 .' m I 1 I •a, r' I.::I i t h t h e k.,.j 1 1 r k. 1 I T Other tr•a.de'_• •a.d. of n i ng d.nd:`ccr •a.d.i•aI:ent kA%icir'k: .nd e tend ful l and complete cciclper'•a.ticin .a.rld coordln•a.ticin to i n'_ure qual i t:. perfor- mance cllrrlpl etnes.=. .a•nd cc;nt i nu l t,v 4 I_In 1 s. b:: i 1 1 ed rk'men e:>::[cer i e,riced i n the j r 'rr P C t r' .a. d e '_• : _: h .a.1 i b e e m GI 1 a e � , t::� cI r' b:: rrl .:. rl =. rl i p. rl .a.rld.a.r'�_ a.rl �U.=.I j ..Z - or, = c. CI rl p 1 e e. c t i s n c, T t h e r c= h i t e C t I REI.!! ! I REP•tEPJT _ .1 FurnI=•h viIthiiut extra. 1_h•a.rige, an a.dditi,cn-a, rl8.ter'I•a.I a n d./c, r 1 .a. Lc I i r i:.! h I c h m .a. ;' Lc e r' q U I r' e d it r' rl e c. e_ _..y. r' ;:' f rl r• c!cmp1 ete cc mpl i.a.nce !:di th the codes rule'_. and r•re c�I"f 1 .ay.t i tri , J1 -j the iu c-_!iI the I.)i cr'k: i = not =.h c_c!�:In c :r• _ her'e hop dr'.avijnci_. •a.nd iir other• '_.ubmi tt.a.1'_ .a,r•e requ i r'ed -a s p.a.rt of th-Ie t.:Inr.k' i_In y_.ec j ccn of the _.pec i f i c.a.t i ccn s. , ccln tr'a.c tclr sh-1a.1 1 prcic.;c i de 1_crrlp i e to compl i.= -trice viith all requiremnt'_. of P•a.rt'_. „itiiU I i f t i I i- e I_ t i c, n. -- = ti r I e r' r CI r' c_I r' cirri i = 3 i cc rl = of dart .a. i 1 cc rl I r'' _, I;.I I n Q e. .a. ri c : ` Cc r' _.GIec l t i c•a.t i cIn'3 =.ha1 1 not rel i eI:!e thr_ I_iiritr'.a,ctl_Ir tr'Jill c 1_I r r e c t l --Y i ri '_. t .a l l i n a .a. i 1 I.I.a.tPr i a.1 = 1_Ir, P q u i pFri ='rl t n e c e '_•'_ •a. r ;, t i c c c ctrl p l e t e t h e I,�,I i i r k. . 1 C1B-1 L J J •+-' C 1 LL +' CII h rL iji I_I ITi +' ifi C L tli rL I rjI �— Tl L 3 _ .- -` L. - ITi 111 I_1 ill t L 1J ^' III CL rY ,11 +•' T1 1_j rlr L— -F-' ^ 11r r- .— +' C, r— L rTi rTi L rTi Ill +• C CL L III rL C cl '— ti 1 _0 ZI b — L Tl - co LI I I L L +' L_ IT. 1 1 - ISI I11 ;-, — 13 Qr QI i 17 .— Tl � I 1' rTi Ifl •- I_1 .- L, ITi - !;I IT, Tl L Tl L L Qr LL CO. CL IT, -F-' rTi L C 11 C 0 111 Cl rTi 1•TI Ill L .— .— •- III +' 111 L Qr rTi CO i i-' ,1 1Ti 1_1 111 - Tl 111 L L rTi 4-'- I_I rjI III � �- Qr .J CL. 1 1_ +' 1 - .(Z I_IJ til 4-' ._ +• LI lL' I.1J I 1 N -Ti :J IJ.. E-" 1-1 'Ti +' 1Ti 7 7 I I CII h rL J_ ITI 1- y_ 1 I ._._ .- JJ E ifi 1_I Q. -7 L Tl _1 --- _l [_ 1. -I-• 'I I rl� .— +• ;:_I ITi 4r CO. CL -- rTi CO .- •. rTi ill 11. '- Q1 L. +' _ ,__ t -n I11 �_ L I 1 rTi 4-'- L ijl .- 1 L J= 11'I L . _ +•' rTi I 1 N -Ti :J IJ.. III '. Tl _' 111 1-1 'Ti +' 1Ti CI .- +' Qi 111 C L C I I 111 Qr 111 LI III Ijl tl: I_I 111 IT; 111 CI .._ CI C .�' -1-' I.- I_ll L •- •- ._- i7i 1lr ID rlr Cl J_I If, .- QI L LI ^. .`•. TI +' �,!_ +' �- E E L ill +' L ill rTi Qi 11 QI 11 .- 1_1 +' 1._ +' LI I L Ri 1 I 1 .— •-_ rTi =• T1 III CL 'Ti III CI IT; T _'1 +' 4= JJ +' l'1 r11 r11 III CL Tl .'+ C '-F- L 111 III C 111 IT; �. '-- L ill 111 T +' rTi _1 C 1 — 1 T1 1_ — C lj III Q1 L L 111 rTi C T1 1 I .— .— .— C = •— 11'1 CTI 1 _0 rTi C r1r I 1 Tl +' _ [1 1 _ C U C ID ill E CI I11 rT.i G Cl IL I— I_I — [L -Cl fT ._ .- rT,i +' C •- 1 L +r' •- ll, Ii1 C Qr .•:. L. •— r1r +' .— LL — _I-' Tl Ill ITi L LI CI 171 III ID .— j—rTi r1r �- C' IT; +-' i l L ITi ..I_ L + E r11 ' ^• JJ rTi rlI rlr •+'— L '{- �- C_TI co LI .— QI L 1 I L JJ Ij1 ifi L C Q. +' I_I +-' J_ rTi ,-- III rTi J.J +' .— IT; JJ III rTi -F-' 4' +' C L •., +' ill .— 111 rTi lil r III III + .— CI 1 I •1 I .F--' 111 lil +' _1 = C 17- 11r ITi L ill III L_ 'l, III _ r.a IT; 4-' C -Ti L •— til +' y_ CI JJ L Ill ^ +. Ti ..— .J _I L I rlr rTi — 4-' .1r ri III — Ti L u.. C L L 'Ti •- •- I_I 111 •--- +' ,_ '1 t X11 111 CI '•h- 1_ 11 L ?i ,— T1 C C 11r CL -C IT; ,_ 11 i _F-' CI F �— CI +' .— Qr L C rTi -Ti +' t 1 1 LI ITi C' L_ C 1 rTi .- ITi 11r .- 1_I L IjI ifi L I_I 111 1_I '-F rTi CI 1_I .- 1,11 F-- y .- 111 +' '+ '+•- •-• +-' III Ili 1_I 1 C Qr Q' LL L C.I. .- _'1 I I 11 C LL 111 C If, L E U - E Qr C fT rTi CI •. 171 Ilr 1_I rTi Cl •- 11. III I11 rjr L III rri III Ill I P•. L- .- -W L -C 1. .- n 1 LI +' F.- t r11 L ITi 11. t_ rli L +' +' ..- +' ..w +• C ar ITi 111 LI . - LI L -xi E -- ITi ITi 111 Ill LI LrI i-' .- _7 L . QI CL IZI C. Cl 1_1 C .Ci = 4-' '- +' - C lil - cr _ . C, J_ 11 C 1, I 1:1 ITi L L .- r Qr '-F- .- ., Ijr Ilr rTi 111 -+' 1_1 ,..F.. Q1 Cl rTi r- _I..I .-- +' IfI L .- 111 .+' Ili I11 11 CL. +' E t CL LI L LI Ill J_ 11 1 •- Ill lil 11. IT; L1 111 L 1 E Qr _I +' rjr '- Qr LI +'_ _ -I I_1 J. — ZI C •— r— I LL I I .1. IZI •--- LL 11 ._ T •— 11 �•- +' C +' 1-L 111 r••-1 '•{- LL Li 111 .7 111 ?i rTi 111 <r ll_ c -1 f0 Procure and pay for.all permits and licenses required. 1.05 FRAMING, CUTTING AND PATCHING: Special framing, recesses, chases.and backing -for work of this section is covered under other sec't'ions. Be responsible for proper placement of all pipe sleeves, hangers and supports and location of openings for work of this section. 15010-1 1 . DIVISION 15000 MECHANICAL SECTION 15010.•- MECHANICAL WORK. ' Condition of Contract and Division 1 apply to this Section PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 INCLUSIONS: A. This section applies for all mechanical sections. All conditions and materials are pertinent to the other sections as if repeated in those sections. B. Furnish and install any incidental work not shown or specified which is necessary to provide a complete and workable system. 1.02 DRAWINGS: Examine all drawings prior to bidding of work and report any discrepancies in writing to the Architect. Verify all dimensions at the building site and check existing conditions before beginning work. Make changes which are necessary to install the.work in harmony with other crafts; they shall be first approved by the Architect: Execute work mentioned in.the specifications and not shown on the drawings, or -vice -versa, the same as if specifically mentioned in both. 1.03 CODES:. Provide all work and materials in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations of the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Safety Orders of the Division of •Industrial Safety, (Cal OSHA); the National Electric Code; the Uniform Plumbing Code; the Uniform Building Code; Uniform Mechanical Code and other applicable laws or regulations. Nothing in these plans or specifications is,to be construed to permit work not conforming.to these codes. Furnish without extra charge, any additional material and labor required to comply with these rules and regulations. 1.04 FEES AND PERMITS: Procure and pay for.all permits and licenses required. 1.05 FRAMING, CUTTING AND PATCHING: Special framing, recesses, chases.and backing -for work of this section is covered under other sec't'ions. Be responsible for proper placement of all pipe sleeves, hangers and supports and location of openings for work of this section. 15010-1 1 . 1.08 GUARANTEE: A. Repair or replace any defective work, materials or part which may appear within 1 year of the date of acceptance. This shall include damage by leaks. B. On failure reasonable Architect expense. to comply with the above guarantee length of time after notification shall have the repairs made at the 15010-2 within a is given, the Contractor's 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS AND MATERIAL LIST: A. Product names are used as standard only, other materials or methods shall not be used unless approved in writing by the Architect. The burden of proof as to the quality of any proposed material shall be upon the Contractor; Architect's decision is final. Only one request for substitution shall be considered for each item. Equipment capacities specified are minimum acceptable. B. Submit a list of 7 copies of materials for approval within time schedule called out in General Conditions. It shall be accompanied by shop drawings, pump performance curves, and other pertinent data, showing the size and capacity of the proposed materials. All materials to be used, whether substitutions or not, shall be listed in the order in which they appear in the specifications. C. Any mechanical, electrical, structural or other changes required for the installation of any approved substituted equipment shall be made to the satisfaction of the Architect and without additional cost to the Owner. Approval by the Architect of the substituted equipment and/or dimensional drawings does not waive these requirements. Submit drawings of mechanical equipment spaces showing substituted equipment before installation. D. Approval of material shall not be construed as authorizing any deviations from the specifications unless the attention of the Architect has been directed to the specific deviations. E. Furnish to the:Project Representative, upon request, complete installation instructions on all materials and equipment before starting installation of same. 1.07 SITE CONDITIONS: Information on the drawings relative to existing conditions is approximate only. Deviations found necessary during progress of construction to conform to actual conditions, as approved by the Architect, shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage caused to existing services. Promptly notify the Architect if services are found which are not shown on drawings. 1.08 GUARANTEE: A. Repair or replace any defective work, materials or part which may appear within 1 year of the date of acceptance. This shall include damage by leaks. B. On failure reasonable Architect expense. to comply with the above guarantee length of time after notification shall have the repairs made at the 15010-2 within a is given, the Contractor's 1 1.09 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: A. Furnish three complete sets of operating and maintenance instructions bound in a hardback binder and indexed. Start compiling the data upon approval of list of materials. Final inspection will not be made until booklets are approved by Architect. B. These sets shall incorporate the following: 1. Complete operating instructions for each item of heating, ventilating, air conditioning and plumbing equipment. 2. Test data and air and water balancing reports as P specified. 3. Typewritten maintenance instructions for each item of equipment listing in detail the lubricant to be used, frequency of lubrication, inspections required, adjustment, etc. 4. Manufacturer's bulletins with parts numbers, instructions, etc., for each item of equipment, properly stripped and assembled. 5. Temperature control diagrams and literature. .C. Post service telephone numbers and/or addresses in an approved .. place as designated by the Architect. PART 2 PRODUCTS OR MATERIALS) 2.01 GENERAL. Materials.or equipment of the same type shall -be of the same brand wherever possible. All materials shall be new. 2.02 ELECTRIC MOTORS: Shall be Sterlin, Lincoln, or equal, selected for quiet . operation. Furnish motors with splashproof or weatherproof housings, where required or recommended by the manufacturer. Match the nameplate voltage rating with the electrical service supplied. Check electrical drawings. Provide a transformer for each motor not wound specifically for system voltage. t� 2.03 MOTOR STARTERS: Furnish starters with the proper thermal overload units, ambient compensated. Provide 3 phase.motor starters with 3- phase overloads. Magnetic starters shall have Hand -Off - Automatic switches furnished integral with the starter when starter is serving an automatically controlled motor. Starter shall be Square D. Allen Bradley, or equal, in NEMA Type I, enclosure inside and NEMA Type IIIR outside as required. 15010-3 2.04 VALVES AND FITTINGS: A. Valves: DeZurik, Crane, Nibco, Kennedy, or approved equal. 1. Gate Valves thru 2-1/2" -- Crane #428, Kennedy #427 2. Gate Valves 3" thru 5" -- Crane #460 or #461 3. Check Valves 2-1/2" & smaller -- Muessco #203 BP 4. Check Valves 3" and larger -- Muescco #105 AP 5. Gas Valves -- DeZurik #425SIRS-49 6. Gas Cocks at Appliances -- ConBra Co. 50 Series 7. Gas pressure Regulators -- Reliance, Rockwell or equal 8. Valves in the ground shall be Crane #2487-1/2-0, Mueller #A-2380-21 or equal, and shall be installed in Christy Concrete Products #F1 valve box with C210 C.I. lid, Brooks #1 -RT box with #1 -RT C.I. or equal with Alhambra Foundry Co. #A-3002, access boxed marked for service. Provide a tee handle wrench for each size. Set access boxes in 4" thick concrete pad, trowel smooth and edge, set flush with grade. 9.. Valves in copper lines shall be furnished with adapters, or may be solder joint type of equal quality to screw type valves. 10. Air vent: American.Tube and Controls (703 where automatic .type is shown. Install with shutoff valves or cocks and drain to floor sink or drain. Provide Lunkenheimer #1178 3/8 inch cock at 5'-0" maximum above floor for manual air vent at each high point of piping; pipe drain to floor sink or drain. 11. Vacuum breakers, makeup: Cla Val Co. Type RP backflow preventer. 12. Vacuum breakers, general: SMR #)-701 (Z to 1 insh); #P- 711 (1; to 2 inch); #P-714 (2 inch and larger). 13. Flow control valves: Bell and Gossett Circuit Setter thru 3 inch, Circuit Sensor with hand valve above 3 inch. Illinois*Series 6000 will be acceptable thru 2 inch. 2.05 HANGERS.AND SUPPORTS: All hanger components shall be Grinnell, Elcen, Super Strut or equal. A. Vertical Piping: Grinnell #261, Elcen #39, or equal, clamps attached to the pipe above each floor, to rest on the floor: Provide with two wraps of 10 mil PVC tape on copper tubing. Provide additional support at base of cast iron risers. 15010-4 B. Individually Suspended Piping: Super-Strut C-711, Elcen #90, or equal complete with threaded rod. Provide insulation shield and hangers outside on all insulated water piping. Pipe Size Rod Size 2" and smaller 3/8" 2-1/2 to 3-1/2" 1/2" 4" to 5" 5/8" C. Trapeze Suspension:- " p Super Strut, Elcen or equal, 1-5/8 width channel in accordance with manufacturer's published load ratings. No deflection to exceed 1/180 of a span. D. Trapeze Supporting Rods: Shall have a safety factor of 5, securely anchor to building structure. E. Pipe Straps: Super Struct C-702, Speed Strut.#650, or equal through 8" for ferrous pipe; C-701, Speed Strut #751, or equal, through 6" for copper pipe. 2.06 SERVICE MARKERS: ` 4" round by 30" long concrete marker, Haley Mfg, Co., Pinkerton, or equal with engraved brass identification plate. 2.07 PIPE PROTECTION: A. Polyethylene Coating: Extruded polyethylene coating, X-Tru- Coat, or field wrap as in B, Raychem ."Thermofit" polyethylene sleeve joints, or field wrap as in.B. ,. B. Tape Wrap: Pressure sensitive polyvinyl chloride tape, "Trantex #V-10 or V-2011, "Scotchrap #501", Slipknot 100, or equal, with continuous identification. Tape shall be a minimum of 10 mils thick for fittings and irregular surfaces, 2 wraps, 50% overlap, 40 mils total thickness. Tape shall be laminated - with a suitable adhesive. Widths as recommended by the manufacturer for the pipe size. Wrap 50'-0" or longer sections of piping with an approved wrapping machine. C. Pabco Wrap: Pabco Specifications #D-40-240K.double wrap, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,or PVC as in B. Lap pipe wrap a minimum of 1/4" and stagger the second layer. All Pabco pipe wrapping shall be done by the manufacturers agent and not by the Contractor, except the field joints. D. Field Joints and.Fittings: Pabco double wrap or Polyvinyl Chloride type as above. Provide at least 2 thicknesses of tape over the joint and extend a minimum of 4" over adjacent pipe covering. Build up with primer to match adjacent covering thickness. Width of tape on fittings shall not exceed 211. Tape shall adhere tightly to all surfaces of the. fittings, without air pockets. j 2.08 ACCESS DOORS: 15010-5 Milcor, Newman, or equal, with concealed hinges, screwdriver locks, prime coated with rust inhibitive paint, and style of door to suit ceiling or wall construction. Access doors in acoustical tile ceilings shall have tile recess. Doors shall be 14 gage C.R. steel and shall be 22" x 30" unless otherwise noted or required, fire rated to match rating of surface in which installed. Doors in walls of toilet rooms, shall be stainless steel. 2.09 THERMOMETERS: A. Weston, Ashcroft or equal, 5" diameter bimetal dial, adjustable from face, located to be easily read from normal personnel approach. Normal reading shall be at mid -scale. B. Provide extension for insulation. C. Provide thermometers with steel bulb chambers and brass separable sockets. 2.10 GAGES• A. March "Quality Gage", U.S. Gage, Ashcroft, or equal, with bronze bushed movement and front recalibration. Dials shall be white with black numerals, 3-1/2" dial face. Normal reading shall be at mid -scale. Provide a gage cock on each gage connections. B. Supply gages on inlet and outlet of each pump and where shown on the drawings.. 2.11 STAINERS: Charles M. Bailey #100A, Armstrong, Muessco Fig. ll, or equal, "Y" pattern, 125 psi W.P. minimum, with monel screens with 20 square mesh for 2" and smaller and 3/64" perforations for 2- 1/2" and larger. 2.12 INSULATION• A. 1 inch thick, 3-1/2" per cubic foot density fiberglass with ASJ-SSL jacket for domestic hot water supply and return including runouts to fixtures. 12" thick 3-2# per cubic foot density for heating water supply and return. B. 2" thick, 1# per cubic foot density fiberglass Duct wrap, J.M. Microlite, or equal for concealed ducts. C. 1 inch thick, 1-1/2# per cubic foot density J.M. Line Acoustic, Acoustical duct liner, except ducts exposed to the weather lining shall be 1-1/211. D. 1 inch thick Armaflex, Rubatex or equal sheet material applied on the exterior of ductwork handling heater make up air. - 2.13 PUMPS• 15010-6 A. Close Coupled Pumps: t1. Shall have cast iron casing, bronze enclosed impeller, bronze casing wearing ring and slinger ring. Motor and _ pump housing shall have tongue and groove construction keyed to bracket for alignment. Pump impeller and motor armature shall be mounted on a common shaft which shall be one piece of stainless steel. The impeller shall be keyed to shaft and locked with a lock nut. * C. Motors and control equipment.shall.conform to. Standards of National Electrical Manufacturer's Association. All equipment and connections exposed to the weather shall be NEMA IIIR with t factory wired strip heaters in each starter enclosure. 15010-7 2. All rotating parts shall be statically and dynamically balanced. 3. Provide with mechanical seals as recommended by the manufacturer for the temperature and fluid being handled. 4. Provide flanged connections on all pumps above 2" discharge size, pump connections shall be full size of specified pumps. B. Pipe Support Pumps: 1. Shall have cast iron case, bronze impeller, mechanical seal, flexible coupling, and flanged connections. 2. Single phase motors shall have built in thermal overload protection or a separate thermal switch. 3. Pump connections.shall be full size of specified pumps. 2.14 FLASHING: All flashing shall be made of four pound sheet lead with 8" minimum skirt, Semco #S1100-2 or S1100-4, Stoneman #110-2 or 110-4, or equal, and counter flashing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:. A. Provide adequate working space around electrical equipment in compliance with California Electric Code, Electrical Safety Orders. Coordinate Mechanical Work with Electrical Work to comply. B. Furnish and set in place all motors. Furnish necessary control diagrams and instructions for controls. Before permitting operation of any equipment which is furnished, installed or modified under this section, review all associated electrical work including overload protection devices and assume complete _ responsibility for correctness of electrical connections and protective devices. * C. Motors and control equipment.shall.conform to. Standards of National Electrical Manufacturer's Association. All equipment and connections exposed to the weather shall be NEMA IIIR with t factory wired strip heaters in each starter enclosure. 15010-7 A. Perform all priming and painting on the equipment an materials as specified herein. B. Priming:.Exposed ferrous metals, including piping, which are not galvanized or factory finished shall be primed. Black steel pipe exposed to the weather shall be painted on coat of Rust-Oleum #769 primer and on coat of #960 primer. Items to be primed shall be properly cleaned by effective means, free of rust., dirt, scale, grease, wax and other deleterious matter. .Any abrasion or other damage to the shop of -field prime coat shall be properly repaired and touched up with the same material used for the original priming. C. See Painting Section for detail requirements and finishes. 3.03 EXCAVATING: A. Perform all excavating required for work of this section. B. Unless shown otherwise, provide a minimum of 3'-0" above top of pipe to finished grade outside so as to be -below frost line and a minimum of 1'-0" under building from bottom of slab. Trim trench to provide a uniform grade and firm support throughout entire length of pipe. For cement asbestos pipe, bed the pipe in sand. C. Maintain all warning signs, barricades, flares and red lanterns as required. D. For all trenches 5' or more in depth, shoring, bracing, slipping or other provisions shall be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trenches in accordance with Cal OSHA. 3.04 BACKFILLING: 15010-8 , D. All power wiring, conduit, fuses, thermal overloads, and disconnect switches, and connection of all motors is under Electrical Work. All wiring associated with the Temperature Control and Indicating System is included in this Section. Run all wiring in conduit in accordance with Division 16. E. Electric Motors: All motors shall be rated for continuous operation at 115% of nameplate amperage but shall be selected to operate at less than nameplate amperage throughout the entire operating cycle. Motors found exceeding the nameplate amperage shall be promptly replaced at no cost to the Owner. Horsepowers shown are minimum and shall be increased as necessary to comply with above requirements. F. Motor Starters: Furnish magnetic motor starters for all equipment furnished under this section except those shown in motor control centers. 3.02 PRIMING AND PAINTING: A. Perform all priming and painting on the equipment an materials as specified herein. B. Priming:.Exposed ferrous metals, including piping, which are not galvanized or factory finished shall be primed. Black steel pipe exposed to the weather shall be painted on coat of Rust-Oleum #769 primer and on coat of #960 primer. Items to be primed shall be properly cleaned by effective means, free of rust., dirt, scale, grease, wax and other deleterious matter. .Any abrasion or other damage to the shop of -field prime coat shall be properly repaired and touched up with the same material used for the original priming. C. See Painting Section for detail requirements and finishes. 3.03 EXCAVATING: A. Perform all excavating required for work of this section. B. Unless shown otherwise, provide a minimum of 3'-0" above top of pipe to finished grade outside so as to be -below frost line and a minimum of 1'-0" under building from bottom of slab. Trim trench to provide a uniform grade and firm support throughout entire length of pipe. For cement asbestos pipe, bed the pipe in sand. C. Maintain all warning signs, barricades, flares and red lanterns as required. D. For all trenches 5' or more in depth, shoring, bracing, slipping or other provisions shall be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trenches in accordance with Cal OSHA. 3.04 BACKFILLING: 15010-8 A. Backfill shall comply with applicable compaction provisions of Division 2 of these specifications. B. Except under existing or proposed paved areas, walks, roads or similar surfaces and in cases where rock is encountered, backfill shall be made using suitable excavated material or other approved material. Place backfill in 8" layers, measured before compaction and compact with impact hammer. C. Entire backfill for excavations under existing or proposed pavements, walks, roads, or similar surfaces, under new slabs on grade and where rock is encountered, shall be made with 1 clean sand compacted by flooding and settling with concrete vibrator. Remove excess earth from site or deposit on site if so directed by the Architect. 3.05 THRUST BLOCKS: Provide concrete anchors or thrust blocks on all cast iron and cement asbestos water and forced main sewer lines in the ground. Install thrust blocks at all changes in direction and at all connections to the mains 2" and larger. Form thrust blocks by pouring concrete between the pipes and trench wall. They shall be adequate in size and placed to take all thrusts created by the maximum internal water pressure. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SYSTEMS: A. General• �1 1. Should structural difficulties or other work such as ducts, conduits, lights, etc,. prevent the running of pipes or the setting of equipment at the points indicated by drawings, changes as authorized by the Architects shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. All piping shall be concealed unless shown or directed otherwise. Run exposed piping parallel to building surfaces with minimum fittings and support to prevent movement. 2. Close ends of pipe immediately after installation. Leave closure in place until removal is necessary for completion of installation. 3. Each piping system shall be thoroughly flushed and proved clean before connection to equipment. 4. Pipe the discharge of each relief valve, air vent, back flow preventer and similar device to floor sink or drain. 5. Install exposed polished or enameled connections with special care showing no tool marks or threads at fittings. 6. Use reducing fittings; bushings shall not be allowed. 7. Use reducing fittings; bushings shall not be allowed. 15010-9 D. Flashing: Furnish and install around each pipe, where it is B. Sleeves: Install AMI sleeves of sufficient size to allow for free motion of pipe, 24 gage galvanized steel. The space between pipe and sleeves through floor slabs on ground, through outside wall above'or below grade, through roof, and other locations as directed shall be caulked with oakum and mastic. At Contractor's option pipes through slabs on grade may be wrapped with 1" thick fiberglass insulation to completely isolate the pipe from the concrete in lieu of sleeves. C. Floor, Wall and .Ceiling Plates: Fit all pipe with or without insulation passing through walls, floors, or ceilings, and all hanger rods penetrating finished ceilings and chrome plated or stainless steel plates. Openings through air plenums shall be sealed airtight. D. Flashing: Furnish and install around each pipe, where it is passing through a roof, a flashing and counterflashing. E. Hangers and Supports: 1. General: Support all piping so that it is firmly held in place by approved iron hangers and supports and special hangers as required. Rigidly fasten hose faucets, fixture stops, and similar items to the building construction. All hanger material shall be approved by the Architect before installation. Support no piping or ductwork by any plumbers tape, wire, rope, wood, or other makeshift devices. Spacinct Schedule: 2. Pipe Support and Hancier. 1" Diameter 1-1/2'" to 3-1/2:" Dia. Type of Pipe or under 3" Dia. and over Steel Pipe 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" Copper Tubing 5'-0" 8'-0" i0'-0" Gas Piping 6'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" Cast Iron Support at every joint and 10'-0" maximum 3. On insulated pipes, install the hanger on the outside of the pipe covering and not in contact with the pipe. Provide rigid insulation and a 12" long, 18 gage galvanized sheet iron shield between the hanger. whenever hangers are installed on the outside of the pipe covering. 4. Burning or welding on any structural member may only be done if approved by the Architect. 5. Insulate copper tubing from with 2" thickness of 3" wide wrapped around pipe. ferrous materials and hangers 10 mil polyvinyl tape 6. No valve or piece of equipment shall be used to support the weight of any pipe. 15010-10 1 7. Provide a support or hanger close to each change of direction of pipe either horizontal or vertical. 3.07 SERVICE MARKERS: Mark the location of each plugged or capped pipe, set marker in 6" x 6' concrete pad flush with finish grade. 3.08 PIPE JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS: A. Cutting: Cut piping and tubing square, remove rough edges or burrs. B. Threaded Pipe: Make joints with thread lubricant or joint tape. Use no caulking of any kind. Remake leaky joints with new materials. C. Copper and Brass Pipe and Tubing: Make all joints with silver brazing alloy, 1100 degrees F. melting point or greater, ASTM B-260, except that water piping 1-1/2" and smaller not buried in the ground or concrete and Type DWV plumbing piping may be made up with 95-5 tin -antimony, ASTM B-32, Grade 5A solder. Boss or saddle type fittings will not be allowed. 50/50 solder shall be used only on DWV piping. D. Clay Sewer Pipe: Joints in bell and spigot clay sewer pipe shall comply with ASTM C-425, made with an approved type of interlocking, resillient mechanical compression joint, formed on the pipe at the factory or Calder or Band Seal couplings. Lubricate inside of bells and outside of spigots with a solution as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Welded Pipe: 1. Make up with oxyacetylene or electric arc process. 2.' All welding shall conform to the American Standard Code for Pressure Piping ASA B-31, Section 6, Chapter 4; and Appendix A. When requested by the Architect, furnish certification from an.approved testing agency or National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau that the welders performing the work are qualified. 3. All line welds shall be of the single "V" butt type. Welds for flanges shall be of fillet type.. 4. Where the branch is 2 pipe sizes smaller than the main or smaller, Bonney Weldolets, threadolets, Nibco, or equal, may be used in lieu of welding tees. F. Cast Iron.Soil Pipe: 1. Make No Hub joints with torque wrench. Wrought iron, steel, or copper pipe shall have a ring or part of a coupling screwed on to form a spigot end where connected to a No -Hub joint. Suspended No -Hub pipe shall have sway brace at 20'-0" maximum spacing. 15010-11 2. Ty -Seal, Dual-Tite, or equal, pipe and fittings may be used at the Contractor's option. 3. Connect building drain piping to outside service pipe with reducers or increasers as required. Caulking of smaller pipe into the larger without a reducer or increaser will not be permitted. 3.09 PUMPS: A. General: 1. Provide floor mounted pumps with a 4" high concrete base and anchor bolts as recommended by the pump manufacturer. Pumps shall be carefully shimmed level. 2. Do not connect to piping before piping is thoroughly flushed clean. 3. Domestic hot water pumps shall be all bronze. 4. Support piping from the building structure to prevent any stain on the pump casings. Check alignment of the piping connections and motor couplings after pump has been secured to its base. 5. Pumps shall be of the centrifugal type with non - overloading characteristics and shall not overload the motor above its nameplate horsepower rating (no service factor will be allowed).under any operating conditions. Motor horsepower shown is minimum. Furnish larger motors if necessary to meet the non -overloading requirements. 6. Increase piping immediately at pump suction and discharge. 7. Pump impeller shall be trimmed, without cost to the Owner, to obtain the desired water flow after installation. .. 8. Motor housing shall be cast iron with factory installed junction box and shall be splash proof NEMA labeled. Motors exposed to weather shall be totally enclosed NEMA. IIIR. 3.10 UNIONS AND FLANGES: A. Install Epco, or equal, dielectric unions or flanges at points of connection between copper or brass piping material and steel or cast iron pipe or material except in drain, waste, vent, or rainwater -piping. Bushings or couplings shall not be used. Dielectric unions shall not be installed below grade. 3.11 PIPE PROTECTION: A. Wrap all underground bare galvanized and black steel pipe and copper pipe, buried in the ground and to 6" ground above 15010-12 grade, including piping in conduit, with a corrosive protective wrap. B. Cleaning: Clean all piping thoroughly before wrapping. C. Inspection: Damaged of defective wraps shall be repaired as directed. No wrapped pipe shall be covered until approved by the Architect. D. Testing: Test completed piping with Tinker and Rasor Co. test machine (San Gabriel, Calif. 213-287-7942.) E. Covering: No rocks or sharp edges shall be backfilled against the wrap. When backfilling with other than sand, protect wrap with an outer wrapping of Kraft paper. Leave in place during backfill.. 3.12 ACCESS DOORS: A. Furnish and install access doors wherever required whether shown or not for easy maintenance of mechanical system; for example, at concealed valves, strainer, traps, cleanouts, dampers, motors, controls, operating equipment etc. Access doors shall provide for complete removal and replacement of equipment. 3.13 CONCRETE WORK: A. Concrete work required for work of this section.shall be included under another section.of the specifications, unless otherwise noted. This shall include all poured in place concrete work for installing precast manholes, catch basins., etc., unless the work is specifically indicated on the drawings to be furnished under this section. Thrust blocks, underground anchors, and pads for cleanouts, valve access boxes and washer boxes are included under this section of the specification. Concrete shall be.2500# test minimum. 3.14 INSULATION WORK: A. General: 1. All insulation shall be done by a Contractor specifically licensed for insulation work. Insulation applied by the mechanical and plumbing contractor is -not acceptable. 2. The term "Piping" used herein shall include pipe, air separators, valves, strainers, and fittings. Apply insulating cement to fittings, valves and strainers and trowel smooth to thickness of adjacent covering, cover with jacket to match piping. Extend covering on valves up to the bonnet. Leave strainer cleanout plugs accessible. Valve and fitting covers may be PVC such as manufactured by Zeston. Provide rigid insulation, 18" minimum length at each pipe hanger. 15010-13 B. C. 3. Do not insulate flanges and unions on high temperature piping. 4. Clean thoroughly, test, and have approved, all piping and equipment before installing covering. 5. Provide all exposed insulated piping including that exposed in mechanical rooms with presized glass jacket or ASJ_SSL. 6. Coverings or insulation used on steam or hot water pipes shall be of materials suitable for the operating temperature of the system. The insulation, jackets, and lap -seal adhesives shall be tested as a composite product and shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and a smoke developed rating of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with U.B.C. Standard No. 42-1. Insulation of Piping: 1. Insulate all domestic hot and tempered water supply and return piping, heating watersupply and return piping. Duct Insulation: 1. Wrap all unlined concealed supply and return ducts with duct wrap. Wrap insulation entirely around duct and wire .securely in place with #16 copper clad wire 12" o.c. and each side of standing.seams, and over each insulation joint: Lap'all insulation joints 3" minimum. Insulate ducts installed tight against other work before hanging in place. Insulation applied to the exterior surface of ducts located in buildings shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and a smoke developed rating of not more than 50 when tested as a composite installation including insulation, facing materials, tapes and adhesives as normally applied. 2. Install acoustical lining in all supply, return and mixed air ducts and plenums exposed in the equipment rooms or outside the building and where marked and additional length in each.direction form the fan, fan casing, or unit casing. Line all.transfer ducts. Cement the lining in place with 100% coverage of Fosters 85-15, or equal and coat all edges and joints. In addition, all lining shall be fastened with Sticklips or welded pins spaced at 18" maximum centers both ways. Seal all joints and exposed edges of duct liner with 6 oz. canvas cemented in place with Fosters 30-36. No bare fiberglass shall be left exposed to air stream. Material exposed within ducts or plenums shall have a flame spread rating of not more than 25 and a smoke developed rating of not more than 50. 3. Ductwork exposed to the weather shall be insulated on the exterior as follows: 15010-14 a. Apply a brush coat of 620 adhesive to the surface to be insulated, covering enough area to receive one sheet of Armaflex, and to the insulation. Allow the adhesive to dry to a non -tacky before a bringing the two surfaces into contact. b. Leave approximately 1/2" gap between ends of sheets and apply a 4" wide by 1" thick strip of Armaflex 22 over the gap. Apply a similar strip over the standing metal duct seams. 1 t 5. Seal watertight all joints of all ductwork exposed to the weather with 6 oz. canvas dipped in Arabol; cover the canvas with a heavy coat of Fosters 30-76, 3M #89, or equal, no dilution. 3.15 EOUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION: A. Identify each piece of equipment with an engraved brass tag fastened with screws. For example - EXHAUST FAN 2. 3.16 GUARDS: A. General: Belt drives, gear drives shafts, couplings, fan inlets and outlets, and running equipment shall be properly protected by guards as required by the California Administrative Code, title 8, Division of Industrial Safety Sub Chapter 7, General Industry Safety Orders, Articles 31 through 36, whether shown on the drawings or not. B. Construction: Guards shall be factory furnished or made of expanded metal with angle iron framework. Guards for belt drives shall have an easily unremovable section for replacement of belts. Openings shall be provided at shaft ends of taking rpm readings. 3.17 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS: A. Test the installation in accordance with the following requirements and all applicable codes. Notify the Architect at least 7 days in advance of any test. All piping shall be 15010-15 C. Apply Armaflex 22 sheet first on the bottom surface of the duct, neatly fitting the width. Extend side insulation down over the edges of the bottom insulation. The top insulation shall extend over ' the top of the insulation on both sides. d. Apply two coats of Insulcolor over glass mesh adhered to the Armaflex sheet surface in Insulcolor lagging adhesive. Apply one undiluted coat of Insulcolor over entire finished surface. 4. Seal airtight transverse seams of all supply, return and exhaust ducts except those exposed in the conditioned space with 6 oz. canvas dipped in Arabol; seal insulated ducts before insulating. 1 t 5. Seal watertight all joints of all ductwork exposed to the weather with 6 oz. canvas dipped in Arabol; cover the canvas with a heavy coat of Fosters 30-76, 3M #89, or equal, no dilution. 3.15 EOUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION: A. Identify each piece of equipment with an engraved brass tag fastened with screws. For example - EXHAUST FAN 2. 3.16 GUARDS: A. General: Belt drives, gear drives shafts, couplings, fan inlets and outlets, and running equipment shall be properly protected by guards as required by the California Administrative Code, title 8, Division of Industrial Safety Sub Chapter 7, General Industry Safety Orders, Articles 31 through 36, whether shown on the drawings or not. B. Construction: Guards shall be factory furnished or made of expanded metal with angle iron framework. Guards for belt drives shall have an easily unremovable section for replacement of belts. Openings shall be provided at shaft ends of taking rpm readings. 3.17 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS: A. Test the installation in accordance with the following requirements and all applicable codes. Notify the Architect at least 7 days in advance of any test. All piping shall be 15010-15 tested at completion of roughing -in, or at other times as directed by the Architect. B. Furnish all necessary materials, test pumps, gases, instruments and labor required for testing. Tests shall be witnessed by the Architect. C. Isolate from the system all equipment which may be damaged by test after 4 hours at the pressures indicated. D. System Tested Test Pressure PSI Test With Sanitary Sewer, Drain, Vent 10 ft. hd Water Condensate Drains 10 ft. hd. Water Domestic Hot and Cold Water and Heating Hot Water Supply and Return Heat pump loop supply and return 150 Water E. Perform operational tests under simulated or actual service conditions, including one test of complete plumbing installation with all fixtures and other appliances connected. F. Should any material or work fail in any of these tests, it shall be immediately removed and replaced by new material, any portion of the work replaced shall again -be tested by Contractor at his own expense. G: Instruct Owner's operating personnel during test and operating adjustment period.*Lubricate each.item of equipment,'including motors, before operation. END OF SECTION 15010-16' DIVISION 15000: MECHANICAL SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING AND UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 INCLUSIONS: A. Furnish and install all plumbing work indicated in the ' Drawings and described herein. Also, any incidental work not shown or specified necessary to provide the complete system. C. Determine storm and sanitary sewer elevation at point of connection before installing and sewer piping Notify Architect immediately if indicated grades cannot be maintained. 1.03 RECORD DRAWINGS: tA print of the plumbing plan showing underground piping will be furnished to the Contractor on which he shall indicated .the locations of the underground installations as the work progresses. This shall be returned to Architect at completion of job. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANOUTS: A. Cleanouts shall be "T" or "Y" branches or trap hubs of same material as pipe in which they are placed. Cleanouts in cast iron lines shall have cast iron bodies with brass plugs. Cleanouts in floors shall be Josam #56010 or #56030 for ceramic tile floors, with nickel bronze covers. Cleanouts in vertical lines shall be Josam #58890 or #58710. Grade 15400-1 r� B. The requirements of applicable provisions of the section Mechanical Work - General Requirements apply to all work herein. 1.02 SERVICES• A. Make all arrangements for utilities required. Pay all costs involved in obtaining the services, including gas service and meeter, water meter and access box, street work, in lieu fees for sewer, etc. rB: Verify the location .of all services.. No extra.cost shall be allowed.if.services are not as shown. C. Determine storm and sanitary sewer elevation at point of connection before installing and sewer piping Notify Architect immediately if indicated grades cannot be maintained. 1.03 RECORD DRAWINGS: tA print of the plumbing plan showing underground piping will be furnished to the Contractor on which he shall indicated .the locations of the underground installations as the work progresses. This shall be returned to Architect at completion of job. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANOUTS: A. Cleanouts shall be "T" or "Y" branches or trap hubs of same material as pipe in which they are placed. Cleanouts in cast iron lines shall have cast iron bodies with brass plugs. Cleanouts in floors shall be Josam #56010 or #56030 for ceramic tile floors, with nickel bronze covers. Cleanouts in vertical lines shall be Josam #58890 or #58710. Grade 15400-1 r� cleanouts shall be Josam #56050 or #58860 in traffic areas. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS INSIDE BUILDING: A. See General Requirements Section for dielectric fittings add pipe protection. Terminate 5'-0" outside the building line or where marked. B. Soil, and Waste Pipe underground and to 6" above ground, and soil pipe above ground: Service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings, asphaltic coated, conforming to Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard #301 and so stamped. Joints shall be No -Hub conforming to Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard HSN -72. Suspended to pipe with No -Hub joints shall have a swaybrace at 20'-0" maximum spacing. C. Waste Pipe above ground form lavatories or sinks, and condensate drain, above the floor: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with black cast iron drainage fittings. Connect condensate drains to air conditioning units and run to an approved receptor or dry well. Provide vibration eliminators at A.C. units. D. Vent Pipe 3" or larger:_ Service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings: 2-1/2" and smaller: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with black cast iron drainage fittings, except all vent piping buried in the ground and to 6" above the ground: Service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings. E. Water Pipe (Hot and Cold Water): Type L copper tubing , hard temper, with wrought copper fittings. Capped or plugged outlets shall be Schedule 40 screwed brass. F. Gas Pipe: Schedule 40 black steel with malleable iron screwed fittings above grade; welded below grade with Class 150 welding fittings. Connect to each item of gas fired equipment with drip leg and valve. Provide flex connection in approved sizes where.applicable. 2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS OUTSIDE BUILDINGS: A. See General Requirements Section for dielectric fittings and pipe corrosive protection. Connect to building services where terminated 5 feet outside footing line. B. Sanitary Drain Pipe: First quality, extra strength, bell and spigot clay sewer pipe ASTM #C -425-60T, or service weight cast iron where marked. C. Water Pipe in ground 4" and smaller and all sizes above 15400-2 it hi J 1 PJ ground: Schedule 40 galvanized steel. Fitting shall be threaded galvanized malleable iron to sizes 4" and smaller. Schedule 40 PVC pipe with Schedule 80 fittings or Class 315 pipe and fittings may be used as allowed by local codes or Type K copper with wrought copper fittings at the Contractors option. D. Water Pipe in ground 4" and larger for domestic supply shall be Class 150 asbestos cement; 525# test with Tifco fittings; using rubber rings. Provide concrete thrust block at each change of direction. E. Gas Pipe: Schedule 40 black steel with beveled ends for welding with Class 150 welding fittings. Mitering to form elbows or tees will not be permitted, where branch tee connections of welded piping are required Bonney "Weldolet" fittings may be used, if the branch is one-half of the diameter of the main or less. Provide gas service shut off valve on downstream side of meter and at entry to each building conspicuously marked "GAS" with sign. 2.04 WATER HEATER: A. Connect to the hot and cold water lines with a gate valve, check valve,. J.R. Smith hydrotrol,..union in the cold water line and a 3/4" ASME standard pressure and temperature relief valve and union in the hot water line at the heater. Relief valve dip tube shall extend to within 311.of tank. B. Dip tubes, supply and hot water nipples, supply water baffles or heat traps used in the construction of the tank shall be made to withstand a temperature of 400 degrees F. without deteriorating in any manner and the outside of- the tank jacket so labeled. C. Heater shall have a glass lined steel tank. D. Gas -Fired: Automatic gas fired water heater, of the size and capacity as scheduled on the drawings; AGA labeled, 100% safety shut off controls. Provide Duravent or Metalbestos flue connection through the roof and a type L Breidert top, flash watertight at roof. 2.05 FIXTURES AND TRIM: A. Designations are 'American Standard unless noted.. Kohler, Eljer, are acceptable if equal in utility, quality and appearance. B. P traps for lavatories shall be Jameco Brass Tubular for sinks 15400-3 #4403.010. C. Concealed stops shall be 1/2" #8233.018. 3/4" stops shall be Dick Bros. #33150 -LK. Exposed stops and supplies shall be 1/2" Speedway #SR3712A, lock shield, loose key. D. Hose Bibb: 3/41" Acorn #8121 outside mounted 18" above finished grade, C.P. cast bronze, lock shield, loose key, #8120 inside mounted 18" above finished floor. E. Floor and Shower Drain: J. R. Smith #2010A for exposed concrete, and shower, #2010B for tile floor, J.R. Smith #3510- 37 recessed grate. Set top of lip flush with floor. Provide with nickel bronze adjustable strainer except shower shall be chrome plated, flashing clamp where applicable and cast iron "P" trap. F. Trap Primers: E & S Primer valve, connect as recommended by manufacturer. Required for all floor Required for all floor drain. G. See drawings for fictures: H. Roof Drain: Josam #21500-1-2-10 (where applicable). I. Roof Drain.Overflow: Josam #26010-1-2-10 (where applicable) less dome, with "Waterguard" stand pipe .to 2 inches above normal roof level. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DISINFECTION: A. Clean and disinfect all hot and cold water systems connected to domestic water systems. B. Preliminary Preparation: Provide a 1" service cock or valve connected to system at a point within 2'-0" of its junction with water supply line and inject disinfecting agent into system through this cock. When project is complete, with all fixtures connected and operable and ready for use and when, by test, system is proved to be free from leaks, 'it shall be thoroughly flushed by fully opening every outlet and operating every fixture until clear water flows from all of them. C. Disinfecting Agent: Commercial "Chlorox", or "Purex" or equal. D. Disinfecting Procedure: Connect a hand operated pump, 100 psi rating, minimum to the 1" service cock or valve., 15400-4 1 3.02 PIPING CONNECTION: r A. . Minimum grade on drain, vent, and waste piping shall be 1/811 per foot unless noted, or later approved. Vent piping shall be graded to a soil or waste.line.. B. Connections from stacks or horizontal wastes to wall or floor finish for wastes from lavatories, urinals, sinks, and drinking fountains and connection between floor drains and traps shall be IPS 85% red brass pipe. tC. Special Equipment. - 1.' quipment:1. Certain items of equipment will be furnished and set in place under a separate section of specifications; furnish all services and sink fittings and waste trap if required. 2. Make cold and hot water, drain, vent, and other required connections to all the equipment. Each water connection shall have a valve and union in the line, unless noted otherwise. 3. Sizes and locations of connection to special equipment are shown for equipment made by certain manufacturers. Secure rough -in data from the manufacturer for the equipment to be installed and rough -in accordingly. Final 15400-5 1. With system completely full of water and supply valve open, adjust every faucet of system so that a trickle of water flows from each. 2. Inject disinfect until an orthotolidin test at each outlet shows a chlorine residual concentration of at least 50 parts per million (p.p.m.). 3. Close all outlets and valves, including valve connecting to water supply line and 1" service cock on solution 1 injection connection. Maintain condition for' 24 hours and chlorine residual of 50 p.p.m. should be retained in system for this 24 hour period. If, after 24 hours, orthotolidin tests indicate that chlorine residual concentration has decreased below 50 p.p.m. then disinfection procedure must be repeated until an approved result is obtained. ` 4. When the above rocedure has been completed,flush out P entire system with fresh water until an orthotolidin test at any outlet shows a residual of not more than 0.6 p.p.m. 3.02 PIPING CONNECTION: r A. . Minimum grade on drain, vent, and waste piping shall be 1/811 per foot unless noted, or later approved. Vent piping shall be graded to a soil or waste.line.. B. Connections from stacks or horizontal wastes to wall or floor finish for wastes from lavatories, urinals, sinks, and drinking fountains and connection between floor drains and traps shall be IPS 85% red brass pipe. tC. Special Equipment. - 1.' quipment:1. Certain items of equipment will be furnished and set in place under a separate section of specifications; furnish all services and sink fittings and waste trap if required. 2. Make cold and hot water, drain, vent, and other required connections to all the equipment. Each water connection shall have a valve and union in the line, unless noted otherwise. 3. Sizes and locations of connection to special equipment are shown for equipment made by certain manufacturers. Secure rough -in data from the manufacturer for the equipment to be installed and rough -in accordingly. Final 15400-5 connections shall conform to the manufacturer's directions for the equipment furnished at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.03 CLEANOUTS: A. Furnish cleanouts at ends of branch lines, at the base of vertical lines, at changes in direction and where shown or required to facilitate cleaning, a maximum spacing of 50 feet inside buildings, 100 feet outside, also in waste drop from each sink. Cleanout to grade shall be set in a 14" x 14" x 5" deep concrete pad, trowel smooth and edge, set flush with finished grade. Cleanouts to be full size of line up to a maximum of 611. Cleanouts shall clear all obstructions by 18" minimum. Furnish to Owner one wrench for each size and type of cleanout used. Permanently identify cleanouts: SS fore sanitary sewer. 3.04 FIXTURES AND TRIM: A. Install all fixtures at locations shown on architectural drawings. Provide proper backing for hanging brackets and hold down screws 2 x 6 blocking secured with U.J.H. clips or carriers as specified. Grout voids between all.fixtures and adjacent surfaces .with clear Dow Silicon Sealant: Install hold down screws and wall hung lavatories. B. All.exposed piping, bibbs, stops, faucets, traps,.flush valves and other .trim for all fixtures shall be chrome plated including piping inside sink cabinets. Provide Hudee rim for all counter type sinks and lavatories. Enameled ware shall be cast iron with acid resisting enamel. C. Provide 85% or IPS red brass pipe., securely anchored to building construction, for each connection to faucets, flush valves, stops, hose bibbs, etc. Each fixture except hose bibbs, shall have a stop valve installed on water supply lines to permit repairs without shutting off water mains. Provide air chamber on each fixture branch, 12" long by full pipe size. END OF SECTION 15400-6 C. System shall comply with all applicable portions of National Fire Protection Association Pamphlet NO. 13, the State Fire Marshal, local Fire Department and the local Water District. D. All work shall be done by licensed fire sprinkler contractor. 1.03 MECHANICAL WORK: rAll pertinent portions of these specifications Section 15010 apply to work of the section except as may be supplemented or modified by this section. 1.04 COORDINATION: ' A. Sprinkler Contractor shall familiarize himself with the Mechanical Drawings and Specifications' and plan his work to conform with the conditions shown and specified so as to 15500-1 IJ SECTION 15500 AUTOMATIC FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM ' Condition of Contract and Division 1 apply to this Section PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: The requirements of the General and Special Conditions and ' Section 15010 of these specifications shall apply to all work. Contractor shall consult them in detail and assume all obligations of conditions therein which affect this work.. 1.02 SCOPE• A. Furnish and install all materials and perform all labor necessary for alterations to the existing Fire Sprinkler System described herein and any incidental work which can be reasonably or taken as belonging to the work and necessary to provide the system described or shown. B. Contractor shall make working drawings of the existing and altered sprinkler system. Layout shall conform to NFPA.#13 requirements. Drawings and calculations shall be submitted to the Architect for.approval PRIOR to submittal to underwriters checking agency and local Fire Marshall for approval .and stamping. Two copies of the approved, stamped drawings, with calculations, shall be returned*to the Architect for his files. See. Architectural reflected ceiling plan for minumum head layout. C. System shall comply with all applicable portions of National Fire Protection Association Pamphlet NO. 13, the State Fire Marshal, local Fire Department and the local Water District. D. All work shall be done by licensed fire sprinkler contractor. 1.03 MECHANICAL WORK: rAll pertinent portions of these specifications Section 15010 apply to work of the section except as may be supplemented or modified by this section. 1.04 COORDINATION: ' A. Sprinkler Contractor shall familiarize himself with the Mechanical Drawings and Specifications' and plan his work to conform with the conditions shown and specified so as to 15500-1 IJ provide the best possible assembly of the combined work of all trades. B. No additional cost will be considered for work which must be located due to conflicts with work of other trades. All conditions must be worked out in advance with the General Contractor. C. This Contractor shall comply with all rules, regulations, laws and ordinances of the State of California and local authorities. He shall arrange with the Water Department for this service and permits and inspections of this work and pay all necessary fees and installation charges in connection with this work. D. This contractor shall operate to relieve the Owner and Architect for all suits, liens, and damages resulting from any damage or accident caused by, or pertaining to, any of this work. 1.05 GUARANTEE: All labor and materials furnished or installed under this Section of the Specification shall carry a written one (1) year guarantee by the Contractor to the Owner covering materials and workmanship in full. Guarantee shall -be dated on acceptance by Owner starting with the filing of Notice of Completion. Labor to replace defective parts', or make necessary adjustments of the .system, shall be performed without cost to the Owner by the Contractor during said guarantee period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (OR MATERIALS) 2.01 MATERIALS• A. Pipe: Schedule 40 black steel pipe with sprinkler fittings where above grade, screwed or Victaulic couplings or steel tube'at the Contractor's option. B. Pipe below grade shall be bell and spigot. cast iron water pipe, AWWA Standard, Class 150, with fittings to match. Fittings shall be cast iron pressure fittings with Ring-Tite bells, AWWA C100-55. Valves shall be cast iron pressure type. At the Contractor's option, J.M. Blue Brut PVC pipe and fittings, U.L. labeled, may be used underground, outside the building if allowed by local codes. Fi 1 1 I C. Hangers: National Fire Protection Association Pamphlet Iib. 13- 13. Refer to_Mechanical Work Section for inserts and other I requirements. 15500-2 Ij PART 3 - EXECUTION D. Sprinkler Heads: p Star, Grinnel, Viking, or equal. Wire 3.01 INSTALLATION: guards shall be installed where required for protection. Furnish six spare heads of each type and temperature rating Installation for the entire properly boxed with sprinkler head wrench. Heads in finished ceilings of all occupied spaces shall be recessed type. for service; including connection to water Storage Rooms, Janitor Rooms, Mechanical Rooms and concealed ' service, on site requirements. spaces may be pendent type. Sprinkler heads shall be spray Excavating and backfilling for pattern type of ordinary degree temperature rating except that underground piping shall be done by Sprinkler Contractor. sprinkler heads to be installed in the vicinity of heating B. Inspect the site equipment shall be of the temperature ratings required for Layout and design is the such locations by NFPA. ' E. Trim: Butterfly or OS & Y gate valve, check valve, swing or wafer, 10" diameter Electric alarm gong, pressure gage, testing bypass, flow switch, all in accordance with the National Fire Protection Pamphlet No. 13 and local jurisdiction. F. Escutcheon Plates: B&C No. 10, or equal, chromed or nickel plated, on all pipes through finished walls, floors or ceilings. G. Fire Department Connection: Potter -Roemer #5635-B, Siamese pipe mount with #5950 breakable caps. H. Underground Valve Boxes: Christy, Brooks, or equal, concrete box with .lid marks for service. Lids shall. be traffic weight. I. Drain: Ail drains (i.e.,.inspectorIs'test., and main drain, etc.) shall be run outside the building under sidewalk to spill onto the paving area at finish grade level. J. Earthquake Bracing: Provide suitable earthquake bracing and couplings as required by NFPA Pamphlet #13. K. Back Flow Preventer: Febco #825, U.L., and U.S.C. listed, reduced pressure backflow preventer or as required by local jurisdiction. L. Flow Switch:_ Notifier #NVR or equal with built-in retard and a dual set of contacts. Ij PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Installation for the entire building structure shall be complete and ready for service; including connection to water service, on site requirements. Excavating and backfilling for underground piping shall be done by Sprinkler Contractor. B. Inspect the site carefully. Layout and design is the 15500-3 Ij responsibility of the Contractor. During construction, any revision required due new or existing obstructions shall be made by the Contractor at no extra expense to the Owner. Architect's approval of working drawings does not waive this requirement. Architect will review submitted Drawings for concept and compliance only. C. Coordination: Coordinate all piping with other trades on the job. Due to the limited space available in some areas, on the job measurement of pipe will be required. Offsets pipe, fittings, drains, etc., required. Offsets, pipe, fittings, drains, ets., required to meet job conditions shall be furnished and installed at no extra cost to he Owner. No piping shall be installed without first discussing installation and proposed location of piping with the General, Mechanical, Plumbing and Electrical Contractor. D. Piping: Promptly cap or plug open ends of piping after installation. 1. No piping to be permanently covered by construction before inspection and approval and as little cutting of walls and floors to be done as possible in securing the proper installation. 15500-4 1 2. All underground piping shall be installed as recommended by NBFA.Pamphlet No. 24. All excavation. and backfill shall be.done by this Contractor; restore.all disturbed surfaces to.their original conditions. , 3. Installation shall protect all portions of the system from freezing. E. Couplings: Couplings shall not be used except where the length of between fittings exceeds 20 feet. F. Flanged Fittings: Flanged fittings shall be used in the , control valve and drain assembly at the base of .risers. Where part of the sprinkler system is on the opposite side of a wall or partition, a flanged connection may be used. , G. Sprinkler Heads: Clearance between the deflectors and the walls shall be per requirements of the NFPA Pamphlet No. 13. unless otherwise shown on the drawings. , H. Drains: Main drains shall be installed on all main risers and auxiliary drains at all low points in the system. 1. Inspector's test drains shall be installed on the sprinkler system as near the outer end of the system as possible where 1-1/4 inch branch line pipe is available. 15500-4 1 1 C 1 2. Five or fewer heads will not require a drain valve but, may be drained through a plugged fittings. 3. Drain valves shall be of the angle type. 4. Drain valves shall be piped to a safe.place of discharge and the discharge shall be visible either by open end drain pipe or sight drain fittings. I. Alarm Flow Switch: Shall have built-in retard installed on the supply connection. Switch shall have two pairs of alarm.. contacts. One pair shall be connected to the alarm bell. Remaining pair is for remote alarm. The switch shall give a signal upon operation of one sprinkler head and shall be provided with a retarding changer and electrical connection for a fire alarm system in addition to the gong. J. Alarm Bell: Furnish and install an approved bell on the exterior of the building where directed. K. Exterior Overhang: Canopies and unheated areas shall also be sprinklered as applicable. L. Connections: Connection to water service, Fire Dept., connection and back-flow preventer. shall be located as shown. 3.02 TESTS: Upon completion and prior to the acceptance of the -instal lation, the Contractor shall subject the system to the tests. in accordance with NFPA 13 and with a Base 'Fire Department representative present. - Furnish the Contracting Officer a copy of the signed and dated tests certificate similar to that specified in NFPA 13. A. Flushing of Underground Connections: Underground mains and lead in connections to system risers shall be flushed before connection is made to sprinkler piping. Flow must be at least from 750 gpm for 6" pipe, 1000 gpm for 8" pipe', 1500 gpm for 10" pipe and 2000 gpm for 12" pipe. (Flow for deluge or hydraulically designed systems shall be not less than water demand rate which is determined by system design.) Flow shall continue.until water is clear. B. Hydrostatic Tests: New systems including yard piping 200 psi/2 hrs. test shall be made at low point in system or zone being tested. C. Permissible Leakage: No visible leakage for above ground piping. CAUTION: Test blanks shall have red painted lugs protruding beyond the flange to clearly indicate their presence. Test 15500-5 blanks shall be numbered to assure their removal after work is completed. END OF SECTION. 15500-6 0 U 1 li DIVISION 15000: MECHANICAL SECTION 15800: HEATING. VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Condition of Contract and Division 1 apply to this Section. PART 1 - GENERAL The requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1 apply to all work hereunder, also applicable provisions of Section MECHANICAL WORK - General Conditions Requirements. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Furnish and install all heating, ventilating and air conditioning work indicated on the drawings and described herein. also any incidental work not shown or specified that is necessary to provide the complete system. 1.02 COORDINATED LAYOUTS: A. It shall be the responsibility of the Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Contractor to coordinate the other mechanical and electrical trades so that the complete job is neat and in conformity with plans and specifications.- PART-2 pecifications.PART 2 --PRODUCTS (OR MATERIALS.) 2.01 FANS• A. All fans AMCA labeled with self aligning, enclosed ball bearings, accessible for lubrication, unless specified otherwise. B. Roof Mounted: 1. Provide bird guard and disconnect switch. 2. Fan wheels shall be centrifugal, non overloading. 3. Curb cap and orifice inlet shall be on piece aluminum.' 4. Shaft and motor bearings shall be relubricable ball bearings for belt drive. 5. Wheel configuration shall be as scheduled on the .drawings. 15800-1 2.02 FAN DRIVES: A. Drive Design: The design horsepower rating of each drive shall be at least 1.5 times the name plate rating of the motor with proper allowances for sheave diameters, speed ratio, arcs, of contact and belt length. 1. All dries shall be variable speed, Dayco, Browning or Woods. 2. ' All drives shall have a minimum of 2 belts. 3. Belts shall be within 1 degree 30 minutes of true alignment in all -cases. 4. All variable speed drives shall be selected to allow an increase or decrease of minimum of 10% of design fan speed. B. Sheaves: Sheaves shall be cast or fabricated, bored to size or bushed with fully split tapered bushings to fit properly on the shafts. All sheaves shall be secured with keys and set screws. C. Belts: All belts -shall be furnished in matched sets in accordance with PMA and MPTA Standards. D. Air filters in all occupancies shall be Class 2 or better, as defined in the test method above. 2.03 FILTERS• A. Filters shall be 1" or 2" thick Farr 30/30, or 1" or 2" throwaway as scheduled on the drawings. B. Air filters shall be of an approved type tested in accordance with test method SFM-51.6 as shown in Article 80, Title 19, California Administrative Code. Preformed filters having combustible framing shall be tested as a complete assembly. C. Air filters in all occupancies shall be Class 2 or better, as defined in the test method above. 2.04 PACKAGED ROOFTOP VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT: A. GENERAL: 1. Outdoor roof curb mounted, electronically controlled heating and cooling unit utilizing semi -hermetic reciprocating type compressors for cooling duty and gas combustion for heating duty. Units shall discharge 15800-2 J supply air downward as shown on contract drawings. IB. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Unit shall be rated in accordance with ARI Standard 360. 2. Unit shall be designed to conform'to ANSI/ASHRAE 15-1978 and UL Standard 465. 3. Unit shall be certified by ETL as a total package. 4. Roof curb shall be NRCA approved. 5. Insulation and adhesive shall meet NFPA 90A requirements for flame spread and smoke generation.' C. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: 1. -Unit shall be stored and -handled per manufacturer's recommendations. D. EQUIPMENT: 1. Factory -assembled, single piece heating and cooling unit. Contained within the unit enclosure shall be all factory .wiring, piping, refrigerant charge (R-22),.operating oil charge, dual refrigerant circuits, microprocessor based control system and associated hardware, and all special features required prior to field start-up. 2. Unit Cabinet: a. Constructed of galvanized steel, bonderized and coated with baked enamel finish. b. Unit casing shall be capable of withstanding Federal test method Standard No.141 (Method 6061) 500 hour. salt spray test. C. Sides shall have man size insulated hinged access doors for easy access to the control box and other areas requiring servicing. Each door shall seal against a rubber gasket to prevent air and water leakage. d. Indoor blower compartment interior cabinet surfaces shall be insulated with flexible glass fiber insulation, coated on the air side. Aluminum foil faced glass fiber insulation shall be used in the furnace compartment. e.Insulation'shal°1 be applied by means "of adhesion using a water reducible adhesive sprayed onto 15800-3 interior surface. Adhesive shall maintain a satisfactory adhesion and cohesion within the temperature range on -20 to 180F and have excellent resistance to water and water vapor when cured. f. Equipped with lifting lugs to facilitate overhead rigging. g. Units shall be equipped with terminals to field install a 115 volt fused convenience outlet to provide power for service equipment. E. FANS: 1. Indoor Evaporator Fan: a. Double -width, double -inlet centrifugal belt driven forward -curved type with single outlet discharge. b. Fixed pitch pulley drive with factory -supplied alternate motor pulley bolted to the fan sled. C. Mounted on a structural steel sled with flexible outlet connection consisting of canvas transitions. d. Fan shaft bearings shall be of the pillow block type with lubrication provisions. e. Statically.and dynamically balanced. f. Evaporator fan. shaft bearings shall have a life of 20,000 hours at design operating conditions in accordance with ANSI B3.15. g. Solid fan shaft construction. 2. Condenser Fans: a. Direct driven propeller type only. b. Discharge air vertically upward and protected by PVC coated steel wire safety guards. C. Statically and dynamically balanced. 3. Induced Draft Fans: a. Direct drive forward -curved centrifugal type. b. Statically and dynamically balanced. C. COMPRESSORS: a. Reciprocating and semi -hermetic type only and shall be located for easy servicing. 15800-4 1 b. Equipped with suction -cutoff type unloader(s). C. Mounted on spring vibration isolators with an isolation efficiency of no less than 95%. d. Each equipped with an automatically reversible oil pump, ' operating oil charge, insert -type crankcase heater to prevent refrigerant migration to the compressor, and suction and discharge service valves. e. Maximum operating speed of 1800 rpm (30 rps). G.. COILS: a. Evaporator Coil: 1. Intertwined circuited constructed of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes. 2. Full face active type during full load and.. part ' load conditions. 3. Coils shall be leak tested at 150 psig (1034 kPa) and pressure tested at 450 psig (3103 kPa). b. Condenser Coil: ' 1. Constructed of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless.copper tubes. 2.. Air-cooled condenser coils shall be leak tested at 150.psig (1034 kPa) and pressure tested at 450 psig (3103 .kPa) . 3. All coils shall be same manufacturer as unit. H. HEATING SECTION: 1. Included draft combustion type with energy saving intermittent spark ignition pilot flame systems and redundant main gas valves. 2. The heat exchanger shall be of the tubular section type constructed of a minimum of 20 -gage steel coated with a .nominal. 1.4 mil aluminum -silicone alloy for corrosion ' resistance. 3. Burners shall be of the in -shot type constructed of DACROMET 320 steel. 4. All gas piping shall enter the unit cabinet at a single ' location. I. REFRIGERANT COMPONENTS: ' 15800-5 1 a. Unit shall be equipped with dual refrigerant circuits each containing: 1. Liquid line service valve. 2. Filter drier. 3. Moisture indicating sight glass. 4. Thermal expansion valve. 5. Fusible plug. J. FILTER SECTION: a. Filter section shall consist of 2 -in. thick, disposable glass fiber filters of commercially available sizes. K. CONTROLS, SAFETIES AND DIAGNOSTICS: a. Controls: 1. Control shall be accomplished.through the use of a factory -installed, microprocessor based control system and associated electronic and electrical hardware. Control system shall determine control sequences through monitoring the following operational variables. 1) Eva porator.leaving air temperature. 2) Evaporator entering air temperature. 3) Saturated condensing temperature. 4) Economi.zer position. 5) Minimum economizer set point. 6) Morning warm-up set point. 2. Controls shall be capable of performing the following functions: 1) Capacity control based on discharge air temperature and compensated by rate of change of return air temperature. Capacity control shall be accomplished through the use of an unloading device and compressor staging. 2) Perform a quick test to check the status of all input and output signals to the control system using diagnostic display module. 3) Control of integrated economizer operation. 15800-6 4) Single step demand limit control. 5) Condenser fan cycling to maintain correct head pressure. 6) Morning warm-up. b. Safeties.- afeties:Unit Unit components shall be equipped with the; following protection: a. Compressors: 1) Overtemperature (shuts down individual compressor). 2) Overcurrent (shuts down individual compressor). 3) Crankcase heaters. 4) High-pressure switch (shuts down individual compressor, automatic reset type). 5) Low-pressure which (shuts down individual compressor automatic reset type). b. Heating.Section: 1) Loss of airflow switch. 2) Temperature, limit switches. 3) Flame rollout switches. 4) Centrifugal,switch mounted on each induced draft fan motor. 5) Pilot flame proving switches. c. Diagnostics: a. Diagnostic display module shall be capable of indicating a safety lockout condition through displaying a 2 -digit code for which a legend shall be provided in the control panel. b. Diagnostic module must also be capable of displaying outputs . of microprocessor controlled run test to verify operation of every thermistor, potentiometer, fan and compressor before unit is started. 15800-7 L. OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS: a. Unit shall be capable of starting and running at 115F ambient outdoor temperature per maximum load criteria of ARI Standard 360. b. Unit shall be capable of mechanical cooling operation down to 45F ambient outdoor temperature. C. Provides multi -stage mechanical cooling capability and single -stage morning warm-up heating. 2.05 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT: A. Furnish and install variable volume terminals of the sizes and capacities shown in the plans. B. Terminals shall have pressure independent electronic controls and shall be reset for air flow between zero and the maximum cataloged cfm. Air flow limiters will not be accepted. C. At an inlet velocity of. 2000 fpm, the differential static pressure for any size of unit shall not exceed 0.10" wg for the basic terminal, or 0.25" wg with attenuator added. D. Performance shall be ARI certified. E, The 24 volt reversible actuator shall be shaft mounted without linkage and shall be an integral part of the electronic controller. The controller -actuator shall operate the terminal through the full cataloged cfm range. 1 it Cl F. The actuator shall apply at least 40 inch -pounds of torque to ' the damper shaft. The damper shall move in a smooth, steady progression, without dead spots. G. The terminal casing shall be 22 gauge galvanized steel, internally lined with dual density fiberglass insulation which complies with UL 181 and NFPA 90A. All exposed insulation edges shall be sealed to hold leakage to the maximum value shown in Table A. H. The damper shall be heavy gauge metal, with its shaft rotating in Delrin self-lubricating bearings. The shaft shall be marked on the end to indicate the damper blade position. The terminal shall be designed for field conversion from normally open to normally closed, or vice versa, without relocating the actuator, changing parts or adding relays. J I. The damper shall have a built-in stop to prevent overstroking ' and shall seal against a closed -cell foam gasket, to limit 15800-8 close -off leakage to the maximum. 2.06 BOILER• ' tightly to the tubes above the point of tangency of the fins. Each end of the tubes shall be rolled into an ASME fire box steel tube sheet and sealed to bronze headers with silicone "O" rings with a temperature rating over 500 deg. F. The headers shall be of high pressure bronze with integral bronze baffles to direct water through heat exchanges in two passes. The heat -exchanges shall be capable of withstanding 1200 psi ' hydrostatic pressure. B. The boiler shall be equipped with an air vent, T & P gauge and ' 12 psi water pressure regulator. C. The headers shall be secured to the tube sheets by properly ' spaced stud bolts and flange nuts. Heat exchanger shall be readily cleanable without removing- external .piping. Heat exchanger to be explosion proof -on water side. It shall have 100 percent copper and bronze waterways to positively protect ' the boiler from galvanic action. D. The boiler shall be equipped with gas modulation with a mechanical primary high limit shut-off feature. Modulating valves may be operated simultaneously or set for stage firing to effect a greater modulation range. A. The boiler shall be approved by AGA, ASME inspected and ' stamped for 160 psi working pressure complete with standard equipment. The main electric gas valve shall be 24 manufacturer's data report. Boiler shall be equipped with 60 psi pressure relief valve. The water shall be of a horizontal grid design tube with nine heat exchanger 1" x .065" wall integral copper fin tubes with fin spaces at seven fins per quiet ignition and extinction, and equipped with fixed primary inch and extra heavy galvanized steel "V" baffles secured ' tightly to the tubes above the point of tangency of the fins. Each end of the tubes shall be rolled into an ASME fire box steel tube sheet and sealed to bronze headers with silicone "O" rings with a temperature rating over 500 deg. F. The headers shall be of high pressure bronze with integral bronze baffles to direct water through heat exchanges in two passes. The heat -exchanges shall be capable of withstanding 1200 psi ' hydrostatic pressure. B. The boiler shall be equipped with an air vent, T & P gauge and ' 12 psi water pressure regulator. C. The headers shall be secured to the tube sheets by properly ' spaced stud bolts and flange nuts. Heat exchanger shall be readily cleanable without removing- external .piping. Heat exchanger to be explosion proof -on water side. It shall have 100 percent copper and bronze waterways to positively protect ' the boiler from galvanic action. D. The boiler shall be equipped with gas modulation with a mechanical primary high limit shut-off feature. Modulating valves may be operated simultaneously or set for stage firing to effect a greater modulation range. 1 E. The boiler shall be equipped with automatic reset secondary electric high limit with a fixed setting of 25 deg.F as standard equipment. The main electric gas valve shall be 24 volt with 110/24 volt transformer. F. Burners shall be raised port and die formed stainless steel alloy mounted in an easily removable burner drawers,capable of ' quiet ignition and extinction, and equipped with fixed primary air ports. G. The boiler shall shut down when thermostat is satisfied and not to fire during stand-by loads and radiation losses. Circulation is required whenever the boiler is fired. ' H. The boiler shall be capable of operating down to 105 deg.F without sustaining condensation. ' 15800-9 1 I. The boiler shall be AGA design certified for a minimum 1 efficiency of 80 percent. 2.07 FIRE DAMPERS: , A. Dampers.shall be rated and approved by California State Fire Marshal Air Balance #119 Style B, A3225-206:14 for wall installation; Air Balance FD30-AS-R #A3225-206:21 for ceiling installation. Installation shall conform to manufacturers instructions. 2.08 DUCTWORK• A. Galvanized Sheet Metal. B. Flexible Ducts: Wiremold type 57ZK with high temperature PVC liner on steel spiral and 1" thick, 3/4 lb. density fiberglass insulation with •PVC flame resistant vapor barrier. Maximum length 5 feet. Factory -made air ducts shall be approved for the use intended or shall conform to the requirements of U.M.C. Standard No. 10-1. Each portion of a factory -made air duct system shall be identified by the manufacturer with a label or other suitable identification indicating compliance with U.M.C. Standard No. 10-1 and its class designation. These ducts shall be listed and shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing. 2.09 WATER CHEMICAL TREATMENT: A. General: The water equipment shall be Aqua-Sery of California, UOP System Water Services Division or approved equal. The system shall include: (1) Service: The water treatment company shall provide water sample testing prior to project completion, provide chemical and supervisory service and instruction for installation. (2) A representative of the water treatment company shall periodically visit the site, one time during the first year after completion, for inspection, water sampling and testing.. A written analysis and recommendation based on each visit shall be submitted to the user and installing contractor. (3) A five year supply of chemical shall be furnished. B. Hot Water Closed System Corrosion Control: [ l (1) System provides for the addition of Aqua-Sery #B-239 ' corrosion inhibitor chemical into the hot water closed system. 15800-10 1 1 (2) Provide a by-pass pot feeder designed for the shot feeing on the hot water and chilled water system., (3) The by-pass feeder shall be.made from a heavy steel with a quick opening cap with an 110" ring seal. The feeder shall be able to withstand operating pressures up to 150 psi and temperatures up to 212 deg.F. The pot feeder shall be installed in a convenient location where it may be easily refilled. Provide shut-off and drain valves. C. System Flushing: (1) Flush the entire hot water and chilled water systems. Provide Aqua-Sery #BC -WY cleaner chemical in adequate quantities to provide a system flush and cleaning in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. (2) First flush system with clear water, opening all drains and air vents and all strainers (less baskets). Open flanges and flex connections at pumps. Keep boiler and coil shut-off valves closed. (3) Close system, apply water and chemical; circulate with system pumps for a minimum of 8 hours. During the circulation all strainer baskets shall be in"place. (4) At the'end of 8 hours, remove all strainer baskets and clean open systems up as in 2 above and flush with clear water as in 2 above until 8.3 Ph or less is reached. Flush clear water through -chiller -boiler and coils. (5) Immediately after flushing, treat systems. with corrosion inhibitor chemical. D. Provide test kits as required to measure Total Dissolved Solids, Organics and Nitrites. E. No system shall be put into operation until chemical treatment has been applied. 2.10 VIBRATION ELIMINATOR RAILS: A. Provide Kinetics or equal vibration eliminator rails as specified on the drawings. 2.11 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM: A. Shall be Barbar Coleman or Johnson Service Co. Honeywell, or equal as called for on the drawings. 1 15800-11 2.12 PIPE AND FITTINGS ABOVE GRADE: 1 See General Requirements Section for dielectric fittings. ' A. Hot Water Piping: Schedule 40 black steel pipe, ASTM A-120. Fittings shall be Nibco standard butt welding type conforming to A.S.A. Specification B16.28 latest standards; except that ' fittings 2" and smaller and local exposed connections to equipment may be 150 psi malleable screwed fittings. Changes in size of piping shall be made with eccentric fittings to , allow free passage of air. B. Relief Valve and Blow Off Valve Discharge Piping: Schedule 40 ' galvanized steel pipe and fittings. Discharge to nearest floor sink or drain except refrigerant relief shall be piped to outside. 2.13 EXPANSION TANK: Furnish and install as shown on drawings Ex-tol pressurized ' diaphragm type expansion tank. It shall be factory precharged and shall be ASME stamped and certified #125 and to operate at 240 degrees F. Horizontal tanks to have saddles and vertical ' tanks to have base mounts. The tank shall be American Tube and Controls or C.R. Bernstrom or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 FANS: A. Each ceiling mounted fan shall have multi -speed switch and , integral backdraft damper unless noted otherwise on the drawings. B. Provide access doors for fans or motors mounted in ductwork. ' C. Mount all fans so that they are completely isolated from I building. D. Fan motors mounted in air stream to be totally enclosed. , E. Roof fans shall be mounted level. 3.02 FILTERS• ' A. Provide temporary filters. for all fans that are operated during construction; after all construction dirt has been removed from the building install new filters at no additional ' cost to the Owner. B. Identify each filter access door with 1/2" high stenciled t letters. 15800-12 1 1 3.03 DUCTWORK• A Construct and install all sheet metal ductwork in accordance with latest SMACNA recommendations. Provide variations in duct size, and additional duct fittings as required to clear obstructions and maintain clearances, as approved by the Engineer, at no extra cost to the Owner. B. Provide drive slip or equivalent flat seams for ducts exposed in the conditioned space or where necessary due to space limitations. On ducts with flat seams, provide standard reinforcing on inside of duct. Runouts to grilles, registers, or diffusers on exposed ductwork shall be same size as the outer perimeter of the flange on the grille, register, or diffuser. C. The throat radius of all bends shall be 1-1/2 times the width of the duct wherever possible and in no case shall the throat radius be less than one width of the branch duct. Provide square elbows with Titus or HEP double thickness turning vanes where space does not permit the above radius, or where square elbows are shown. D. The slopes of transitions shall be approximately one to five unless.shown otherwise, and no abrupt changes or offsets of any kind in the -duct system :shall be permitted. E. Provide Ventglas flexible connections on inlet and outlet of each fan. Provide galvanized weather hood over flexible connections exposed to the weather. F. Round ducts with.equivalent effective cross sectional area as determined by ASHRAE Guide, latest edition, may be used in lieu of rectangular ducts shown, space permitting. G. Seal all seams around fan and coil housings airtight with clear caulking compound. H. Duct size shown on'lined duct is the outside dimension. I. Provide Ventlok access. doors with Series 100 hardware for convenient access to all automatic dampers and other components of the'system, insulated type in insulated ducts. Provide Ventlok #202 or #310 latches and #370 hinges on all personnel access doors. J. Paint inside of ducts, visible through grille, dull black. K. Roof mounted air intakes and relief vents shall be prime coated. , L. Support Flex Duct at 30". maximum with 1-1/2" x 24 gauge 15800-13 straps. M. Ducts shall clear combustible construction by 1/2" minimum. , N. All materials except sheet metal including duct liner shall be approved before installation. 3.04 DAMPERS: A. All dampers automatically controlled by damper motors are ' specified under "Temperature Control System" except those specified with items of equipment. B. Provide opposed blade manual dampers at each branch duct connection and at locations indicated on the drawings and where necessary to control air flow for balancing system. Provide Ventlok regulators. Damper blades shall be 16 gage minimum galvanized steel with 3/8" minimum shaft, 6" maximum blade width. Provide an access panel or Ventlok flush type damper regulator on ceiling or wall for each concealed damper. C. Install fusible link fire dampers full size of duct at points where shown or required. D. Provide 18" x 12" minimum access doors in ductwork and furring for each access to each fire damper: Insulated access doors in insulated ducts. 3.05 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS: A. Provide all outlets with gaskets and install so that there will be on streaking of the walls or ceilings due to leakage. Duct connection to outlet on exposed duct shall be full size of outer perimeter of outlet flange. B. Furnish all diffusers, registers, and grilles with brushed aluminum enamel finish, a baked prime coat, unless otherwise noted. Provide off white baked enamel finish and white gaskets on ceiling mounted outlets or elsewhere s noted on the drawings. C. Grilles and diffusers shall match all qualities of those specified, including appearance, throw, noise level, adjustability, etc. 3.06 ANTI -VIBRATION BASES AND HANGERS: A. Isolate all ventilating and air conditioning equipment connections including conduit, piping, drains, etc., so that equipment will operate under continuous demand without objectionable vibration. 15800-14 r B. Support all air conditioning units and all fans on anti - vibration bases or hangers. Other equipment shall be supported on anti -vibration gases, pads, or hangers, as shown on the drawings or specified with the equipment. Individual fans shall have .integral fan and motor bases, spring type, unless noted. C. Selection of the bases or supporting units shall be in accordance with the vibration eliminator manufacturers recommendations. Minimum static deflection shall be 1-1/2" or as marked on the drawings. D. The equipment manufacturer shall furnish the weight of equipment at each point of support. 3.07 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM: A. General: 6. Thermostats on outside walls shall be mounted on 1" rigid fiberglass insulating base. Seal wall penetration behind each thermostat to prevent wall drafts from producing false demands. B. Drawings: 1. Drawings are diagrammatic only, provide all material and labor required to make. the system operate to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Submit to the Engineer for approval seven copies of shop 1 15800-15 1. All electric wiring for temperature control and indicating systems shall be done by the manufacturer of the control system equipment or his factory authorized representative. 2. All installation work, including internal wiring of panelboards shall be done by manufacturer of the temperature control system. 3. -All thermostats in conditioned spaceshall have subbases as specified and shall be accessible for adjustment. 4. Identify each item of control equipment with stamped tape firmly attached to equipment with nameplate of 1/16 inch laminated plastic with black background and white letters 1/8 inch high, except 1/4" high for panels; 'engraved. 5. All control adjustments shall be accessible without use of ladder. 6. Thermostats on outside walls shall be mounted on 1" rigid fiberglass insulating base. Seal wall penetration behind each thermostat to prevent wall drafts from producing false demands. B. Drawings: 1. Drawings are diagrammatic only, provide all material and labor required to make. the system operate to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Submit to the Engineer for approval seven copies of shop 1 15800-15 drawings of the entire control system before starting work. 3. Upon completion of the work, provide diagrams of the control systems, including a detailed description of the operation of each component and post adjacent to temperature control panels in plastic. C. Provide smoke detector 'to shut off system supply fan in accordance with Uniform Mechanical Code. 3.08 TESTING AND BALANCING: A. The final balance and test shall be conducted by a specialized company acting as a subcontractor to the air conditioning contractor. The company selected shall have had experience on similar projects, and shall have demonstrated by past performance that the personnel are qualified to do such work. The firm selected shall have the approval of the Architect. B. The company shall provide all personnel, test instruments and equipment required to properly perform the water and air balance and tests. C. The Contractor for this work shall have a prearranged schedule .after the basic installations have been completed, to accomplish the following under the direction .of the air conditioning contractor. 1. Review required design and operational control requirement as specified and as installed to understand air balance intent. 2. Balance air quantities of supply and exhaust to achieve those given on drawings. Records must be kept on all air quantities measured, including runs prior to final check. Obtain first the gross air quantities at supply and exhaust fans and main ducts to a rough approximation. Branch ducts should than be proportioned as near as possible and finally each room supply and exhaust shall be adjusted. It should be emphasized that this entire operation is of a trial and error nature and as many as five or six runs through complete system may be required to get proper balance. 3. Measure the ampere reading of each motor input after final adjustments have been made. 4. Upon satisfactory completion of balance and operational test in conjunction with controls representative, equipment representative and air conditioning contractor, submit five sets of reports to the Architect of balance 15800-16 final readings. summary of fan CFM delivery rates, static pressure rating, motor ampere input, and general summary of test results. Specified ratings and motor nameplate rating shall be listed with measured readings. 5. Review with and instruct Owner's representative on procedure for permissible air adjustments for local variations to suit occupants.' 6. Notify Architect at time of report submittal when system is ready for final on site review. END OF SECTION 15800-17 4 r � r 15800-17 DIVISION 16000 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK: A. Furnish, all necessary labor, materials, equipment and incidentals .required to install a complete and operational electrical system according to the intent -of this specification whether itemized or not. B. Examine the specification for mechanical equipment and provide all starters, circuit breakers, switches, pushbuttons and appurtenances which are not specified to be with the mechanical equipment. Erect all electrical equipment not definitely stated to be erected by others, furnish and install conduit, wire. and cable and make connections required to place all equipment in complete operation. C. The general extent of the electrical work includes, among others, the furnishing and installing of the following items: 1 1 1. Primary and secondary service facilities including transformer pads, primary conduit and trenching, .� secondary conduit and trenching, and main switchboard including facilities for metering. 2. Lighting and small power installation, including fixtures, receptacle outlets, switching and circuits as indicated on the drawings. 3. All supports, bases, anchors, sleeves, hangers and the like, all electrical work. shown and/or specified, not particularly mentioned above. 4. Complete grounding systems. 5. Telephone service entrance conduit, backboards and interconnecting conduit. 6. The contractor will coordinate with the local utility companies for verification of their requirements prior to bid closure and prior to installation. It will be the contractor's responsibility to verify voltage, phase, conduit size; type; and quantity, wire size; type; and quantity, and the location of all equipment required for this project. i1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS: C.. Apply and pay for all permits required by any of the legally constituted public authorities for the installation or construction of the work included under this specification. Arrange and pay for any inspections or examinations so required and deliver certificates of all such inspections to the Owner. When these specifications call for materials or construction of a better quality or larger sizes than required by the -above mentioned rules and regulations, the provisions of the specifications shall take precedence.-.. 1.03 DRAWINGS: A.. Any error or omissions of detail in either the drawings or the specifications shall not relieve the Contractor from correctly installing all materials necessary for complete and operating electrical systems.. B.. Any detail on either the drawings or specifications that contributes to an illegal condition shall not relieve the t, cr ontracto's responsibility to bring this condition to the attention of the Architect or Engineer prior to - installation. Failure of this responsibility shall require the contractor to remove all material. affected by this condition and re -install legally. Any removal and re -installations will be done at the contractor's expense. C. Inspect the site and verify all measurements and conditions and be responsible for the correctness of same. No extra compensation will be allowed because of differences between work shown on the drawings and measurements at the site. A. All Work shall conform to the following codes: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code - 1987 Edition 2. Title 24 - State of California Administrative Code 3. Uniform Building Code - 1988 Edition 4. City or County Electrical Code as applicable 5. Applicable regulations of local utility companies 6. W.U.E.S.S.C. Standards 7. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) Standards 8. Any additional codes effective at the job site B. Furnish without extra charge any additional material and labor which may be required for compliance with these laws, rules, and regulations, even though the work is not mentioned in these particular specifications. C.. Apply and pay for all permits required by any of the legally constituted public authorities for the installation or construction of the work included under this specification. Arrange and pay for any inspections or examinations so required and deliver certificates of all such inspections to the Owner. When these specifications call for materials or construction of a better quality or larger sizes than required by the -above mentioned rules and regulations, the provisions of the specifications shall take precedence.-.. 1.03 DRAWINGS: A.. Any error or omissions of detail in either the drawings or the specifications shall not relieve the Contractor from correctly installing all materials necessary for complete and operating electrical systems.. B.. Any detail on either the drawings or specifications that contributes to an illegal condition shall not relieve the t, cr ontracto's responsibility to bring this condition to the attention of the Architect or Engineer prior to - installation. Failure of this responsibility shall require the contractor to remove all material. affected by this condition and re -install legally. Any removal and re -installations will be done at the contractor's expense. C. Inspect the site and verify all measurements and conditions and be responsible for the correctness of same. No extra compensation will be allowed because of differences between work shown on the drawings and measurements at the site. D. All equipment shall be located and installed so that it will be readily accessible for operation and maintenance. The Owner reserves the right to require minor changes in location of outlets or equipment, prior to roughing in, without incurring any additional costs or charges. 1.04 SERVICE AND METERING: A. New underground facilities (conduit) shall' be provided for the power company's primary lines. B. - New underground facilities (conduit) shall be provided for the power company secondary lines. C. Provide. transformer pads and 120/208 Volt, 3-phase service as required. D. Pay all costs and power company charges. E. Power is provided by Pacific Gas and Electric. F. Coordinate all requirements with the utility company prior to bid. 1.05 INSPECTION: A. Cooperate with the Owner and provide assistance at all times for the inspection of the electrical work. Remove covers, operate machinery, -or perform any reasonable work which, in the opinion of the.Owner, will be necessary to determine the quality or adequacy of the work. B. If any material does not conform with these specifications, remove the materials from the premises, within three days after being notified by the Owner. C. Work shall not be closed in or covered before inspection and approval by the Owner. 1.06 QUALITY OF MATERIALS: A. All electrical materials used on this project shall be new and free from defects. B. All electrical materials used on this project shall conform where applicable, to the following standards, unless otherwise noted: 1. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association 2. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 3. UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. E. . Supplemental data shall include information as noted in the specification paragraphs requiring them, or as requested by the Architect. r C. Each type of material shall be of the same manufacturer and quality throughout the work. 1.07 SUBMITTAL & SHOP DRAWINGS SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA A. Shop drawings and supplemental data where called for, shall be prepared and submitted as 'per General Conditions. Final corrected copies of schedules and shop drawings or supplemental data to Architect for review shall be such as to provide one (1) for Architect's files, one (1) for Electrical Engineer's files, two (2) for the Owner, one (1) to Contractor's job files, and such additional copies as Contractor may desire for his own office files and/or for distribution by him to subcontractors or vendors. Exceptions shall be as noted in Specification Sections. B. Shop drawings and supplemental data are required unless specifically not requested by the Engineer. Shop drawings shall be submitted for all electrical equipment pertaining to job. (Lights, receptacles, conduit, wire, etc.) C. The shop drawings and supplemental data shown called for shall be submitted as'the instruments of the Contractor, even though they . may have been. prepared by a subcontractor, supplier, dealer, manufacturer,' or by any other person, firm or organization. Prior to submission, the contractor shall undertake his own review and stamp with his acceptance, then submit to the Engineer for his review. By accepting and submitting shop drawings and supplemental data, the. Contractor represents that he has determined and verified all field measurements, the physical construction, the quality of materials, the applicability of catalog numbers, and similar data, or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated each shop drawings with the requirements of the trades shall be resolved by the Contractor in the shop drawings, if possible, but in any event prior to the actual construction. D: All shop drawings shall be drawn accurately on paper suitable for duplicate coping by black, blue line printing processes or Xerox. E. . Supplemental data shall include information as noted in the specification paragraphs requiring them, or as requested by the Architect. r F. The Engineer will review shop drawings and supplemental data submitted by the Contractor only for general design conformance with the concept of the Project and compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. G. If more than one (1) submission of shop drawing or supplemental data are required for any given item to meet the project specifications, the cost of reviewing these additional submissions shall be charged directly against the Contractor and the Owner will withhold the funds necessary to cover these costs. H. Shop drawings, if requested, must be submitted to and favorably reviewed by the Architect and/or Engineer before being used by the Contractor on the job. I. Shop Drawings Deadline: In addition to requirements as established in Article 27 of the GENERAL CONDITIONS, the Contractor shall, within 35 calendar days after the Notice to Proceed of the contract, submit to the Architect for approval the Shop Drawings for equipment and/or specialty items as listed in each division of work. The shop Drawings shall be submitted'in addition to the list of materials required by the "Specified Items Substitutes" paragraph. J. Shop Drawings Delineation: The Shop Drawings shall be drawn to scale and shall be completely dimensioned, giving the plan together with such sections as are necessary to clearly show construction detail. . K. Responsibility: These Shop Drawings and all supporting data, catalogs, etc., shall be prepared by the Contractor or his suppliers, but shall be submitted as the instruments of the Contractor. Therefore, the Contractor shall check the drawings of his suppliers as well as his own drawings before submitting them to the Architect. In particular, the Contractor shall ascertain that the drawings meet all requirements of the Drawings and specifications and also conform to the structural and space conditions. Each Shop Drawing submitted for approval shall bear a stamp certifying that it has been checked by the contractor in accordance with the specifications. If such Shop Drawings show variations from Contract Documents, whether because of standard shop practice or other reasons, the Contractor shall make special mention thereof in his letter transmittal. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for observing the need for and making any changes in the arrangement of piping, connections, wiring, manner of installation etc., which may be required by the equipment he proposes to supply both as pertains to his own work and any work affected under other parts, heading or divisions of Drawings and Specifications. L. Identification: Shop Drawings shall be entitled with the name of the project on each sheet and shall otherwise be identified by listing the particular division, section, article or reference of the work pertaining. Submit different items on separate sheets. All submittals shall be numbered serially. M. Manner: Furnish for Architect's approval separate sheets of submittal of each specialty item in the following manner: 1. Catalog cuts shall be photocopied or reproduced in some other acceptable manner and submitted seven (7) copies on one side only of an 8 1/2" x 11" sheet, noting only the items in question, together with the descriptive (specification) data complete. Drawings shall be submitted in ozalid transparency form. 2. Each sheet shall be identified with the division, section, article or reference in the Contact documents which covers the item submitted for approval. 3. Each sheet shall be identified, with the project name and the Architect.. 4. Each sheet shall bear the Contractor's stamp and signature of approval. 1.08 SAMPLES: A. Time Limit: The contractor shall, at his expense, furnish to the Architect all samples for approval within 35 Calendar days after recording of contract. B. Extent: Samples herein referred to shall include all materials, equipment, surface textures, colors, fabrics, etc., as required by Drawings and Specifications or as requested by the Architect. They shall be submitted in triplicate unless otherwise required by the Specifications or requested by'the Architects. C. Submittal: Samples, properly identified and described, shall be submitted as noted herein, or as may be required until approved. No approval of a sample shall be taken in itself to change or modify any contract requirement. Finishes, materials, or workmanship in the completed building shall match the approved samples. D. Manner: Contractor shall forward all samples under cover letter in seven (7) copies, including a complete listing of each sample designated for use on the project, with complete identification on each sample by project name, ultimate destination of material, manufacturer, brand, lot, style, names of the Contractor, Supplier, Project and Architect. All submittals shall be numbered serially. E. Return: Samples of value will be returned to the Contractor for use in the project after review, analysis, comparison, and/or testing as may be required by the Architect. 1.09 TEST SAMPLES: Test samples, as the Architect designates, will be selected from the materials or equipment delivered by the Contractor for use.in the work. If any test sample fails to meet the specification requirements, all previous approvals will be withdrawn and such materials or equipment which fail to test shall be subject to removal and replacement by the Contractor with materials or equipment meeting the specification requirements. 1.10 SPECIFIED ITEMS - SUBSTITUTES: A. Wherever catalog numbers and specific. brands or trade names followed by the designation "or equal" are used in conjunction with a designated material, product, thickness, or service mentioned in this specification, they are used to establish the standards of quality, utility and appearance required. Substitutions which are equal in quality, utility, and appearance to those specified will be approved, subject to the following provisions: all substitutions must be approved by the Architect and/or Engineer in writing. For this purpose, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect, within 35 -calendar days after the date of Commencement specified in the Notice to Proceed, a typewritten list containing a description of each proposed substitute item or material. The Architect may increase the submittal period beyond 35 Calendar days if the schedule allows. Sufficient data, drawings, samples, literature or other detailed information that will demonstrate to the Architect that the proposed substitute is equal in quality, utility, and appearance to the material specified shall be appended to this list. The Architect will approve, in writing, such proposed substitution which affect other parts of the Contractor's own work or the work of others. 11 7 17 f f] 1 B. Failure of the Contractor to submit proposed substitutions for approval in the manner described above, and within the time prescribed shall be sufficient cause for disapproval by the Engineer of any substitutions otherwise proposed. C. Wherever catalog numbers and specific brands or trade names not followed by the designation "or equal" material, product, thing or service mentioned in these specifications, no substitutions will be approved. D. Wherever more than one manufacturer's product is specified, the first -name product is the basis for the project design and the use of alternative name manufacturer's products or substitutes may require modifications in the project design and construction. If such alternatives are proposed by the contractor and are favorably reviewed by the Engineer the Contractor shall assume costs required to make necessary revisions and modifications including additional costs to the Owner for evaluations of. modifications of the project design submitted by the Contractor to the Architect. E. When materials are specified by the first manufacturer's name, and product number, second manufacturer's name, or equal, the second manufacturer's project shall be submitted in accordance with the above paragraph.. F.. If the Engineer in this review of.the list of materials and equipment, requires revisions or corrections to be made or shop drawings and/or supplemental data to be submitted, the Contractor shall promptly do so. If any proposed material is judged by the Engineer to be unacceptable, the specified item shall be provided;. further submissions will not be allowed, unless directed by the Engineer. G. Physical samples may be required. If tests for the determination of equality and utility are required by the Engineer they shall be made by a testing laboratory, with acceptance of the test procedure first given by the Engineer, and at the expense of the Contractor. H. In review of the data submitted in support of substitutions, the Engineer will use for purposes of comparison all the. characteristics of the specified item as they appear in the manufacturer's published data even though all the characteristics of the specified item may not have been particularly mentioned in the If more than two submissions of data are required the cost of reviewing against the contractor and the Owner will withhold the funds necessary to cover these costs. Only one (1) such request may be submitted. The Engineer's rejection of any substitute shall automatically require the Contractor to furnish the specified item without further discussion or delay. 1.11 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION: A. The main switchboard, and all panelboards, disconnect switches, transformers, boxes, etc., shall be properly identified with a descriptive nameplate. Nameplates shall be made of 1/16 inch laminated plastic with black background and white letters. Size of letters shall be 1/4 inch high. Letters shall be machine engraved. All nameplates shall be screw mounted with oval head machine screws taped into front of panel. B. Provide holders with identification cards filled out on a typewriter of circuit designations for each panelboard. C. Each branch circuit, control and signal conductor shall be labeled with the circuit number or terminal number it is connected to. Use T&B vinyl or Brandy Permashield mylar markers. Conductors shall be labeled at each panelboard, switchboard, control center, terminal cabinet, pull box and each point of utilization such as fixtures, motors, controls, etc. Labeling shall correspond to control diagrams where applicable. 1.12 WARRANTY .Guarantee all work for one year from date of acceptance against all defects in material,.equipment and workmanship. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SERVICE.ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. General Electric 3. Square D 2. I.T.E. 4. Westinghouse B. Structure: The switchboard shall be a standard, metal -enclosed, free standing, dead front structure, not more than 90 inches in height and fabricated from formed sheet steel of not less than 14 gauge thickness. The enclosure shall be ( NEMA 1) . . C. Finish: All painted steel work shall be treated with a primer coat and a finish coat of the manufacturers standard color. ID. Ratings: 1. 120/208 Volts, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 Hertz. 2. •Continuous current: 1600 Amperes 3. Bus bracing: 65000 Amperes 4. Neutral Ampacity: 1600 Amperes 5. Ground Bus Ampacity: 1600 Amperes E. Bussing: 1. Material: All bussing shall be rectangular cross section copper or electrostatically silver or tin plated aluminum. 2. Copper joints shall be silver plated. Aluminum bolted joints shall be either silver plated or tin plated and made up using Belleville washers to minimize the effects of oxidation and cold flow. 3. Temperature rise in the bus shall be kept at or below the rise permitted by ANSI C37.20-4.4.2. 4. Service entrance equipment shall be with breakers of a common AIC rating. Series rated equipment r will not be accepted. F. Main Breaker: 1: Thermal magnetic, molded -case, with inverse time current overload, and; instantaneous magnetic trips, trip -free and trip -indicating. - All poles of - multi -device shall operate simultaneously during open, close and trip operations. 2.02 PANELBOARDS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. General Electric3. Square D 2. I.T.E. 4. Westinghouse B. Ratings: 1. See Panel Schedules 2. Interrupting Rating: See one line diagram. Comply with NEC 110-9 and 10. Provide AIC calculations if required. C. Finish: All painted steel work shall be treated with a primer coat and finish coat of the manufacturer's standard gray• color or ANSI 61'. L D. Bussing: 1. Bussing shall be rectangular cross section copper or full length silver or tin plated aluminum. 2. Each panelboard shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall be equal to the panelboard neutral bus and shall have a separate lug for each ground conductor. Not more than one conductor shall be installed per lug. E. Breakers: 1. Voltage 240 VAC. 2. Interrupting rating: See Panel Schedules 3. Manufacturer shall be the same as the panelboard or switchboard in which they are mounted. 4. Where two or three pole breakers occur in the panels, they shall be common trip units. Single pole breakers with tie -bar between handles will not be accepted. 5. Breakers shall have toggle, quick -make, and quick -break operating mechanisms. with trip -free feature to prevent contacts being, -held closed against overcurrent conditions in the circuit. Trip position of the breakers shall be clearly indicated by'movement of the operating handles to the center position. F. Nameplates and Directory: Each panel shall have a neatly typewritten directory with the name and number of the room or the equipment served by each circuit breaker which shall correspond with the final circuit arrangement. Spaces in directories for spare circuit breakers shall be neatly marked."Spare" in pencil. The directory shall also indicate the panel designation., voltage and phase at the top. Each directory shall be mounted in metallic index card holder behind a clear plastic window. 2.03 RACEWAY AND FITTINGS A. Rigid Steel Conduit: 1. Comply to Underwriter's Laboratories UL -6 specification, ANSI C80.1 and Federal specification WW -C -581E or latest revisions. Hot dip galvanized on the exterior, Zinc or enamel on the interior. 1 2. Couplings, locknuts, and all other fittings shall, be galvanized or sheardized, waterproof and threaded type only. Appleton, Crouse -Hinds or equal. Rigid heavy weight type, Schedule 40., complete with PVC r fittings. i 3. Bushings shall be non-metallic for 1 inch and 1. Galvanized interlocked spirally wound steel strip. smaller and insulated metallic for conduits larger be used in all moist or weatherproof locations than 1 inch. where flexible conduit is required. B. Intermediate Metallic Conduit (IMC): 3. Fittings shall be hot dipped galvanized compression 1. Comply to proposed Underwriter's Laboratories UL against tubing or which screw into the end of the 1242 and Federal Specification WW -C -581E or latest conduit, will not be accepted. Fittings for neoprene jacketed flexible conduit shall be of the revision. Hot dipped galvanized on the exterior, Crouse -Hinds or equal may be used. corrosion inhibiting coating on the interior. 2. Couplings, locknuts, and all other fittings shall be galvanized or sheardized, waterproof and threaded type only. Same material as conduit. Appleton, Crouse -Hinds or equal. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): 1. Comply to Underwriter's Laboratories UL 797, ANSI C80.3 and Federal Specification WW -C-563 or latest revisions. EMT shall be galvanized or sheardized. 2. Couplings and connectors for EMT shall be galvanized or cadmium plated and shall. be of the compression type requiring the -tightening of a nut on a gland ring or an approved steel set screw type. Appleton, Crouse -Hinds or equal. No die cast type allowed. Rigid heavy weight type, Schedule 40., complete with PVC r fittings. i D. Flexible Metallic Conduit: 1 1. Galvanized interlocked spirally wound steel strip. 2. Neoprene jacketed flexible metallic conduit shall be used in all moist or weatherproof locations where flexible conduit is required. 3. Fittings shall be hot dipped galvanized compression or clamp type. Fittings which use a screw to bind against tubing or which screw into the end of the conduit, will not be accepted. Fittings for neoprene jacketed flexible conduit shall be of the screw in type. Appleton STB Series. Appleton, Crouse -Hinds or equal may be used. E. Polyvinylchloride (PVC) Rigid heavy weight type, Schedule 40., complete with PVC r fittings. i F: G. fff Electrical Non-metallic Tubing (ENT) Electrical Non-metallic Tubing (ENT) is not permissible for use on this project. Conduit Supports: 1. Pipe hangers for individual conduits shall be threaded -suspension rod. The pipe ring shall be malleable iron, split and hinged, or shall be springable wrought steel. Rings shall be bolted to or interlocked with the suspension rod socket. 2. Pipe racks for groups of parallel conduits shall be constructed of galvanized structural steel preformed channels of length as required, suspended on threaded rods and secured thereto with nuts above and below the cross bar. 3. Factory made pipe straps shall be one -hole malleable iron or two -hole galvanized clamps. 4. Kindorf, Unistrut, T&B or equal. Outlet Boxes: Galvanized steel. Boxes installed in any exterior location, where exposed to rain or where exposed to moisture laden atmosphere shall be cast screw hub type with gasketed weatherproof covers. Boxes for vapor proof or explosion proof applications shall be designed specifically for such use. Each box shall be large enough to accommodate the required number and sizes of conduits, wires, splices and devices but not smaller than size shown or specified. I. Pull Boxes and Cabinets: 1. Pre -fabricated concrete type, Christy Concrete Products,. Brooks or equal. All boxes shall have standard brass hold-down bolts and hardware. Boxes located in paved areas or other areas over which vehicles normally may travel shall have traffic covers. 2. All .pull boxes and cabinets shall be code gauge galvanized steel. h t2.04 WIRE AND CABLE A. Labeling: Marked on 24 inch centers as follows: 1. Underwriters' Label 2. Gauge 3. Voltage 4. Kind of Insulation 5., Name of Manufacturer 6. Trade Name B. Insulation: 1. All conductors No. 10 and smaller shall be 600 Volt,. 90 degrees celsius, type THWW/THHN or XHHW except as noted otherwise. 2. All conductors No. 8 and larger shall be 600 Volt, 75 degrees celsius; type THWN/THHN or XHHW except as noted otherwise. 3. All circuit conductors installed within fluorescent fixture raceways shall be 600 Volt, type AVA, RHH, or THHN except. in fixtures that have wiring raceways specifically approved for 75 degree Centigrade wire. C. Color, coding: Voltacte Phase A Phase B Phase C Neutral Ground 120/208 Black Red Blue White Green Conductors in sizes up through #10 AWG shall have solid color finish as listed above. #8 AWG and larger shall be coded by application of phase tape for minimum of 6 inch length on conductor. Coding shall occur on all splices and termination and pull boxes. D. Co nductors: 1 1. Unless specifically noted otherwise herein, all conductors for general wiring shall be a minimum of 98% conductivity, stranded, soft drawn copper. 2. Conductors for lighting and receptacle. branch circuits No. 8 and smaller shall be similar to the above except solid copper may be used. 3. Except where noted on the plans or in this specification, the minimum conductor size for branch -circuits shall be No. 12. Minimum size mechanical equipment control circuits where. covered under this specification shall be No. 14. E. Pulling Lubricant: UL approved F. Connections: 1. #8 and smaller; pre -insulated spring type connectors. Threaded or crimp types will not be accepted. Use Scotchlock, Hydent, T&B or equal. 2. Terminals for stranded conductors No. 8 and smaller shall be a pre -insulated crimp type. 3. Lugs and connectors for conductors No. 6 and larger shall be compression types of one piece tubular construction with flat rectangular tongues. Two hole lugs shall be used for sizes 4/0 and larger. Fittings for copper conductors shall be tin-plated copper. Fittings for aluminum conductors shall be tin-plated aluminum, factory filled with a corrosion inhibiting and oxide penetrating compound. 4. Cast resin kits shall be Scotchlock sealing packs for wire size to #10 and Scotchlock kits. for larger splices as recommended by 3M Company. 2.05 WIRING DEVICES: A. Wall Switches: 1. Urea base, toggle. type with 20A 120-277V. A.C. rating for full capacity of contacts for incandescent or fluorescent lamp loads. Switches shall be back and side wired, self grounding. Contacts shall be silver -cadmium oxide designed for quiet operation. Comply with.Federal Specification W -S -896E with NEMA WD -1-3.02 and UL 20 tests or latest -revisions. Color as selected -by Architect or Owner. 2. Make Toggle Three -Way Double -Pole Slater 720 -AG 723 -AG 722 -AG Bryant 1221 1223 Hubbell 1221 .1223 1222 Leviton 1221 1223 1222 B. Convenience Outlets: 1. Grounding, 20 `Ampere, 125 Volt, NEMA 5-20R configuration, Urea or Lexan housing, self grounding. Comply to Federal Specification W -C -596E, NEMA WD1-4.02 and UL 498 or latest revisions. Color as selected by Architect or Owner. 2. Make Number Slater 5352 -AG Bryant 5352 Leviton 5352 Hubbell 5352 C. Plates: Plates shall be supplied for every 'local switch, receptacle, etc. Plates shall be stainless steel or bronze to match wall finish. Furnish with engraved or etched designations under any one of the following conditions: 1. Three gang or larger gang switches. 2.: Switches in locations from which the .equipment or . circuits controlled cannot be readily seen. 3. Where so indicated on the drawings. 4. As required on all control circuit switches, such as heater controls, etc. 5. Where receptacles are other than standard duplex receptacles, to indicate voltage and phase. 6. Provide cover plates for all telephone and computer outlets. 2.06 LIGHTING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturer of Fixtures: All fixtures of one type shall be of 'one manufacturer and of identical finish and appearance. B. Accessories: All fixtures shall be complete with accessories, end required for the specific installation. C. Lamps: Supply lamps as indicated on Fixture Schedule. 1. Lamp Manufacturer: Lamps shall be manufactured by General Electric Co., GTE Sylvania Inc., or equal. D. Ballasts: Ballasts for fluorescent fixtures shall be energy efficient type, integral with the fixture, high power factor (minimum 90% P.F.) CBM certified, UL listed, Class P with integral thermal protection in both the core and coil assembly and the capacitor assembly. HID ballasts shall be high power factor. E. Ballast Noise: Sound rated A ballasts found to be noisy after installation, in the opinion of the Owner, shall be removed and replaced. F. Ballast Manufacturer: Ballasts shall be as manufactured by General Electric Co., Universal, Advance or equal, unless otherwise specified on drawings. G. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to coordinate fixtures with ceiling types and supply voltages. H. Fixtures installed in rated ceilings shall be listed for use in such ceilings. 2.07 DISCONNECT SWITCHES Heavy duty type safety switches as. manufactured by GE, Westinghouse, Cutler -Hammer, Gould or Square D. Furnish with enclosure suitable for application. Provide fused type where indicated or required by code. 2.08 MOTOR STARTERS Disconnect switch type complete with 3 overload relays and enclosure suitable for application. GE, Westinghouse, Cutler -Hammer, Gould or Square D. iPART 3 - EXECUTION 3.02 RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. Conduit Application: 1. Minimum size of conduit shall be 1/2 inch. In no ' case shall the conduit size be, smaller than that shown on the drawings. 2. PVC conduit, minimum size 3/4",. may only .be installed beneath grade or in concrete; a maximum of 4 foot of PVC may be installed in electrical rooms or concealed in stud spaces when designated 1 on plans. PVC shall not be installed in fire rated areas or where subject to mechanical damage. The PVC is to extend only from the concrete slab to the bottom of the switchboard, panelboard, or similar. equipment. 3 All conduit runs exposed above grade. and below 8 feet shall be rigid steel or IMC. Except as noted in conduit applications items 2 and.4. 4. Electrical metallic tubing may be installed in protected attic spaces and hollow stud spaces. It may be exposed on the surface of electrical and 1 mechanical rooms where designated on the plans. 5. Flexible metallic conduit shall be used only where required for connection to motors, etc., or with the approval of the Owner where absolutely necessary due to structural conditions. �J L 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Perform excavation and backfill required for electrical installation. Restore all surfaces, roadways, walks, ' curbs, walls, existing underground installations, etc., cut by installations to original condition in an acceptable manner. ' B. Dig trenches straight and true to line and grade, with bottom smoothed of any rock points. Support conduit for entire length on undisturbed, original earth. Minimum conduit depth to pipe crown shall be 24 inches below finished grade. Consult serving utility companies for minimum utility conduit depths. C.' Backfill and tamp in six-inch layers with earth from excavation to finish grade. Make allowances for i settlement. 3.02 RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. Conduit Application: 1. Minimum size of conduit shall be 1/2 inch. In no ' case shall the conduit size be, smaller than that shown on the drawings. 2. PVC conduit, minimum size 3/4",. may only .be installed beneath grade or in concrete; a maximum of 4 foot of PVC may be installed in electrical rooms or concealed in stud spaces when designated 1 on plans. PVC shall not be installed in fire rated areas or where subject to mechanical damage. The PVC is to extend only from the concrete slab to the bottom of the switchboard, panelboard, or similar. equipment. 3 All conduit runs exposed above grade. and below 8 feet shall be rigid steel or IMC. Except as noted in conduit applications items 2 and.4. 4. Electrical metallic tubing may be installed in protected attic spaces and hollow stud spaces. It may be exposed on the surface of electrical and 1 mechanical rooms where designated on the plans. 5. Flexible metallic conduit shall be used only where required for connection to motors, etc., or with the approval of the Owner where absolutely necessary due to structural conditions. �J L IM C. 6. Boxes installed indoors or embedded in concrete shall be galvanized steel type. Boxes installed exposed or outdoors shall be galvanized cast steel with threaded hubs. 7. Conduit for Power Company 12 KV primary lines shall be installed 54" below grade. 8. Branch circuit conduits under slab shall be separated by at least one inch. In all cases two or more conduits installed in a common concrete encasement shall be separated by at least three inches. 9. Conduit shall be securely fastened in place so that absolutely no shifting will occur during placing of concrete encasement. 10. Joints in all conduit installed in concrete, or exposed to weather, shall be liquid and gas tight. Conduit Location: - 1. All conduit shall be run concealed in all finished areas. 2. Exposed conduit shall be neatly installed parallel to .or at right angles to the structural members. 3. Exposed conduit stubbing up through the floor. into the bottom of exposed panels, cabinets or equipment shall be lined up, properly spaced and shall be straight and plumb. Conduits shall be installed. at sufficient depth below. the floor to eliminate any part of the bend above. 4. Maintain 12 inch separation between power and intercommunication cables. 5. Conduit shall be kept at least 6" from the covering on hot water pipes, and 18" from the covering on flues and breechings. Conduit Support: 1. Conduit shall be supported with factory made pipe straps or suspended with pipe hangers or racks. 2. Hanger straps, rods, or pipe supports under wood shall be attached to the wood structure using bolts, lag bolts, or lag screws. Attach to trusses using beam clamps. C r� 1 1 1 1 3. Conduits which are suspended on rods more than 2 feet long shall be rigidly braced to prevent horizontal motion or swaying. 4. Conduit shall be supported at intervals not exceeding 10 feet and in all cases with a support not more than 3 feet from the outlet and at any point where it changes in direction. 5. Perforated strap and plumber's tape shall not be used in the support of conduits. 6. Conduit placed against concrete or masonry above ground shall be fastened to the concrete with pipe straps or one -screw conduit clamps attached to the concrete by means of expansion anchors and screws. Expanders and shields shall be steel or malleable iron. Sizes of shields and bolts shall be such that the proof test load will not be less than four times the actual working load. D. Conduit Bends: 1. Field bends or off -sets are permitted in 1 inch and smaller conduit only. 2. Elbows in 1-1/4 inch conduit and larger sizes shall be factory made. 3. Minimum radius bend for telephone service entrance conduit shall be 36". 4. Conduit bends, other than factory ells, shall have a radius of not less than 10 times the internal diameter of the conduit. 5. 90 Degree bends in PVC larger than 2 inches shall be steel. 6. Use of a blowtorch to bend conduit is specifically prohibited. E. Empty Conduits: All conduits which are installed at this time and left empty for future use or where conductors are to be installed by a representative of the telephone company shall have a 3/16 inch polypropylene rope left in place for future use. F. G. Conduit Protection: 1. Cap all conduit during construction by means of manufactured seals. Swab out all conduits before pulling in wire. 2. All conduit systems must be installed complete before conductors are pulled in. Outlet Boxes: 1. Boxes must be accurately placed for finish, independently and securely supported by manufactured box hangers. Fixture outlets shall be located symmetrically. 2. Local switches shall be located +48 inches above the floor unless otherwise noted. 3. Convenience outlets shall be located +18 inches above the finished floor unless otherwise noted. 4. Changes -in outlet locations of fixtures, wall switches, receptacles and special equipment found necessary due to interference with structure, pipes, ducts, etc. shall be reported to the Owner for approval. 5.. All boxes shall be of proper' code size for the number of wires or conduits passing through or terminating therein, but in no case shall any box be less than 4" square, unless specifically noted as smaller. Covers shall be of the types most suitable for the fixture or. device used at the outlet, and shall finish flush with plaster or other finished surface. Approved factory made knockout seals shall be used in allboxes where knockouts are -not intact. Boxes in concrete shall be a type which will allow the placing of conduit without displacing the reinforcing bars. 6. Outlet boxes shall be used as pull boxes wherever possible, and junction or pull boxes shall be installed only as required by the specifications, or as directed. 7. For light outlet boxes use minimum of 4" square, 1-1/2" deep, equipped with plaster ring and fixture supporting device as required by the unit. 8. For wall switch outlets; use 4" boxes with single or two gang plaster rings for one or two switches and solid gang boxes with gang plaster rings for 1 7 u n 1 more than two switches, unless noted otherwise on the drawings. 9. For convenience outlets, use 4" boxes with single gang plaster ring. 10. For telephone outlets, use 4" boxes with single gang plaster ring. 3.03 WIRE INSTALLATION A. Cleaning: All debris and moisture shall be removed from raceways, boxes, and cabinets before installing wire or cable. B. Pulling: 1. No oil, grease or similar substances shall be used to facilitate the pulling in of conductors. Use a UL approved wire pulling compound. 2. No wire or cable shall be pulled in until all construction which might damage insulation or fill conduit with foreign material is completed. 3. Wire shall be pulled into :,conduits with. care to prevent damage to insulation. Use basket pulling grips to avoid- slipping of insulation on conductors. Nylon rope or other "soft" on cable.must be used for pulling in conduits other than steel. C. Connections: 1. Stranded conductors No.. 8 and smaller shall be terminated with terminals of appropriate size where connected to screw type lugs. 2.' Joints, splices and taps in dry locations for conductors No. 8 and smaller shall be made with twist on connectors suitably sized for the number and gauge of the conductors. 3. Furnish and install proper lugs in all panelboards, switchboards, and gutters as required to properly terminate every cable. Lugs for aluminum conductors shall be compression type. 4. Connections of aluminum cable to aluminum bus bars shall be made using all aluminum components (lugs, washer, "bolts, nuts). Copper to aluminum connections of bus bars and lugs shall be made using belleville washers and flat washers to compensate for differing rates of thermal expansion. 5. Only crimping tools approved by the manufacturer of the terminals or lugs shall be used. 6. Uninsulated lugs and wire ends shall be insulated with layers of plastic tape equal to insulation of wire, with all irregular surfaces properly padded with insulating putty prior to application of tape. 7. Splices in underground pull boxes or in other areas subject to moisture shall be provided with cast resin kits. Prepare all splices as hereinbefore specified before resin kits are applied. 3.04 LIGHTING FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Mounting: Unless specifically indicated otherwise, all lighting fixtures shall be placed symmetrically with respect to the ceiling tile pattern or other architectural ceiling and wall modules. B. Support: 1.. In suspended grid lay -in ceilings, in addition to supporting ` from. ceiling tees, support all fluorescent luminaire housings from structural members with a minimum of two No.12 galvanized wires for each 4 foot luminaire 18" or wider. 2: All fixture mounting shall meet seismic requirements of the State of California. 3. Provide support for all fixtures from (or on) building structural wall members. Support from ceiling tiles only is.specifically prohibited. C. Fire Protection: 1. All recessed fixtures shall be protected from contact with combustible building materials, such as wood framing members and insulation vapor barriers, as required by applicable codes. 2. Fixtures installed in rated 1 hour ceilings shall be encased by a 1 -hour enclosure to maintain the fire integrity of the ceiling. All fixture enclosures will comply with UL Fire Resistance Directory Design Requirements. 1 D. Cleaning up: All fixtures shall be left in a clean condition, free of dirt and defects, before acceptance by the Owner. 3:06 TESTS Upon completion of the work and adjustments of all equipment, all systems shall be tested to demonstrate that all equipment furnished, installed and/or connected under the provisions of these specifications shall function in the required manner. f All systems shall test free from short circuits and grounds, and be free from mechanical and electrical defects. All circuits shall be tested for the proper neutral connection, and rotation of motors. Where tests indicate faulty installation or other defects, .they shall be located, repaired, and retested at the Contractor's expense. END OF SPECIFICATION 3.05 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. The entire electrical raceway system shall form a continuous metallic electrical conductor from service point to every outlet and shall be grounded by connection to the main service ground. B. A ground wire shall be installed in all PVC and flexible conduit. C. All raceway systems, supports, cabinets, switchboards, control equipment, motor frames, lighting fixtures and utilization apparatus shall be permanently and effectively grounded. D. Where cabinets are furnished with grounding bus, all required bonding conductors shall connect thereto, each with separate lug. E.. All grounding conductors are to be copper only. Aluminum will not be allowed. 3:06 TESTS Upon completion of the work and adjustments of all equipment, all systems shall be tested to demonstrate that all equipment furnished, installed and/or connected under the provisions of these specifications shall function in the required manner. f All systems shall test free from short circuits and grounds, and be free from mechanical and electrical defects. All circuits shall be tested for the proper neutral connection, and rotation of motors. Where tests indicate faulty installation or other defects, .they shall be located, repaired, and retested at the Contractor's expense. END OF SPECIFICATION